A
abandonment, contemplation of:
pañinissaggànupassanà, is one of the 18 chief kinds of
insight; s. vipassanà, further ànàpànasati (16).
abbhokàsik’anga: ‘living in the open air’, is one of the
ascetic means to purification (dhutanga, q.v.).
aberration (in morality and understanding): s. vipatti.
abhabbàgamana: ‘incapable of progressing’. “Those
beings who are obstructed by their evil actions
(kamma, s. karma), by their defilements (kilesa, q.v.),
by the result of their evil actions (s. vipàka), or who are
devoid of faith, energy and knowledge, and unable to
enter the right path and reach perfection in wholesome
things, all those are said to be incapable of progressing”
(Pug. 13). According to Commentary the ‘evil actions’
denote the 5 heinous deeds with immediate result
(ànantarika-kamma, q.v.), whilst the ‘defilements’ refer
to the ‘evil views with fixed destiny’ (niyata-micchàdiññhi;
s. diññhi).
àbhassara: The ‘Radiant Ones’, are a class of heavenly
beings of the fine-material world (råpa-loka); cf. deva.
abhibhàyatana: the 8 ‘stages of mastery’, are powers
to be obtained by means of the kasina-exercises
– 14 –
(s. kasiõa). In the Com. to M. 77, where àyatana is
explained by ‘means’ (kàraõa) it is said: “The
abhibhàyatana through their counteracting may master
(suppress) the adverse states, and by means of higher
knowledge they may master the objects of mind.” They
are means for transcending the sensuous sphere.
The stereotype text often met with in the Suttas
(e.g. D. 11, 33; M. 77; A. VIII, 65; X, 29) is as follows:
(1) “Perceiving (blue…, red…, yellow…, white)
forms on one’s own body, one sees forms externally
small ones, beautiful or ugly; and in mastering these
one understands: ‘I know, I understand.’ This is the first
stage of mastery.
(2) “Perceiving forms on one’s own body, one sees
forms externally, large ones…. This is the second stage
of mastery.
(3) “Not perceiving forms on one’s own body, one
sees forms externally, small ones…. This is the third
stage of mastery.
(4) “Not perceiving forms on one’s own body, one
sees forms externally, large ones…. This is the fourth
stage of mastery.
(5) “Not perceiving forms on one’s own body, one
sees forms externally, blue forms, forms of blue color,
blue appearance, blue lustre, and mastering these one
understands: ‘I know, I understand. This is the fifth
stage of mastery.”
(6-8) The same is repeated with yellow, red and
white forms.
– 15 –
As preparatory kasina-object for the 1st and 2nd
exercise one should choose on one’s own body a small
or a large spot, beautiful or ugly, and thereon one
should concentrate one’s full undivided attention, so
that this object after a while reappears as mental reflex
or image (nimitta, q.v.) and, as it were, as something
external. Such an exercise, though appearing quite
mechanical, if properly carried out will bring about a
high degree of mental concentration and entrance into
the 4 absorptions (jhàna, q.v.). In the 3rd and 4th
exercises the monk by an external kasina-object gains
the mental reflexes and absorptions. As objects of the
remaining exercises, perfectly clear and radiant colors
should be chosen, flowers, cloth, etc.
A kasina-object of small size is said to be suitable
for a mentally unsteady nature, one of a large size for a
dull nature, a beautiful object for an angry nature, an
ugly one for a lustful nature.
In Vis.M. V it is said: “By means of the earth-kasina
one succeeds in reaching the stage of mastery with
regard to small and large objects…. By means of the
blue-kasina one succeeds in causing blue forms to
appear, in producing darkness, in reaching the stage of
mastery with regard to beautiful and ugly colors, in
reaching ‘deliverance through the beautiful’, etc.”
(cf. vimokkha II, 3). The same is also said with regard to
the other color kasinas.
abhijjhà: ‘covetousness’ is a synonym of lobha
(s. måla) and taõhà (q.v.) and is the 8th link of the
unwholesome courses of action (s. kamma-patha, I).
abhinibbatti: a Sutta term for rebirth; s. punabbhava.
– 16 –
abhi¤¤à: The 6 ‘higher powers’, or supernormal
knowledge’s, consist of 5 mundane (lokiya, q.v.)
powers attainable through the utmost perfection in
mental concentration (samàdhi, q.v.) and one
supermundane (lokuttara, q.v.) power attainable
through penetrating insight (vipassanà, q.v.),
i.e. extinction of all cankers (àsavakkhaya; s. àùava), in
other words, realization of Arahatship or Holiness.
They are: (1) magical powers (iddhi-vidhà), (2) divine
ear (dibba-sota), (3) penetration of the minds of others
(ceto-pariya-¤àõa), (4) remembrance of former existences
(pubbe-nivàsànussati), (5) divine eye (dibbacakkhu),
(6) extinction of all cankers (àsavakkhaya).
The stereotype text met with in all the 4 Suttacollections
(e.g. D. 34; M. 4, 6, 77; A. III, 99; V, 23;
S. XV, 9 and Pug. 271, 239) is as follows:
(1) “Now, O Bhikkhus, the monk enjoys the various
magical powers (iddhi-vidhà), such as being one he becomes
manifold, and having become manifold he again
becomes one. He appears and disappears. Without being
obstructed he passes through walls and mountains,
just as if through the air. In the earth he dives and rises
up again, just as if in the water. He walks on water
without sinking, just as if on the earth. Cross-legged he
floats through the air, just like a winged bird. With his
hand he touches the sun and moon, these so mighty
ones, so powerful ones. Even up to the Brahma-world
he has mastery over his body.
(2) “With the divine ear (dibba-sota) he hears
sounds both heavenly and human, far and near.
(3) “He knows the minds of other beings (parassa
ceto-pariya-¤àõa), of other persons, by penetrating
– 17 –
them with his own mind. He knows the greedy mind as
greedy and the not-greedy one as not greedy; knows
the hating mind as hating and the not-hating one as not
hating; knows the deluded mind as deluded and the
not-deluded one as not deluded; knows the shrunken
mind and the distracted one, the developed mind and
the undeveloped one, the surpassable mind and the
unsurpassable one, the concentrated mind and the unconcentrated
one, the freed mind and the unfreed one.
(4) “He remembers manifold former existences
(pubbe-nivàsànussati), such as one birth, two, three,
four and five births… hundred thousand births;
remembers many formations and dissolutions of
worlds: ‘There I was, such name I had… and vanishing
from there I entered into existence somewhere else…
and vanishing from there I again reappeared here.’
Thus he remembers, always together with the marks
and peculiarities, many a former existence.
(5) “With the divine eye (dibba-cakkhu = yathàkammåpaga-¤
àõa or cutåpapàta-¤àõa), the pure one,
he sees beings vanishing and reappearing, low and
noble ones, beautiful and ugly ones, sees how beings
are reappearing according to their deeds (s. karma):
‘These beings, indeed, followed evil ways in bodily
actions, words and thoughts, insulted the noble ones,
held evil views, and according to their evil views they
acted. At the dissolution of their body, after death, they
have appeared in lower worlds, in painful states of
existence, in the world of suffering, in hell. Those other
beings, however, are endowed with good action… have
appeared in happy state of existence, in a heavenly
world.
– 18 –
(6) “Through the extinction of all cankers
(àsavakkhaya) even in this very life he enters into the
possession of deliverance of mind, deliverance through
wisdom, after having himself understood and realized it.’’
4-6 appear frequently under the name of the
‘threefold (higher) knowledge’ (te-vijjà, q.v.). They are,
however, not a necessary condition for the attainment
of sainthood (arahatta), i.e. of the sixth abhi¤¤à.
Vis.M. XI-XIII gives a detailed explanation of the
5 mundane higher powers, together with the method of
attaining them.
In connection with the 4 kinds of progress
(s. pañipadà), abhi¤¤à means the ‘comprehension’
achieved on attainment of the paths and fruitions.
abhisamàcàrika-sãla: ‘morality consisting in good
behavior’, relates to the external duties of a monk such
as towards his superior, etc. “abhisamàcàrika-sãla is a
name for those moral rules other than the 8 ending
with right livelihood (i.e. 4-fold right speech, 3-fold
right action and right livelihood, as in the Eightfold
Path) (Vis.M. I; s. sacca IV, 3-5). “Impossible is it,
O monks, that without having fulfilled the law of good
behavior, a monk could fulfill the law of genuine pure
conduct” (A.V, 21). Cf. àdibrahmacariyakasãla.
abhisamaya: ‘truth-realization’, is the full and direct
grasp of the Four Noble Truths by the Stream-winner
(Sotàpanna; s. ariya-puggala). In the Com. the term is
represented by ‘penetration’ (pañivedha, q.v.). Frequently
occurring as dhammàbhisamaya, ‘realization of the
– 19 –
doctrine’ Cf. S. XIII (Abhisamaya Saüyutta) and
Pts.M. (Abhisamaya Kathà).
abhisankhàra: identical with the 2nd link of the
pañicca-samuppàda (q.v.), sankhàra (q.v.; under I, 1) or
karma-formations.
ability to acquire insight: cf. ugghañita¤¤å,
vipacita¤¤å, neyya.
abodes: vihàra (q.v.). The 4 Divine a.: brahmavihàra
(q.v.). The 9 a. of beings: sattàvàsa (q.v.).
absence: natthi-paccaya, is one of the 24 conditions
(paccaya, q.v.).
absorption: s. jhàna.
abstentions, the 3: virati (q.v.).
access, Moment of: s. javana.
access-concentration: s. samàdhi.
accumulation (of Karma): àyåhana (q.v.).
àciõõaka-kamma: habitual karma; s. karma.
acinteyya: lit. ‘That which cannot or should not be
thought, the unthinkable, incomprehensible, impenetrable,
that which transcends the limits of thinking and
over which therefore one should not ponder. These
4 unthinkables are: the sphere of a Buddha (buddhavisaya),
of the meditative absorptions (jhàna-visaya), of
karma-result (kamma-vipàka), and brooding over the
world (loka-cintà), especially over an absolute first
beginning of it (s. A. IV, 77).
– 20 –
“Therefore, O monks, do not brood over the world
as to whether it is eternal or temporal, limited or endless….
Such brooding, O monks, is senseless, has nothing
to do with genuine pure conduct (s. àdibrahmacariyaka-
sãla), does not lead to aversion, detachment,
extinction, nor to peace, to full comprehension,
enlightenment and Nibbàna, etc.” (S.LVI, 41).
acquired image (during concentration): s. nimitta,
samàdhi, kasiõa.
action: karma (q.v.) – Right bodily a.: sammàkammanta;
s. sacca (IV.4)
adaptability (of body, mental factors and
consciousness): kamma¤¤atà (q.v.); cf. khandha
(corporeality) and Tab. II.
adaptation-knowledge: anuloma-¤àõa (q.v.).
adherence: paràmàsa (q.v.)
adherent: upàsaka (q.v.)
adhicitta-sikkhà: ‘training in higher mentality’;
s. sikkhà.
adhimokkha: ‘determination’, decision, resolve: is one
of the mental concomitants (cetasika) and belongs to
the group of mental formations (sankhàra-kkhandha).
In M. 111, it is mentioned together with other mental
concomitants. See Tab. II, III.
adhipa¤¤à-dhamma-vipassanà: ‘insight into things
based on higher wisdom’, is one of the 18 chief kinds of
insight (s. vipassanà).
– 21 –
adhipati-paccaya: ‘predominance-condition’ is one of
the 24 conditions (paccaya, q.v.); if developed, it is considered
as the fourfold road to power (iddhi-pàda. q.v.).
adhisãla-sikkhà: ‘training in higher morality’: s. sikkhà.
adhiññhàna, as a doctrinal term, occurs chiefly in two
meanings:
1. ‘Foundation’: four ‘foundations’ of an Arahat’s
mentality, mentioned and explained in M. 140: the
foundation of wisdom (pa¤¤à), of truthfulness (sacca)
of liberality (càga) and of peace (upasama). See also
D. 33 and Com.
2. ‘Determination’, resolution, in: adhiññhàna-iddhi,
‘magical power of determination’ (s. iddhi); adhiññhànapàramã,
‘perfection of resolution’ (s. pàramã).
àdibrahmacariyaka-sãla: ‘morality of genuine pure
conduct’, consists in right speech, right bodily action
and right livelihood, forming the 3rd, 4th and 5th links
of the Eightfold Path (s. sacca, IV.3, 4, 5); cf. Vis.M. I. In
A. II, 86 it is said:
“With regard to those moral states connected with
and corresponding to the genuine pure conduct, he is
morally strong, morally firm and trains himself in the
moral rules taken upon himself. After overcoming the
3 fetters (ego-belief. skeptic doubt and attachment to
mere rules and ritual; s. saüyojana) he becomes one
who will be ‘reborn seven times at the utmost’
(s. Sotàpanna) and after only seven times more wandering
through this round of rebirths amongst men and
heavenly beings, he will put an end to suffering.”
– 22 –
àdãnavànupassanà-¤àõa: ‘knowledge consisting in
contemplation of misery’, is one of the 8 kinds of insight
(vipassanà) that form the ‘purification of the knowledge
and vision of the path-progress (s. visuddhi, VI. 4). It is
further one of the 18 chief kinds of insight
(s. vipassanà).
adosa: ‘hatelessness, is one of the 3 wholesome roots
(måla, q.v.).
adukkha-m-asukhà vedanà: ‘feeling which is neither
painful nor joyful’, i.e. indifferent feeling; s. khandha,
vedanà.
advertence (of mind to the object): àvajjana, is one of
the functions of consciousness (vi¤¤àõa-kicca, q.v.).
Cf. manasikàra.
æon: kappa (q.v.).
agati: the 4 ‘wrong paths’ are: the path of greed
(chanda), of hate, of delusion, of cowardice (bhaya).
“One who is freed from evil impulses is no longer liable
to take the wrong path of greed, etc.’’ (A. IV, 17; IX, 7).
age, Old: jarà (q.v.).
aggregates: khandha (q.v.).
agility: lahutà (q.v.).
àhàra: ‘nutriment’, ‘food’, is used in the concrete sense
as material food and as such it belongs to derived corporeality
(s. khandha, Summary I.). In the figurative
sense, as ‘foundation’ or condition, it is one of the
24 conditions (paccaya, q.v.) and is used to denote
– 23 –
4 kinds of nutriment, which are material and mental:
1. material food (kabalinkàràhàra), 2. (sensorial and
mental) impression (phassa), 3. mental volition (manosa¤
cetanà), 4. consciousness (vi¤¤àõa).
1. Material food feeds the eightfold corporeality
having nutrient essence as its 8th factor (i.e. the solid,
liquid, heat, motion, color, odour, the tastable and
nutrient essence; s. råpa-kalàpa). 2. Sensorial and
mental impression is a condition for the 3 kinds of
feeling (agreeable, disagreeable and indifferent);
s. pañiccasamuppàda (6). 3. Mental volition
(= karma, q.v.) feeds rebirth; s. pañiccasamuppàda (2).
4. Consciousness feeds mind and corporeality; (nàmaråpa;
ib., 2) at the moment of conception” (Vis.M. XI).
Literature (on the 4 Nutriments): M. 9 & Com. (tr. in
‘R. Und.’), M 38; S. XII, 11, 63, 64 – The Four Nutriments of
Life, Selected texts & Com. (Wheel 105/106).
àhàra-ja (or-samu¤¤hàna) – råpa: ‘Food-produced
corporeality’; s. samuññhàna.
àhàre pañikkåla-sa¤¤à: ‘reflection on the loathsomeness
of food’, fully described in Vis.M. XI, l.
ahetuka-citta: s. hetu.
ahetuka-diññhi: ‘view of uncausedness’ (of existence);
s. diññhi.
ahetu-pañisandhika: s. pañisandhi.
ahiüsà: s. avihiüsà.
– 24 –
ahirika-anottappa: ‘lack of moral shame and dread’,
are two of the 4 unwholesome factors associated with
all karmically unwholesome states of consciousness,
the two others being restlessness (uddhacca) and delusion
(moha). Cf. Tab. II.
“There are two sinister things, namely, lack of moral
shame and dread, etc.” (A. II, 6). “Not to be ashamed
of what one should be ashamed of; not to be ashamed
of evil, unwholesome things: this is called lack of moral
shame” (Pug. 59). “Not to dread what one should
dread… this is called lack of moral dread (Pug. 60).
ahosi-kamma: ‘ineffective karma’; s. karma.
àjãva: ‘livelihood’. About right and wrong livelihood.,
s. sacca (IV. 5) and micchà-magga (5).
àjãva-pàrisuddhi-sãla: ‘morality consisting in purification
of livelihood’, is one of the 4 kinds of perfect
morality; s. sãla.
akaniññha: the ‘Great Ones’, i.e. ‘Highest Gods’, are the
inhabitants of the 5th and highest heaven of the Pure
Abodes (suddhàvàsa, q.v.); cf. avacara, deva (II)
Anàgàmã.
àkàsa: ‘space’, is, according to Com., of two kinds:
1. limited space (paricchinnàkàsa or paricchedàkàsa),
2. endless space (anantàkàsa), i.e. cosmic space.
1. Limited space, under the name of àkàsa-dhàtu
(space element), belongs to derived corporeality
(s. khandha, Summary I; Dhs. 638) and to a sixfold
classification of elements (s. dhàtu; M 112, 115, 140).
– 25 –
It is also an object of kasina (q.v.) meditation. It is
defined as follows: “The space element has the characteristic
of delimiting matter. Its function is to indicate
the boundaries of matter. It is manifested as the confines
of matter; or its manifestation consists in being
untouched (by the 4 great elements), and in holes and
apertures. Its proximate cause is the matter delimited. It
is on account of the space element that one can say of
material things delimited that ‘this is above. below,
around that’ “ (Vis.M. XIV, 63).
2. Endless space is called in Atthasàlini ajatàkàsa,
‘unentangled’, i.e. unobstructed or empty space. It is the
object of the first immaterial absorption (s. jhàna), the
sphere of boundless space (àkàsàna¤càyatana). According
to Abhidhamma philosophy, endless space has no
objective reality (being purely conceptual), which is
indicated by the fact that it is not included in the triad
of the wholesome (kusalatika), which comprises the
entire reality. Later Buddhist schools have regarded it
as one of several unconditioned or uncreated states
(asankhata dharma) – a view that is rejected in
Kath. (s. Guide. p. 70). Theravàda Buddhism recognizes
only Nibbàna as an unconditioned element (asankhatadhàtu:
s. Dhs. 1084).
àkàsa dhàtu: ‘space element’; see above and dhàtu.
àkàsa-kasiõa ‘space-kasina exercise’; s. kasiõa.
àkàsàna¤càyatana: ‘sphere of boundless space’, is
identical with the 1st absorption in the immaterial
sphere; s. jhàna (6).
àki¤ca¤¤a-ceto-vimutti: s. ceto-vimutti.
– 26 –
àki¤ca¤¤àyatana: s. jhàna (7).
akiriya-diññhi: view of the inefficacy of action’;
s. diññhi.
akuppà-ceto-vimutti: cf. ceto-vimutti.
akuppa-dhamma: ‘unshakable’, is one who has
attained full mastery over the absorptions (jhàna, q.v.).
In Pug. 4 it is said:
‘What person is unshakable? If a person gains the
meditative attainments of the fine-material and immaterial
sphere (råpàvacara-aråpàvacara); and he gains
them at his wish, without toil and exertion; and according
to his wish, as regards place, object and duration,
enters them or arises from them, then it is impossible
that in such a person the attainments may become
shaken through negligence. This person is unshakable.”
akusala: ‘unwholesome’, are all those karmic volitions
(kamma-cetanà; s. cetanà) and the consciousness and
mental concomitants associated therewith, which are
accompanied either by greed (lobha) or hate (dosa) or
merely delusion (moha); and all these phenomena are
causes of unfavourable karma-results and contain the
seeds of unhappy destiny or rebirth. Cf. karma, pañiccasamuppàda
(1), Tab. II.
akusala-sàdhàrana-cetasika: ‘general unwholesome
mental factors associated with all unwholesome
actions’ (volitions), are four: (1) lack of moral shame
(ahirika), (2) lack of moral dread (anottappa),
(3) restlessness (uddhacca), (4) delusion (moha). For
– 27 –
(1) and (2) s. ahirika-anottappa, for (3) s. nãvaraõa, for
(4) måla. (App.).
The corresponding term in the field of wholesome
consciousness is sobhana-sàdhàrana-cetasika
(s. sobhana).
akusala-vitakka: ‘unwholesome thoughts’ as defined
under akusala (q.v.). In M. 20, five methods of overcoming
them are given: by changing the object, thinking
of the evil results, paying no attention, analyzing,
suppressing.
Tr. in The Removal of Distracting Thoughts (Wheel 21).
alcohol prohibition: s. suràmeraya-majjappamàdaññhànà
etc.
alms, vow of going for; or to do so without omitting
any house: s. dhutanga, 3, 4.
alms-bowl eater, the practice of the: s. dhutanga.
alms-giving: dàna (q.v.).
alms-goer, the practice of the; s. dhutanga.
alobha: ‘greedlessness’, is one of the 3 karmically
wholesome roots (måla, q.v.).
àloka-kasiõa: ‘light-kasina-exercise’; s. kasiõa.
àloka-sa¤¤à: ‘perception of light’. The recurring canonical
passage reads: “Here the monk contemplates the
perception of light. He fixes his-mind to the perception
of the day; as at day-time so at night, and as at night, so
in the day. In this way, with a mind clear and un-
28 –
clouded, he develops a stage of mind that is full of
brightness.” It is one of the methods of overcoming
drowsiness, recommended by the Buddha to Mahà-
Moggallàna (A. VII, 58). According to D. 33, it is
conducive to the development of ‘knowledge and
vision’ (s. visuddhi), and it is said to be helpful to the
attainment of the ‘divine eye’ (s. abhi¤¤à).
altruistic joy: mudità, is one of the 4 sublime abodes
(brahmavihàra, q.v.).
amata (Sanskrit amçta; √ mç to die; = Gr. ambrosia):
‘Deathlessness’ according to popular belief also the
gods’ drink conferring immortality, is a name for
Nibbàna (s. Nibbàna), the final liberation from the
wheel of rebirths, and therefore also from the everrepeated
deaths.
amoha: ‘non-delusion’, wisdom, is one of the
3 karmically wholesome roots (måla, q.v.).
anabhijjhà: ‘freedom from covetousness’,
unselfishness; s. kammapatha (II. 8).
anabhirati-sa¤¤à: s. sabba-loke anabhirati-s.
Anàgàmã: the ‘Non-Returner’, is a noble disciple
(ariya-puggala, q.v.) on the 3rd stage of holiness. There
are 5 classes of Non-Returners, as it is said
(e.g. Pug. 42-46):
“A being, through the disappearing of the 5 lower
fetters (saüyojana, q.v.), reappears in a higher world
(amongst the devas of the Pure Abodes, suddhàvàsa,
q.v.), and without returning from that world (into
the sensuous sphere) he there reaches Nibbàna.
– 29 –
(1) “He may, immediately after appearing there (in
the Pure Abodes) or without having gone beyond half
of the life-time, attain the holy path for the overcoming
of the higher fetters. Such a being is called ‘one who
reaches Nibbàna within the first half of the life’ (antaràparinibbàyã).
(2) “Or, whilst living beyond half of the lifetime, or
at the moment of death, he attains the holy path for the
overcoming of the higher fetters. Such a being is called
‘one who reaches Nibbàna after crossing half the lifetime’
(upahacca-parinibbàyã).
(3) “Or, with exertion he attains the holy path for
the overcoming of the higher fetters. Such a being is
called ‘one who reaches Nibbàna with exertion’
(sasankhàra-parinibbàyã).
(4) “Or, without exertion he attains the holy path
for the overcoming of the higher fetters. Such a being is
called ‘one who reaches Nibbàna without exertion’
(asankhàra-parinibbàyã).
(5) “Or, after vanishing from the heaven of the
Aviha-gods (s. suddhàvàsa), he appears in the heaven of
the unworried (atappa) gods. After vanishing from
there he appears in the heaven of the clearly-visible
(sudassa) gods, from there in the heaven of the clearvisioned
(sudassã) gods, from there in the heaven of the
highest (akaniññha) gods. There he attains the holy path
for the overcoming of the higher fetters. Such a being is
called ‘one who passes up-stream to the highest gods’
(uddhamsota-akaniññha-gàmã).”
analysis of the 4 elements: dhàtu-vavatthàna (q.v.).
analytical doctrine: vibhajja-vàda (q.v.).
– 30 –
analytical knowledge, the 4 kinds of:
pañisambhidà (q.v.).
ana¤¤àta¤-¤assàmãt’indriya: is one of the
3 supermundane senses or faculties; s. indriya (20).
anantara-paccaya: ‘proximity’, is one of the
24 conditions (paccaya, q.v.).
ànantarika-kamma: the 5 heinous ‘actions with
immediate destiny’ are: parricide, matricide, killing an
Arahat (Saint), wounding a Buddha, creating schism in
the monks’ Order. In A.V., 129 it is said:
“There are 5 irascible and incurable men destined
to the lower world and to hell, namely: the parricide,”
etc. About the 5th see A. X., 35, 38. With regard
to the first crime, it is said in D. 2 that if King Ajàtasattu
had not deprived his father of life, he would have
reached entrance into the path of Stream-entry (App.).
ànantariya: the ‘Immediacy’, is a name for that
concentration of mind which is associated with such
insight (vipassanà, q.v.) as is present in any one of the
4 kinds of supermundane path consciousness (s. ariyapuggala),
and which therefore is the cause of the
immediately following consciousness as its result or
‘fruition’ (phala, q.v.). According to the Abhidhamma,
the path (of the Sotàpanna, etc.) is generated by the
insight into the impermanence, misery and impersonality
of existence, flashing up at that very moment and
transforming and ennobling one’s nature forever.
– 31 –
It is mentioned under the name of ànantarikasamàdhi
in the Ratana Sutta (Sn. v. 22) and in Pts.M. 1,
¥àõakathà.
ànàpàna-sati: ‘mindfulness on in-and-out-breathing’, is
one of the most important exercises for reaching mental
concentration and the 4 absorptions (jhàna, q.v.).
In the Satipaññhàna Sutta (M. 10, D. 22) and elsewhere,
4 methods of practice are given, which may also
serve as basis for insight meditation. The ‘Discourse on
Mindfulness of Breathing’ (ânàpànasati Sutta, M. 118)
and other texts have 16 methods of practice, which
divide into 4 groups of four. The first three apply to
both tranquillity (samatha, q.v.) and insight-meditation,
while the fourth refers to pure insight practice only.
The second and the third group require the attainment
of the absorptions.
“With attentive mind he breathes in, with attentive
mind he breathes out.
I. (1) “When making a long inhalation he knows:
‘I make a long inhalation’; when making a long
exhalation he knows: ‘I make a long exhalation.’
(2) “When making a short inhalation he knows:
‘I make a short inhalation’; when making a short
exhalation he knows: ‘I make a short exhalation.’
(3) “ ‘Clearly perceiving the entire (breath-) body
I will breathe in,’ thus he trains himself; ‘clearly perceiving
the entire (breath-) body I will breathe out,’
thus he trains himself.
(4) “ ‘Calming this bodily function I will breathe in,’
thus he trains himself; ‘calming this bodily function
I will breathe out,’ thus he trains himself.
– 32 –
II. (5) “ ‘Feeling rapture (pãti) I will breathe in,’ thus
he trains himself; ‘feeling rapture I will breathe out,’
thus he trains himself.
(6) “ ‘Feeling joy I will breathe in,’ thus he trains
himself; ‘feeling joy I will breathe out,’ thus he trains
himself.
(7) “ ‘Feeling the mental formation (citta-sankhàra)
I will breathe in,’ thus he trains himself, ‘feeling the
mental formation I will breathe out,’ thus he trains
himself.
(8) “ ‘Calming the mental formation I will breathe
in,’ thus he trains himself; ‘calming the mental formation
I will breathe out,’ thus he trains himself.
III. (9) “ ‘Clearly perceiving the mind (citta) I will
breathe in,’ thus he trains himself; ‘clearly perceiving
the mind I will breathe out,’ thus he trains himself.
(10) “ ‘Gladdening the mind I will breathe in,’ thus
he trains himself; ‘gladdening the mind I will breathe
out,’ thus he trains himself.
(11) “ ‘Concentrating the mind I will breathe in,
thus he trains himself; ‘concentrating the mind I will
breathe out’, thus he trains himself.
(12) “ ‘Freeing the mind I will breathe in,’ thus he
trains himself; ‘freeing the mind I will breathe out,’ thus
he trains himself.
IV. (13) “ ‘Reflecting on impermanence (anicca) I will
breathe in,’ thus he trains himself; ‘reflecting on impermanence
I will breathe out,’ thus he trains himself.
(14) “ ‘Reflecting on detachment (viràga) I will
breathe in,’ thus he trains himself; ‘reflecting on detachment
I will breathe out,’ thus he trains himself.
– 33 –
(15) “ ‘Reflecting on extinction (nirodha) I will
breathe in,’ thus he trains himself; ‘reflecting on extinction
I will breathe out,’ thus he trains himself.
(16) “ ‘Reflecting on abandonment (patinissagga)
I will breathe in, thus he trains himself; ‘reflecting on
abandonment I will breathe out,’ thus he trains
himself.”
In M. 118 it is further shown how these 16 exercises
bring about the 4 foundations of mindfulness
(satipaññhàna, q.v.), namely: 1-4 contemplation of the
body, 5-8 contemplation of feeling, 9-12 contemplation
of mind (consciousness), 13-16 contemplation of mindobjects.
Then it is shown how these 4 foundations of
mindfulness bring about the 7 factors of enlightenment
(bojjhanga, q.v.); then these again deliverance of mind
(ceto-vimutti, q.v.) and deliverance through wisdom
(pa¤¤à-vimutti, q.v.).
Literature: ânàpànasati Saüyutta (S. LIV). –
Pts.M. ânàpànakathà – Full explanation of practice in
Vis.M. VIII, 145ff. – For a comprehensive anthology of
canonical and commentarial texts, see Mindfulness of
Breathing, ¥àõamoli Thera (Kandy: BPS, 1964).
anattà: ‘not-self’, non-ego, egolessness, impersonality,
is the last of the three characteristics of existence
(ti-lakkhaõa, q.v.). The anattà doctrine teaches that
neither within the bodily and mental phenomena of
existence, nor outside of them, can be found anything
that in the ultimate sense could be regarded as a selfexisting
real ego-entity, soul or any other abiding
substance. This is the central doctrine of Buddhism,
without understanding which a real knowledge of
– 34 –
Buddhism is altogether impossible. It is the only really
specific Buddhist doctrine, with which the entire Structure
of the Buddhist teaching stands or falls. All the
remaining Buddhist doctrines may, more or less, be
found in other philosophic systems and religions, but
the anattà-doctrine has been clearly and unreservedly
taught only by the Buddha, wherefore the Buddha is
known as the anattà-vàdi, or ‘Teacher of Impersonality’.
Whosoever has not penetrated this impersonality of all
existence, and does not comprehend that in reality
there exists only this continually self-consuming process
of arising and passing bodily and mental phenomena,
and that there is no separate ego-entity within or
without this process, he will not be able to understand
Buddhism, i.e. the teaching of the 4 Noble Truths
(sacca, q.v.), in the right light. He will think that it is his
ego, his personality, that experiences suffering, his personality
that performs good and evil actions and will be
reborn according to these actions, his personality that
will enter into Nibbàna, his personality that walks on
the Eightfold Path. Thus it is said in Vis.M. XVI:
“Mere suffering exists, no sufferer is found;
The deeds are, but no doer of the deeds is there;
Nibbàna is, but not the man that enters it;
The path is, but no traveller on it is seen.”
“Whosoever is not clear with regard to the conditionally
arisen phenomena, and does not comprehend
that all the actions are conditioned through ignorance,
etc., he thinks that it is an ego that understands or does
not understand, that acts or causes to act, that comes to
existence at rebirth… that has the sense-impression,
– 35 –
that feels, desires, becomes attached, continues and at
rebirth again enters a new existence” (Vis.M. XVII, 117).
While in the case of the first two characteristics it is
stated that all formations (sabbe sankhàrà) are impermanent
and subject to suffering, the corresponding text
for the third characteristic states that “all things are notself”
(sabbe dhammà anattà; M. 35, Dhp. 279). This is
for emphasizing that the false view of an abiding self or
substance is neither applicable to any ‘formation’ or
conditioned phenomenon, nor to Nibbàna, the Unconditioned
Element (asankhatà dhàtu).
The Anattà-lakkhana Sutta, the ‘Discourse on the
Characteristic of Not-self’, was the second discourse
after Enlightenment, preached by the Buddha to his
first five disciples, who after hearing it attained to
perfect Holiness (arahatta).
The contemplation of not-self (anattànupassanà)
leads to the emptiness liberation (su¤¤atà-vimokkha,
s. vimokkha). Herein the faculty of wisdom
(pa¤¤indriya) is outstanding, and one who attains in
that way the path of Stream-entry is called a Dhammadevotee
(dhammànusàri; s. ariya-puggala); at the next
two stages of sainthood he becomes a vision-attainer
(diññhippatta); and at the highest stage, i.e. Holiness, he
is called ‘liberated by wisdom’ (pa¤¤à-vimutta).
For further details, see paramattha-sacca, pañiccasamuppàda,
khandha, ti-lakkhaõa, nàma-råpa,
pañisandhi.
Literature: Anattà-lakkhana Sutta, Vinaya I, 13-14;
S. XXII, 59; tr. in Three Cardinal Discourses of the Buddha
(Wheel 17). – Another important text on Anattà is the
Discourse on the Snake Simile (Alagaddåpama Sutta, M. 22;
– 36 –
tr. in Wheel 48/49). Other texts in “Path”. – Further:
Anattà and Nibbàna, by Nyanaponika Thera (Wheel 11);
The Truth of Anattà, by Dr. G. P. Malalasekera (Wheel 94);
The Three Basic Facts of Existence III: Egolessness
(Wheel 202/204)
anattànupassanà: ‘contemplation of not-self’ is one of
the 18 chief kinds of insight (s. vipassanà). See also
above.
anattà-sa¤¤à: ‘perception of not-self’; see A. VI, 104;
A. VII, 48; A. X, 60; Ud. IV, 1.
anattà-vàda: the ‘doctrine of impersonality’; s. anattà.
àne¤ja: ‘imperturbability’, denotes the immaterial
sphere (aråpàvacara; s. avacara); s. sankhàra.
cf. M. 106.
anger: s. måla.
anicca: ‘impermanent’ (or, as abstract noun, aniccatà,
‘impermanence’) is the first of the three characteristics
of existence (tilakkhana, q.v.). It is from the fact of
impermanence that, in most texts, the other two characteristics,
suffering (dukkha) and not-self (anattà), are
derived (S. XXII, 15; Ud. IV, I)
“Impermanence of things is the rising, passing and
changing of things, or the disappearance of things that
have become or arisen. The meaning is that these things
never persist in the same way, but that they are vanishing
dissolving from moment to moment” (Vis.M. VII, 3).
Impermanence is a basic feature of all conditioned
phenomena, be they material or mental, coarse or
– 37 –
subtle, one’s own or external: All formations are impermanent”
(sabbe sankhàrà aniccà; M. 35, Dhp. 277).
That the totality of existence is impermanent is also
often stated in terms of the five aggregates
(khandha, q.v.), the twelve personal and external sense
bases (àyatana q.v.), etc. Only Nibbàna (q.v.), which is
unconditioned and not a formation (asankhata), is
permanent (nicca, dhuva).
The insight leading to the first stage of deliverance,
Stream-entry (sotàpatti; s. ariya-puggala), is often
expressed in terms of impermanence: “Whatever is
subject to origination, is subject to cessation”
(s. Dhammacakkappavattana Sutta, S. XLVI, 11). In his
last exhortation, before his Parinibbàna, the Buddha
reminded his monks of the impermanence of existence
as a spur to earnest effort: “Behold now, Bhikkhus,
I exhort you: Formations are bound to vanish. Strive
earnestly!” (vayadhammà sankhàrà, appamàdena
sampàdetha; D. 16).
Without the deep insight into the impermanence
and insubstantiality of all phenomena of existence
there is no attainment of deliverance. Hence comprehension
of impermanence gained by direct meditative
experience heads two lists of insight knowledge:
(a) contemplation of impermanence (aniccànupassanà)
is the first of the 18 chief kinds of insight (q.v.); (b) the
contemplation of arising and vanishing
(udayabbayànupassanà-¤àõa) is the first of 9 kinds of
knowledge which lead to the ‘purification by knowledge
and vision of the path-progress’ (s. visuddhi, VI).
– Contemplation of impermanence leads to the condit-
38 –
ionless deliverance (animitta-vimokkha; s. vimokkha).
As herein the faculty of confidence (saddhindriya) is
outstanding, he who attains in that way the path of
Stream-entry is called a faith-devotee (saddhànusàrã;
s. ariya-puggala) and at the seven higher stages he is
called faith-liberated (saddhà-vimutta), – See also
anicca-sa¤¤à.
See The Three Basic Facts of Existence I: Impermanence
(Wheel 186/187)
aniccànupassanà: ‘contemplation of impermanence’,
is one of the 18 chief kinds of insight (s. vipassanà).
anicca-sa¤¤à: ‘perception of impermanence’, is
defined in the Girimananda Sutta (A.X. 60) as
meditation on the impermanence of the five groups of
existence.
“Though, with a faithful heart, one takes refuge in
the Buddha, his Teaching and the Community of
Monks; or with a faithful heart observes the rules of
morality, or develops a mind full of loving-kindness, far
more meritorious it is if one cultivates the perception of
impermanence, be it only for a moment” (A.X. 20).
See A. VI, 102; A. VII, 48; Ud. IV, 1; S. XXII, 102.
animitta-ceto-vimutti: s. ceto-vimutti.
animittànupassanà: s. vipassanà.
animitta-vimokkha: s. vimokkha.
a¤¤a: ‘other’, being of the opposite category.
– 39 –
a¤¤à: ‘highest knowledge’, gnosis, refers to the perfect
knowledge of the Saint (Arahat; s. ariya-puggala). The
following passage occurs frequently in the Suttas, when
a monk indicates his attainment of Holiness (arahatta):
“He makes known highest knowledge (a¤¤aü
vyàkaroti), thus: ‘Rebirth has ceased, fulfilled is the
holy life, the task is accomplished, and there is no more
of this to come.’ ”
The ‘faculty of highest knowledge’ (a¤¤’ indriya =
a¤¤à-indriya; s. indriya), however, is present in six of
the eight stages of holiness, that is, beginning with the
fruition of Stream-Winning (sotàpatti-phala) up to the
path of Holiness (arahatta-magga). See Dhs. (PTS)
362-364, 505, 553; Indriya Vibhanga; “Path” 162.
a¤¤àma¤¤a-paccaya: ‘mutuality-condition,’ is one of
the 24 conditions (paccaya, q.v.).
a¤¤àtàvindriya: ‘the faculty of one who knows’;
s. indriya, 22.
a¤¤indriya: ‘the faculty of highest knowledge’; s. a¤¤à
and indriya, 21.
anottappa: s. ahirika.
answering questions: 4 ways of: s. pa¤hà-byàkaraõa.
antarà-parinibbàyã: is one of the 5 kinds of Non-
Returners or Anàgàmã (q.v.).
antinomies: s. diññhi.
anuloma-citta: ‘adaptation-moment of consciousness’,
denotes the third of the 4 moments of impulsion
– 40 –
(javana, q.v.) flashing up immediately before either
reaching the absorptions (jhàna, q.v.) or the supermundane
paths (s. ariya-puggala). These 4 moments of
impulsion are: the preparation (parikamma), access
(upacàra), adaptation (anuloma) and maturity
(gotrabhå) moments. For further details, s. javana,
gotrabhå.
anuloma-¤àõa: ‘adaptation-knowledge’ or conformityknowledge,
is identical with the ‘adaptation-to-truth
knowledge’, the last of 9 insight-knowledges
(vipassanà-¤àõa) which constitute the purification of
knowledge and vision of the path-progress’ (s. visuddhi
VI, 9). Cf. Vis.M. XXI.
anupàdisesa-nibbàna: see Nibbàna, upàdi.
anupassanà: ‘contemplation’ – 4 fold: s. satipaññhàna –
18 fold: s. vipassanà. – 7 fold: “The seven contemplation’s:
(1) Contemplating (formations) as impermanent,
one abandons the perception of permanence.
(2) Contemplating (them) as painful, one abandons
the perception of happiness (to be found in them).
(3) Contemplating (them) as not self, one abandons
the perception of self. (4) Becoming dispassionate, one
abandons delighting. (5) Causing fading away, one
abandons greed. (6) Causing cessation, one abandons
originating. (7) Relinquishing, one abandons grasping”
(Pts.M. I, p. 58). – See also Vis.M. XXI, 43; XXII, 114.
anupubba-nirodha: The 9 ‘successive extinctions’, are
the 8 extinctions reached through the 8 absorptions
(jhàna, q.v.) and the extinction of feeling and
– 41 –
perception’ (s. nirodha-samàpatti), as it is said in A. IX,
31 and D. 33:
“In him who has entered the 1st absorption, the
sensuous perceptions (kàma-sa¤¤à) are extinguished.
Having entered the 2nd absorption, thought-conception
and discursive thinking (vitakkavicàra, q.v.) are
extinguished. Having entered the 3rd absorption,
rapture (pãti, q.v.) is extinguished. Having entered the
4th absorption, in-and-out breathing (assàsapassàsa,
q.v.) are extinguished. Having entered the
sphere of boundless space (àkàsàna¤càyatana), the
corporeality perceptions (råpa-sa¤¤à) are extinguished.
Having entered the sphere of boundless consciousness
(vi¤¤àõa¤càyatana), the perception of the sphere of
boundless space is extinguished. Having entered the
sphere of nothingness (àki¤ca¤¤àyatana), the
perception of the sphere of boundless consciousness is
extinguished. Having entered the sphere of neitherperception-
nor-non-perception (neva-sa¤¤ànàsa¤¤
àyatana) the perception of the sphere of
nothingness is extinguished. Having entered the
extinction of perception and feeling (sa¤¤àvedayitanirodha)
perception and feeling are extinguished.” For
further details, s. jhàna, nirodha-samàpatti.
anupubba-vihàra: the 9 ‘successive abodes’, are
identical with the 9 anupubba-nirodha (s. above).
In A. IX, 33 they are called successive attainments
(anupubba-samàpatti).
ànupubbã-kathà: ‘gradual instruction’, progressive
sermon; given by the Buddha when it was necessary to
– 42 –
prepare first the listener’s mind before speaking to him
on the advanced teaching of the Four Noble Truths.
The stock passage (e.g. D. 3; D. 14; M. 56) runs as
follows:
“Then the Blessed One gave him a gradual instruction
– that is to say, he spoke on liberality (‘giving’,
dàna, q.v.), on moral conduct (sãla) and on the heavens
(sagga); he explained the peril, the vanity and the
depravity of sensual pleasures, and the advantages of
renunciation. When the Blessed One perceived that the
listener’s mind was prepared, pliant, free from
obstacles, elevated and lucid; then he explained to him
that exalted teaching particular to the Buddhas
(Buddhànaü sàmukkaüsikà desanà), that is: suffering,
its cause, its ceasing, and the path.”
anurakkhana-padhàna: the ‘effort to maintain’
wholesome states; s. padhàna.
anusaya: the 7 ‘proclivities’, inclinations, or tendencies
are: sensuous greed (kàma-ràga, s. saüyojana), grudge
(pañigha), speculative opinion (diññhi, q.v.), skeptical
doubt (vicikicchà, q.v.), conceit (màna, q.v.), craving for
continued existence (bhavaràga), ignorance
(avijjà, q.v.) (D. 33; A. VII, 11, 12).
“These things are called ‘proclivities’ since, in
consequence of their pertinacity, they ever and again
tend to become the conditions for the arising of ever
new sensuous greed, etc.’’ (Vis.M. XXII, 60).
Yam. VII, first determines in which beings such and
such proclivities exist, and which proclivities, and with
regard to what, and in which sphere of existence.
– 43 –
Thereafter it gives an explanation concerning their
overcoming, their penetration, etc. Cf. Guide VI (vii).
According to Kath. several ancient Buddhist schools
erroneously held the opinion that the anusayas, as
such, meant merely latent, hence karmically neutral
qualities, which however Contradicts the Theravàda
conception. Cf. Guide V, 88, 108, 139.
anussati: ‘recollection’, meditation, contemplation.
The six recollections often described in the Suttas
(e.g. A. VI, 10, 25; D. 33) are: (1) recollection of the
Buddha, (2) his Doctrine, (3) his Community of noble
disciples, (4) of morality, (5) liberality, (6) heavenly
beings (buddhànussati, dhammànussati, sanghànussati,
sãlànussati, càgànussati, devatànussati).
(1) “The noble disciple, Mahànàma, recollects
thus: ‘This Blessed One is holy, a fully Enlightened
One, perfected in wisdom and conduct, faring happily,
knower of the worlds, unsurpassed leader of men to be
trained, teacher of heavenly beings and men, a Buddha,
a Blessed One.’
(2) ‘Well proclaimed by the Blessed One is the
Doctrine (dhamma), directly visible, with immediate
fruit, inviting investigation, leading on to Nibbàna, to be
comprehended by the wise, each by himself.’
(3) ‘Of good conduct is the Community (Sangha)
of the Blessed One’s disciples, of upright conduct, living
on the right path, performing their duties, to wit: the
4 pairs of men or 8 individuals (s. ariya puggala). This
Community of the Blessed One’s disciples is worthy of
offerings, worthy of hospitality, worthy of gifts, worthy
– 44 –
of reverence with raised hands, the unsurpassed field
for doing meritorious deeds.’
(4) “The noble disciple further recollects his own
morality (sãla) which is unbroken, without any breach,
undefiled, untarnished, conducive to liberation, praised
by the wise, not dependent (on craving or opinions),
leading to concentration.
(5) “The noble disciple further recollects his own
liberality (càga) thus: ‘Blessed truly am I, highly blessed
am I who, amongst beings defiled with the filth of
stinginess, live with heart free from stinginess, liberal,
open-handed, rejoicing in giving, ready to give anything
asked for, glad to give and share with others.’
(6) “The noble disciple further recollects the
heavenly beings (devatà): ‘There are the heavenly
beings of the retinue of the Four Great Kings, the
heavenly beings of the World of the Thirty-Three, the
Yàmadevas… and there are heavenly beings besides
(s. deva). Such faith, such morality, such knowledge,
such liberality, such insight, possessed of which those
heavenly beings, after vanishing from here, are reborn
in those worlds, such things are also found in me.’ ”
(A. III,70; VI,10; XI,12).
“At the time when the noble disciple recollects the
Perfect One… at such a time his mind is neither
possessed of greed, nor of hate, nor of delusion. Quite
upright at such a time is his mind owing to the Perfect
One…. With upright mind the noble disciple attains
understanding of the sense, understanding of the law,
attains joy through the law. In the joyous one rapture
arises. With heart enraptured, his whole being becomes
– 45 –
stilled. Stilled within his being, he feels happiness; and
the mind of the happy one becomes firm. Of this noble
disciple it is said that amongst those gone astray, he
walks on the right path, among those suffering he
abides free from suffering. Thus having reached the
stream of the law, he develops the recollection of the
Enlightened One….” (A. VI, 10).
In A. I, 21 (PTS: I, xvi) and A. I, 27 (PTS: xx. 2)
another 4 recollections are added: mindfulness on
death (maraõa-sati, q.v.), on the body (kàyagatàsati,
q.v.), on breathing (ànàpàna-sati, q.v.), and the
recollection of peace (upasamànussati, q.v.).
The first six recollections are fully explained in
Vis.M. VII, the latter four in Vis.M. VIII.
aparàpariya-vedanãya-kamma: ‘karma bearing fruits
in later births’; s. karma.
aparihàna-dhamma: ‘incapable of relapse’, or ‘of falling
away’, namely, with regard to deliverance from
some or all fetters of existence (s. saüyojana). Thus all
noble disciples are called, i.e. all those who have
attained any of the 4 noble paths to holiness
(s. ariyapuggala). With regard to the absorptions
(jhàna, q.v.), anyone is called ‘unrelapsable’ who has
attained full mastery over the absorptions. See
A. VI, 62; Pug. 6. Cf. akuppa-dhamma.
aparihàniya-dhamma: ‘conditions of welfare’ (lit. of
non-decline), for a nation. Seven such conditions are
mentioned in the Mahà-Parinibbàna Sutta (D. 16).
They are followed by five sets of 7, and one set of
6 conditions, conducive to the welfare of the Com-
46 –
munity of Monks, the Sangha. Identical texts at A. VII,
20-25. To be distinguished from the preceding term.
apàya: The 4 ‘lower worlds’. are: the animal world,
ghost world, demon-world, hell. See Vis.M. XIII, 92f.
àpo-dhàtu: ‘water-element’; s. dhàtu.
appamàda: ‘zeal’, non-laxity, earnestness, diligence, is
considered as the foundation of all progress.
Just as all the footprints of living beings are surpassed
by the footprint of the elephant, and the footprint
of the elephant is considered as the mightiest
amongst them, just so have all the meritorious qualities
zeal as their foundation, and zeal is considered as the
mightiest of these qualities’’ (A. X, 15).
Cf. the Chapter on Zeal (Appamàda Vagga) in Dhp.,
and the Buddha’s last exhortation: “Transient are all
formations. Strive zealously!” (appamàdena
sampàdetha: D. 16) – In the commentaries, it is often
explained as the presence (lit. ‘non-absence’) of
mindfulness (satiyà avippavàsa).
appamàõàbha: a kind of heavenly being; s. deva, (II).
appamàõa-ceto-vimutti: s. ceto-vimutti.
appamàõa-subha: a kind of heavenly being:
s. deva (II).
appama¤¤à: The 4 ‘Boundless States’, identical with
brahma-vihàra (q.v.).
– 47 –
appanà-samàdhi: ‘attainment concentration’ or ‘full
concentration’ (from apeti, to fix), is the concentration
existing during absorption (jhàna, q.v.), whilst the
neighbourhood or access-concentration (upacàrasamàdhi)
only approaches the 1st absorption without
attaining it; s. samàdhi.
appaõihita-vimokkha: s. vimokkha. –
Appaõihitànupassanà; s. vipassanà.
Appendants: The 3: ki¤cana (q.v.).
appicchatà: ‘having only few wishes’, contentedness, is
one of the indispensable virtues of the monk;
cf. A. X. 181-190, and ariyavaüsa (q.v.).
apu¤¤àbhisankhàra: s. sankhàra.
Arahat and arahatta-magga,-phala: s. ariya-puggala.
àrammaõa: ‘object’. There are six: visible object,
sound, odor, taste, body-impression, mind-object. The
mind-object (dhammàrammaõa) may be physical or
mental, past, present or future, real or imaginary. The
5 sense-objects belong to the corporeality-group (råpakkhandha,
s. khandha). They form the external
foundations for the sense-perceptions, and without
them no sense-perception or sense-consciousness
(seeing, hearing, etc.) can arise. Cf. àyatana, paccaya.
(App: paccaya 2.).
àrammaõàdhipati, àrammaõupanissaya: s. paccaya.
– 48 –
àra¤¤ikanga: The ‘exercise of the forest-dweller’, is
one of the ascetic purification-exercises
(dhutanga, q.v.).
arising and vanishing (of things). The knowledge
consisting in the contemplation of; s. visuddhi (VI. 1.).
ariya-iddhi: s. iddhi.
ariya-magga: s. foll.
ariya-puggala: or simply ariya: ‘Noble Ones’, ‘noble
persons’.
(A) The 8 a. are those who have realized one of
the 8 stages of holiness, i.e. the 4 supermundane paths
(magga) and the 4 supermundane fruitions (phala) of
these paths. There are 4 pairs:
1. The one realizing the path of Stream-winning
(sotàpattimagga).
2. The one realizing the fruition of Streamwinning
(sotàpattiphala).
3. The one realizing the path of Once-return
(sakadàgàmimagga).
4. The one realizing the fruition of Once-return
(sakadàgàmiphala).
5. The one realizing the path of Non-return
(anàgàmimagga).
6. The one realizing the fruition of Non-return
(anàgàmiphala).
7. The one realizing the path of Holiness
(arahatta-magga).
8. The one realizing the fruition of Holiness
(arahatta-phala).
– 49 –
Summed up, there are 4 noble individuals (ariyapuggala):
the Stream-winner (Sotàpanna), the Once-
Returner (Sakadàgàmi), the Non-Returner (Anàgàmã),
the Holy One (Arahat).
In A. VIII,10 and A. IX, 16 the gotrabhå (q.v.) is
listed as the 9th noble individual.
According to the Abhidhamma, ‘supermundane
path’, or simply ‘path’ (magga), is a designation of the
moment of entering into one of the 4 stages of holiness
– Nibbàna being the object – produced by intuitional
insight (vipassanà) into the impermanence, misery and
impersonality of existence, flashing forth and forever
transforming one’s life and nature. By ‘fruition’ (phala)
is meant those moments of consciousness which follow
immediately thereafter as the result of the path, and
which in certain circumstances may repeat for innumerable
times during the life-time.
(I) Through the path of Stream-winning (sotàpattimagga)
one ‘becomes’ free (whereas in realizing the
fruition, one ‘is’ free) from the first 3 fetters
(saüyojana, q.v.) which bind beings to existence in the
sensuous sphere, to wit: (1) personality-belief
(sakkàya-diññhi; s. diññhi), (2) skeptical doubt
(vicikicchà, q.v.), (3) attachment to mere rules and
rituals (sãlabbata-paràmàsa; s. upàdàna).
(II) Through the path of Once-return (sakadàgàmimagga)
one becomes nearly free from the 4th and 5th
fetters, to wit: (4) sensuous craving (kàma-cchanda =
kàma-ràga; s. ràga), (5) ill-will (vyàpàda = dosa,
s. måla).
– 50 –
(III) Through the path of Non-return (anàgàmimagga)
one becomes fully free from the abovementioned
5 lower fetters.
(IV) Through the path of Holiness (arahattamagga)
one further becomes free from the 5 higher
fetters, to wit: (6) craving for fine material existence
(råpa-ràga), (7) craving for immaterial existence.
(aråpa-ràga), (8) conceit (màna, q.v.), (9) restlessness
(uddhacca, q.v.), (10) ignorance (avijjà, q.v.).
The stereotype Sutta text runs as follows:
(I) “After the disappearance of the three fetters, the
monk has won the stream (to Nibbàna) and is no more
subject to rebirth in lower worlds, is firmly established,
destined for full enlightenment.
(II) “After the disappearance of the three fetters
and reduction of greed, hatred and delusion, he will
return only once more; and having once more returned
to this world, he will put an end to suffering.
(III) “After the disappearance of the five fetters he
appears in a higher world, and there he reaches
Nibbàna without ever returning from that world (to the
sensuous sphere).
(IV) “Through the extinction of all cankers (àsavakkhaya)
he reaches already in this very life the
deliverance of mind, the deliverance through wisdom,
which is free from cankers, and which he himself has
understood and realized.”
For the various classes of Stream-winners and Non-
Returners, s. Sotàpanna, Anàgàmã.
– 51 –
(B) The sevenfold grouping of the noble disciples
is as follows:
(1) the faith-devotee (saddhànusàrã), (2) the faithliberated
one (saddhàvimutta), (3) the body-witness
(kàya-sakkhã), (4) the both-ways-liberated one
(ubhato-bhàga-vimutta), (5) the Dhamma-devotee
(dhammànusàrã), (6) the vision-attainer (diññhippatta),
(7) the wisdom-liberated one (pa¤¤à–vimutta). This
group of seven noble disciples is thus explained in
Vis.M. XXI, 73:
(1) “He who is filled with resolution
(adhimokkha) and, in considering the formations as
impermanent (anicca), gains the faculty of faith, he, at
the moment of the path to Stream-winning (A. 1) is
called a faith-devotee (saddhànusàrã); (2) at the seven
higher stages (A. 2-8) he is called a faith-liberated one
(saddhà-vimutta). (3) He who is filled with tranquillity
and, in considering the formations as miserable
(dukkha), gains the faculty of concentration, he in
every respect is considered as a body-witness (kàyasakkhã).
(4) He, however, who after reaching the
absorptions of the immaterial sphere has attained the
highest fruition (of Holiness), he is a both-waysliberated
one (ubhato-bhàga-vimutta). (5) He who is
filled with wisdom and, in considering the formations as
not-self (anattà), gains the faculty of wisdom, he is at
the moment of Stream-winning a Dhamma-devotee
(dhammànusàrã), (6) at the later stages (A. 2-7) a
vision-attainer (diññhippatta), (7) at the highest stage
(A. 8) a wisdom-liberated one (pa¤¤àvimutta).” –
Further details about the body-witness, the both-ways-
52 –
liberated one and the wisdom-liberated one, s. under
the three Pàli terms. Cf. also M. 70; A. IX, 44; S. XII, 70;
Pts.M. II, p. 33, PTS.
ariya-sacca: The Four ‘Noble Truths’; s. sacca.
ariya-vaüsa: The four ‘noble usage’s’, are: contentedness
(of the monk) with any robe, contentedness with
any alms-food, contentedness with any dwelling, and
delight in meditation and detachment. In the Ariyavaüsa
Sutta, (A. IV, 28) and similarly in D. 33, it is said:
“Now the monk is contented with any robe, with
any alms-food, with any dwelling, finds pleasure and
enjoyment in mental training and detachment. But
neither is he haughty on that account, nor does he look
down upon others. Now, of a monk who herein is fit
and indefatigable, who remains clearly conscious and
mindful, of such a monk it is said that he is firmly
established in the ancient, noble usage’s known as the
most lofty ones.”
Full tr. of Ariya-vaüsa Sutta in Wheel 83/84.
ariya-vihàra: s. vihàra.
aråpa-bhava: s. bhava, loka.
aråpa-jjhàna: – s. jhàna.
aråpa-kkhandha: The four ‘immaterial groups’ of
existence are: feeling, perception, mental formations,
consciousness; s. khandha.
aråpàvacara: s. avacara.
àruppa: s. jhàna.
– 53 –
asankhàra-parinibbàyã: The ‘one reaching Nibbàna
without exertion’, is one of the five classes of Non-
Returners (Anàgàmã, q.v.)
asankhàrika-citta: an Abhidhamma term signifying a
‘state of consciousness arisen spontaneously’, i.e. without
previous deliberation, preparation, or prompting by
others; hence: ‘unprepared, unprompted’. This term
and its counterpart (sasankhàrikacitta, q.v.), probably
go back to a similar distinction made in the Suttas
(A. IV, 171; “Path” 184). See Tab. I; examples in
Vis.M. XIV, 84f.
asankhata: The ‘Unformed, Unoriginated, Unconditioned’
is a name for Nibbàna, the beyond of all
becoming and conditionality.
asa¤¤a-satta: The ‘unconscious beings’, are a class of
heavenly beings in the fine-material world; s. deva (II).
“There are, O monks, heavenly beings known as the
unconscious ones. As soon, however, as in those beings
consciousness arises, those beings will vanish from that
world. Now, O monks, it may happen that one of those
beings after vanishing from that world, may reappear in
this world….” (D. 24). Further details, s. Kath.,
Yam. (Guide, pp. 68, 79, 96 ff.).
àsava: (lit: influxes), ‘cankers’, taints, corruption’s,
intoxicant biases. There is a list of four (as in D. 16,
Pts.M., Vibh.): the canker of sense-desire (kàmàsava),
of (desiring eternal) existence (bhavàsava), of
(wrong) views (diññhàsava), and of ignorance
(avijjàsava). A list of three, omitting the canker of views,
is possibly older and is more frequent in the Suttas,
– 54 –
e.g. in M. 2, M. 9, D. 33; A. III, 59, 67; A. VI, 63. – In
Vibh. (Khuddakavatthu Vibh.) both the 3-fold and
4-fold division are mentioned. The fourfold division
also occurs under the name of ‘floods’ (ogha) and
‘yokes’ (yoga).
Through the path of Stream-Entry, the canker of
views is destroyed; through the path of Non-Returning,
the canker of sense-desire; through the path of
Arahatship, the cankers of existence and ignorance.
M. 2 shows how to overcome the cankers, namely,
through insight, sense-control, avoidance, wise use of
the necessities of life, etc. For a commentarial exposition,
see Atthasàlini Tr. I, p. 63f: II, pp. 475ff.
Khãõàsava, ‘one whose cankers are destroyed’, or
‘one who is canker-free’, is a name for the Arahat or
Holy One. The state of Arahatship is frequently called
àsavakkhaya, ‘the destruction of the cankers’. Suttas
concluding with the attainment of Arahatship by the
listeners, often end with the words: “During this
utterance, the hearts of the Bhikkhus were freed from
the cankers through clinging no more” (anupàdàya
àsavehi cittàni vimuccimså’ti).
àsavakkhaya: see above.
ascending insight: s. vuññhàna-gàminã-vipassanà.
ascetic purification practices: s. dhutanga.
asekha: (lit.: ‘not-learner’; s. sekha), a disciple
‘perfected in training’, one beyond training, an adept.
This is a name for the Arahat, the Holy One (s. ariyapuggala),
since he has reached the perfection in higher
moral training, higher mind training and higher wisdom
– 55 –
training (s. sikkhà) and needs no longer to train himself
therein.
àsevana-paccaya: ‘repetition’, is one of the
24 conditions (paccaya, q.v.).
asmi-màna: (lit.: ‘I am’-conceit), ‘ego-conceit’, may
range from the coarsest pride and self-assertion to a
subtle feeling of one’s distinctiveness or superiority that
persists, as the 8th fetter (saüyojana, q.v.), until the
attainment of Arahatship or Holiness. It is based upon
the comparison of oneself with others, and may, therefore,
manifest itself also as a feeling of inferiority or the
claim to be equal (s. màna). It has to be distinguished
from ‘ego-belief’ (sakkàya-diññhi, q.v.) which implies a
definite belief or view (diññhi) concerning the assumption
of a self or soul, and, being the 1st of the fetters,
disappears at attainment of Stream-Entry (sotàpatti;
s. ariya-puggala).
“Even when the five lower fetters have vanished in
a noble disciple, there is still in him, with regard to the
five groups of clinging, a slight undiscarded measure of
the conceit ‘I am’, of the will ‘I am’, of the proclivity
‘I am’ ” (S. XXII, 89). – s. màna.
assàsa-passàsa: ‘in-and-out-breathing’, are corporeal
or physical functions or ‘formations’ (kàya-sankhàra),
whilst thought-conception and discursive thinking
(vitakka and vicàra) are called verbal functions (vacãsankhàra),
s. sankhàra (2). In-and-out-breathing forms
one of the 6 aspects of the wind-element (s. dhàtu).
Cf. M. 62.
– 56 –
association: sampayutta-paccaya, is one of the
24 conditions (paccaya, q.v.).
asubha: ‘impurity’, loathsomeness, foulness. – In
Vis.M. VI, it is the cemetery contemplations
(sãvathika, q.v.) that are called ‘meditation-subjects of
impurity’ (asubha-kammaññhàna; s. bhàvanà). In the
Girimànanda Sutta (A. X., 50), however, the perception
of impurity (asubha-sa¤¤à) refers to the contemplation
of the 32 parts of the body (s. kàya-gatà-sati). The
contemplation of the body’s impurity is an antidote
against the hindrance of sense-desire (s. nãvaraõa) and
the mental perversion (vipallàsa, q.v.) which sees what
is truly impure as pure and beautiful. See S. XLVI, 51;
A. V. 36, Dhp. 7, 8; Sn. 193ff. – The Five Mental
Hindrances (Wheel 26), pp. 5ff.
asura: ‘demons’, titans, evil ghosts, inhabiting one of
the lower worlds (apàya, q.v.).
atappa: ‘the unworried’, is the name of a class of deities
(s. deva,) inhabiting the first of the five Pure Abodes
(suddhàvàsa, q.v.), in which the Anàgàmã (q.v.) has his
last rebirth.
atimàna: ‘superiority-conceit’; s. màna.
attà: ‘self, ego, personality, is in Buddhism a mere
conventional expression (vohàradesanà), and no
designation for anything really existing; s. paramatthadesanà,
anattà, puggala, satta, jãva.
attachments: s. paràmàsa.
– 57 –
atta-diññhi (-vàda): ‘ego-belief’, ‘personality-belief’,
s. diññhi.
attainment-concentration: appanà-samàdhi (q.v.);
s. samàdhi.
attainments, ‘The 8 a.’; s. samàpatti.
atta-kilamatha: ‘self-mortification’, is one of the two
extremes to be avoided, the other extreme being
addiction to sensual pleasures (kàma-sukha), whilst the
Noble 8-fold Path constitutes the Middle Path
(majjhima-pañipadà, q.v.). See the Buddha’s first
sermon, “The Establishment of the Realm of Dhamma”
(Dhamma-cakkappavattana-Sutta).
atta-sa¤¤à (°citta, °diññhi): ‘perception (consciousness,
view) of an ego’, is one of the 4 perversions
(vipallàsa, q.v.).
atta-vàdupàdàna: ‘attachment to the ego-belief’, is
one of the 4 kinds of clinging (upàdàna, q.v.).
attention: s. manasikàra.
attentiveness, attention, mindfulness; s. sati,
satipaññhàna.
aññhangika-magga: The ‘Eightfold Path’; s. magga.
aññha-pañisambhidà: The ‘analytical knowledge of
meaning’, is one of the 4 kinds of analytical knowledge
(pañisambhidà, q.v.).
atthi-paccaya: ‘presence’, is one of the 24 conditions
(paccaya, q.v.).
– 58 –
auditory organ: s. àyatana.
avacara: ‘sphere’, realm. The 3 spheres of existence
are: the sensuous sphere (kàmàvacara), the finematerial
sphere (råpàvacara), the immaterial sphere
(aråpàvacara). “Which things are of the sensuous
sphere (kàmàvacara)? Whatever things exist within the
interval bounded beneath by the Avãci-hell and above
by the Paranimmitavasavatti-heaven (s. deva), having
therein their sphere, and being therein included, to wit:
the groups of existence, the elements, bases
(s. khandha, dhàtu, àyatana), corporeality, feeling,
perception, mental formations and consciousness, all
these things are of the sensuous sphere. – But which
things are of the fine material sphere (råpàvacara)?
Whatever things exist within the interval bounded
beneath by the Brahma-world and above by the
Akaniññha-world (s. deva), having therein their sphere,
and being therein included… and also consciousness
and mental factors in one who has entered the (finematerial)
absorptions, or who has been reborn in that
sphere, or who already during his life-time is living in
happiness (of the absorptions), all these things are of
the fine-material sphere. – Which things are of the immaterial
sphere (aråpàvacara)? Consciousness and
mental factors arising within the interval bounded beneath
by the beings reborn in the sphere of unbounded
space and above by the beings reborn in the sphere of
neither-perception-nor-non-perception (s. jhàna 5-8),
and consciousness and mental factors in one who has
entered the (immaterial absorptions), or who has been
reborn in that sphere, or who already during his lifetime
is living in happiness (of the immaterial absorp-
59 –
tions), all these things are of the immaterial sphere.”
(Cf. Dhs. 1280, 1282, 1284; Vibh. XVIII). (App.).
àvajjana: ‘advertence’ of the mind towards the object,
forms the first stage in the process of consciousness
(s. vi¤¤àõa-kicca). If an object of the 5 physical senses
is concerned, it is called ‘five-door advertence’ (pa¤ca
dvàràvajjana); in the case of a mental object, ‘minddoor
advertence’ (mano-dvàràvajjana).
aversion (from existence), contemplation of:
s. vipassanà (VI. 5)
avãci is the name of one of the most frightful hells
(niraya, q.v.).
avigata-paccaya: ‘non-disappearance’, is one of the
24 conditions (paccaya, q.v.).
aviha (derivation uncertain; Sanskrit avçha) is one of
the five Pure Abodes (suddhàvàsa, q.v.) in the finematerial
sphere. For details, s. under Anàgàmã.
avihiüsà (equivalents: ahiüsà, avihesà): ‘harmlessness’,
nonviolence, absence of cruelty. The ‘thought of
harmlessness’ (or: ‘non-cruelty’; avihiüsà-vitakka) is
one of the three constituents of right thought (sammàsankappa),
i.e. the 2nd factor of the Eightfold Path
(s. magga). In the several lists of ‘elements’ (dhàtu)
appears also an ‘element of harmlessness’ (avihesàdhàtu),
in the sense of an elementary quality of noble
thought. See Dhp. 225, 261, 270, 300.
avijjà: ‘ignorance,’ nescience, unknowing; synonymous
with delusion (moha, s. måla), is the primary root of all
– 60 –
evil and suffering in the world, veiling man’s mental
eyes and preventing him from seeing the true nature of
things. It is the delusion tricking beings by making life
appear to them as permanent, happy, substantial and
beautiful and preventing them from seeing that everything
in reality is impermanent, liable to suffering, void
of ‘I’ and ‘mine’, and basically impure (s. vipallàsa).
Ignorance is defined as ‘not knowing the four truths,
namely, suffering, its origin, its cessation, and the way
to its cessation’ (S. XII, 4).
As ignorance is the foundation of all life-affirming
actions, of all evil and suffering, therefore it stands first
in the formula of Dependent Origination (pañiccasamuppàda,
q.v.). But for that reason, says Vis.M. (XVII,
36f) ignorance should not be regarded as “the causeless
root-cause of the world…. It is not causeless. For a
cause of it is stated thus ‘With the arising of cankers
(àsava, q.v.) there is the arising of ignorance’ (M. 9).
But there is a figurative way in which it can be treated
as a root-cause; namely, when it is made to serve as a
starting point in an exposition of the Round of Existence….
As it is said: ‘No first beginning of ignorance can
be perceived, Bhikkhus, before which ignorance was
not, and after which it came to be. But it can be perceived
that ignorance has its specific condition (idappaccaya)”
(A. X, 61). The same statement is made (A. X, 62)
about the craving for existence (bhava-taõhà; s. taõhà).
The latter and ignorance are called “the outstanding
causes of kamma that lead to unhappy and happy
destinies” (Vis.M. XVII, 38).
As ignorance still exists – though in a very refined
way until the attainment of Arahatship or Holiness, it is
– 61 –
counted as the last of the 10 fetters (saüyojana, q.v.)
which bind beings to the cycle of rebirths. As the first
two roots of evil, greed and hate (s. måla), are on their
part rooted in ignorance, consequently all unwholesome
states of mind are inseparably bound up with it.
Ignorance (or delusion) is the most obstinate of the
three roots of evil.
Ignorance is one of the cankers (àsava, q.v.) and
proclivities (anusaya, q.v.). It is often called a hindrance
(nãvaraõa; e.g. in S.XV, 3; A.X, 61) but does not
appear together with the usual list of five hindrances.
avikkhepa: ‘undistractedness’, is a synonym of
concentration (samàdhi, q.v.), one-pointedness of mind
(citt’ekaggatà) and tranquillity (samatha, q.v.; further
s. samatha-vipassanà).
avoidance and performance: s. càritta, etc. – The
effort to avoid, s. padhàna.
avyàkata: lit. ‘indeterminate’ – i.e. neither determined
as karmically ‘wholesome’ nor as ‘unwholesome’ – are
the karmically neutral, i.e. amoral, states of consciousness
and mental factors. They are either mere karmaresults
(vipàka, q.v.), as e.g. all the sense perceptions
and the mental factors associated therewith, or they are
karmically independent functions (kiriya-citta, q.v.),
i.e. neither karmic nor karma-resultant. See
Tab. I. (App.).
avyàpàda: ‘hatelessness’, non-ill-will, goodness; is one
of the three kinds of right thought (s. sacca, IV. 2), or
wholesome thoughts (vitakka, q.v.) and is the 9th of the
10 wholesome courses of actions (kammapatha II. q.v.).
– 62 –
The most frequently used synonyms are adosa (s. måla)
and mettà (s. brahma-vihàra).
awakenment: s. bodhi.
àyatana: 1. ‘spheres’, is a name for the four immaterial
absorptions; s. jhàna (5-8).
2. The 12 ‘bases’ or ‘sources’ on which depend the
mental processes, consist of five physical sense-organs
and consciousness, being the six personal (ajjhattika)
bases; and the six objects, the so-called external
(bàhira) bases – namely:
eye, or visual organ visible object
ear, or auditory organ sound, or audible object
nose, or olfactory organ odour, or olfactive object
tongue, or gustatory organ taste, or gustative object
body, or tactile organ body-impression, or
tactile object
mind-base, or consciousness mind-object
(manàyatana) (dhammàyatana)
“By the visual organ (cakkhàyatana) is meant the
sensitive part of the eye (cakkhu-pasàda) built up of the
four elements… responding to sense-stimuli”
(sa-ppañigha)…. (Vibh. II). Similar is the explanation of
the four remaining physical sense-organs.
Mind-base (manàyatana) is a collective term for all
consciousness whatever, and should therefore not be
confounded with the mind-element (mano-dhàtu;
s. dhàtu II, 16), which latter performs only the functions
of adverting (àvajjana) to the sense-object, and of
receiving (sampañicchana) the sense-object. On the
functions of the mind, s. vi¤¤àõa-kicca.
– 63 –
The visible object (råpàyatana) is described in
Vibh. II as “that phenomenon which is built up of the
four physical elements and appears as color, etc.” What
is seen by-visual perception, i.e. by eye-consciousness
(cakkhu-vi¤¤àõa) are colors and differences of light,
but not three dimensional bodily things.
‘Mind-object-base’ (dhammàyatana) is identical
with ‘mind-object-element’ (dhamma-dhàtu; s. dhàtu II)
and dhammàrammana (s. àrammaõa). It may be
physical or mental, past, present or future, real or
imaginary.
The 5 physical sense-organs are also called faculties
(indriya, q.v.), and of these faculties it is said in
M. 43: “Each of the five faculties owns a different
sphere, and none of them partakes of the sphere of
another one;… they have mind as their support… are
conditioned by vitality,… but vitality again is conditioned
by heat, heat again by vitality, just as the light
and flame of a burning lamp are mutually conditioned.”
The 12 bases are fully discussed in Vis.M. XV. In
Yam. III (s. Guide, p. 98f) the 12 terms are subjected to
a logical investigation The six personal bases form the
5th link of dependent origination (pañicca-samuppàda
5, q.v.).
àyåhana: (karmic)‘accumulation’, is a name used in
the commentarial literature for the wholesome and
unwholesome volitional activities (karma, q.v.) or
karma-formations (sankhàra; s. pañicca-samuppàda),
being the bases of future rebirth. “ ‘Accumulation’, is a
name for the karma-formations, and signifies those
volitions (cetanà) which arise at the performance of a
– 64 –
karma, first while thinking ‘I will give alms’, and then
while actually giving alms (e.g.) for one month or a
year. The volition, however, at the time when one is
handing the alms over to the recipient; is called karmaprocess
(kamma-bhava, s. Vis.M. XVII, IX, X). Or, the
volitions during the first six impulsive-moments
(javana, q.v.) depending on one and the same state of
advertence (àvajjana, s. vi¤¤àõa-kicca), these are called
the karma-formations, whilst the 7th impulsive moment
is called the karma-process (kamma-bhava)…. Or, each
volition is called ‘karma-process’ and the accumulation
connected with it, ‘karma-formation’.” (Vis.M. XVII).
Cf. pañicca-samuppàda (2, 10) – (App.).
– 65 –
B
bahula-kamma: ‘habitual karma’: s. karma.
bala: ‘powers’. Among various groups of powers the
following five are most frequently met with in the texts:
(1) faith (saddhà, q.v.), (2) energy (viriya, q.v.),
(3) mindfulness (sati, q.v.), (4) concentration
(samàdhi, q.v.), (5) wisdom (pa¤¤à, q.v.).
Their particular aspect, distinguishing them from
the corresponding 5 spiritual faculties (indriya, q.v.), is
that they are unshakable by their opposites: (1) the
power of faith is unshakable by faithlessness
(unbelief); (2) energy, by laziness; (3) mindfulness, by
forgetfulness; (4) concentration, by distractedness;
(5) wisdom, by ignorance (see Pts.M., ¥àõa Kathà).
They represent, therefore, the aspect of firmness in the
spiritual faculties.
According to A.V. 15, the power (1) becomes
manifest in the 4 qualities of the Stream-winner
(sotàpannassa angàni, q.v.), (2) in the 4 right efforts
(s. padhàna), (3) in the 4 foundations of mindfulness
(satipaññhàna, q.v.), (4) in the 4 absorptions
(jhàna, q.v.), (5) in the (full comprehension of
the) 4 Noble Truths (sacca, q.v.).
Cf. S. XLVIII, 43; S. L. (Bala Saüyutta).
In A. VII, 3, the powers of moral shame (hiri, q.v.)
and moral dread (ottappa) are added to the aforementioned
five Several other groups of 2 (s. pañisankhànabala),
4, 5 and more powers are mentioned in the texts.
– About the 10 powers of a Buddha, s. dasa-bala.
– 66 –
balance of mental faculties: indriya samatta (q.v.).
bases: The 12 of the perceptual process:
àyatana (q.v.).
beautiful: sobhana (q.v.).
beauty, deliverance through the perception of:
cf. vimokkha (II. 3). To hold for beautiful or pure
(subha) what is impure (asubha), is one of the
4 perversions (s. vipallàsa).
behaviour, morality consisting in good:
abhisamàcàrikasãla (q.v.).
being, living: satta (q.v.); further s. puggala. – Belief in
eternal personality: bhava-diññhi (s. diññhi), sassatadiññhi
(q.v.).
beings, The 9 worlds of: sattàvàsa (q.v.).
belief, blind: s. indriya-samatta.
bhangànupassanà-¤àõa: ‘knowledge consisting in
contemplation of dissolution’ (of all forms of
existence), is one kind of insight: s. visuddhi (VI, 2).
bhava: ‘becoming’, ‘process of existence’, consists of
3 planes: sensuous existence (kàma-bhava), finematerial
existence (råpa-bhava), immaterial existence
(aråpa-bhava). Cf. loka.
The whole process of existence may be divided into
two aspects:
(1) Karma-process (kamma-bhava), i.e. the karmically
active side of existence, being the cause of rebirth
and consisting in wholesome and unwholesome volitional
actions. See Karma, pañicca-samuppàda (IX).
– 67 –
(2) Karma-produced rebirth, or regenerating process
(uppattibhava), i.e. the karmically passive side of
existence consisting in the arising and developing of the
karma-produced and therefore morally neutral mental
and bodily phenomena of existence. Cf. Tab. – (App.).
bhàva: (feminine and masculine) ‘nature’, refers to the
sexual characteristics of the body, and belongs to the
group of corporeality (s. khandha). It is a commentarial
term for the faculties of femininity and masculinity
(s. indriya 7, 8). (App.).
bhava-diññhi: ‘belief in being’ (eternal personality);
s. sassatadiññhi, diññhi.
bhàvanà: ‘mental development’ (lit. ‘calling into
existence, producing’) is what in English is generally
but rather vaguely called ‘meditation’. One has to
distinguish 2 kinds: development of tranquillity
(samatha-bhàvanà), i.e. concentration (samàdhi), and
development of insight (vipassanà-bhàvanà),
i.e. wisdom (pa¤¤à).
These two important terms, tranquillity and insight
(s. samatha-vipassanà), are very often met with and
explained in the Sutta, as well as in the Abhidhamma.
Tranquillity (samatha) is the concentrated, unshaken,
peaceful, and therefore undefiled state of
mind, whilst insight (vipassanà) is the intuitive insight
into the impermanence, misery and impersonality
(anicca, dukkha, anattà; s. tilakkhaõa) of all bodily and
mental phenomena of existence, included in the
5 groups of existence, namely, corporeality, feeling,
perception, mental formations and consciousness;
s. khandha.
– 68 –
Tranquillity, or concentration of mind, according to
Sankhepavaõõana (Commentary to Abhidhammatthasangaha),
bestows a threefold blessing: favourable rebirth,
present happy life, and purity of mind which is
the condition of insight. Concentration (samàdhi) is the
indispensable foundation and precondition of insight
by purifying the mind from the 5 mental defilements or
hindrances (nãvaraõa, q.v.), whilst insight
(vipassanà) produces the 4 supra mundane stages of
holiness and deliverance of mind. The Buddha therefore
says: “May you develop mental concentration,
O monks; for who is mentally concentrated, sees things
according to reality” (S. XXII, 5). And in Mil. it is said:
“Just as when a lighted lamp is brought into a dark
chamber, the lamp-light will destroy the darkness and
produce and spread the light, just so will insight, once
arisen, destroy the darkness of ignorance and produce
the light of knowledge.”
Vis.M. III-XI gives full directions how to attain full
concentration and the absorptions (jhàna, q.v.) by
means of the following 40 meditation subjects
(kammaññhàna):
10 kasina-exercises (s. kasiõa). These produce the
4 absorptions.
10 loathsome subjects (asubha, q.v.). These produce
the 1st absorption.
10 recollections (anussati, q.v.): of the Buddha
(buddhànussati), the Doctrine (dhammànussati), the
Brotherhood of the Noble Ones (sanghànussati), morality,
liberality, the heavenly beings, death (maraõasati,
q.v.), the body (kàyagatàsati, q.v.), in-and-outbreathing
(ànàpàna-sati, q.v.) and peace (upasamànussati, q.v.).
– 69 –
Among these, the recollection (or mindfulness) of inand-
out breathing may produce all the 4 absorptions,
that of the body the 1st absorption, the rest only neighbourhood-
concentration (upacàra-samàdhi, s. samàdhi).
4 sublime abodes (brahma-vihàra, q.v.): lovingkindness,
compassion, altruistic joy, equanimity (mettà,
karuõà, mudità, upekkhà). Of these, the first 3 exercises
may produce 3 absorptions, the last one the 4th
absorption only.
4 immaterial spheres (aråpàyatana, s. jhàna): of
unbounded space, unbounded consciousness,
nothingness, neither-perception-nor-non-perception.
These are based upon the 4th absorption.
1 perception of the loathsomeness of food (àhàre
pañikkåla-sa¤¤à), which may produce neighbourhoodconcentration.
1 analysis of the 4 elements (catudhàtu-vavatthàna,
s. dhàtu-vavatthàna), which may produce
neighbourhood-concentration.
Mental development forms one of the 3 kinds of
meritorious action (pu¤¤a-kiriya-vatthu, q.v.). ‘Delight
in meditation’ (bhàvanà-ràmatà) is one of the noble
usages (ariya-vaüsa, q.v.).
bhàvanà-bala: s. pañisankhàna-bala.
bhàvanà-maya-pa¤¤à: wisdom based on mental
development’; s. pa¤¤à
bhavanga-santàna: ‘continuity of subconsciousness’;
s. santàna
bhavanga-sota and bhavanga-citta: The first term
may tentatively be rendered as the ‘undercurrent form-
70 –
ing the condition of being, or existence’, and the second
as ‘subconsciousness’, though, as will be evident from
the following, it differs in several respects from the
usage of that term in Western psychology. Bhavanga
(bhava-anga), which, in the canonical works, is mentioned
twice or thrice in the Paññhàna, is explained in
the Abhidhamma commentaries as the foundation or
condition (kàraõa) of existence (bhava), as the sine qua
non of life, having the nature of a process, lit. a flux or
stream (sota). Herein, since time immemorial, all impressions
and experiences are, as it were, stored up, or
better said, are functioning, but concealed as such tofull
consciousness, from where however they occasionally
emerge as subconscious phenomena and approach
the threshold of full consciousness, or crossing it become
fully conscious. This so-called ‘subconscious lifestream’
or undercurrent of life is that by which might be
explained the faculty of memory, paranormal psychic
phenomena, mental and physical growth, karma and
rebirth. etc. An alternative rendering is ‘life-continuum’.
It should be noted that bhavanga-citta is a karmaresultant
state of consciousness (vipàka, q.v.), and that,
in birth as a human or in higher forms of existence, it is
always the result of good, or wholesome karma
(kusala-kamma-vipàka), though in varying degrees of
strength (s. pañisandhi, end of the article). The same
holds true for rebirth consciousness (pañisandhi) and
death consciousness (cuti), which are only particular
manifestations of subconsciousness. In Vis.M. XIV it is
said:
“As soon as rebirth-consciousness (in the embryo at
the time of conception) has ceased, there arises a simi-
71 –
lar subconsciousness with exactly the same object, following
immediately upon rebirth-consciousness and
being the result of this or that karma (volitional action
done in a former birth and remembered there at the
moment before death). And again a further similar state
of subconsciousness arises. Now, as long as no other
consciousness arises to interrupt the continuity of the
life-stream, so long the life-stream, like the flow of a
river, rises in the same way again and again, even during
dreamless sleep and at other times. In this way one
has to understand the continuous arising of those states
of consciousness in the life-stream.” Cf. vi¤¤àõa-kicca.
For more details, s. Fund. 11. (App.).
bhava-taõhà: ‘craving for (eternal) existence’;
s. taõhà.
bhavàsava: ‘canker of existence’; s. àsava.
bhayatupaññhàna-¤àõa: ‘knowledge consisting in the
awareness of terror’, is one of those kinds of insightknowledge
that form the ‘purification by knowledge
and vision of the path-progress’ (s. visuddhi, VI.).
bhikkhu: A fully ordained disciple of the Buddha is
called a bhikkhu. “Mendicant monk” may be suggested
as the closest equivalent for “Bhikkhu”, literally it
means “he who begs” but bhikkhus do not beg. They
silently stand at the door for alms. They live on what is
spontaneously given by the supporters. He is not a
priest as he is no mediator between God and man. He
has no vows for life, but he is bound by his rules which
he takes of his own accord. He leads a life of voluntary
– 72 –
poverty and celibacy. If he is unable to live the Holy
Life, he can discard the robe at any time.
bhojane matta¤¤utà: ‘knowing the measure in
eating’.
“Now, O monks, the monk wisely reflecting partakes
of his almsfood, neither for pastime, nor for indulgence,
nor to become beautiful or handsome, but only
to maintain and support this body, to avoid harm and
to assist the holy life, knowing: ‘In this way I shall dispel
the former pain (of hunger, etc.) and no new pain
shall I let arise, and long life, blamelessness and ease
will be my share ‘ This, O monks, is knowing the measure
in eating.” (A. III. 16). “How O monks, would it be
possible for Nanda to lead the absolutely pure life of
holiness, if he did not watch over his senses and did not
know the measure in eating?” (A. VII, 9).
biases: s. àsava.
birth process: upapatti-bhava: s. bhava. Further
s. pañisandhi, jàti.
bodhi (from verbal root budhi, to awaken, to
understand): awakenment, enlightenment, supreme
knowledge. “(Through Bodhi) one awakens from the
slumber or stupor (inflicted upon the mind) by the
defilements (kilesa, q.v.) and comprehends the Four
Noble Truths (sacca, q.v.)” (Com. to M. 10).
The enlightenment of a Buddha is called sammàsambodhi
(q.v.) ‘perfect enlightenment’. The faith
(saddhà, q.v.) of a lay follower of the Buddha is described
as “he believes in the enlightenment of the
Perfect One” (saddahati Tathàgatassa bodhiü: M. 53,
A. III, 2).
– 73 –
As components of the state of enlightenment and
contributory factors to its achievement, are mentioned
in the texts: the 7 factors of enlightenment (bojjhanga (q.v.) =
bodhi-anga) and the 37 ‘things pertaining to enlightenment’
(bodhipakkhiya-dhammà, q.v.). In one of the
later books of the Sutta-Piñaka, the Buddhavaüsa,
10 bodhipàcana-dhammà are mentioned, i.e. qualities
that lead to the ripening of perfect enlightenment;
these are the 10 perfections (pàramã, q.v.).
There is a threefold classification of enlightenment:
1. that of a noble disciple (sàvaka-bodhi, q.v.). i.e. of an
Arahat, 2. of an Independently Enlightened One
(pacceka-bodhi, q.v.), and 3. of a Perfect Enlightened
One (sammà-sambodhi). This 3-fold division, however,
is of later origin, and in this form it neither occurs in the
canonical texts nor in the older Sutta commentaries.
The closest approximation to it is found in a verse sutta
which is probably of a comparatively later period, the
Treasure Store Sutta (Nidhikkanda Sutta) of the
Khuddakapàtha, where the following 3 terms are
mentioned in stanza 15: sàvaka-pàramã, pacceka-bodhi,
buddha-bhåmi (see Khp. Tr., pp. 247f.).
The commentaries (e.g. to M., Buddhavaüsa,
Cariyapiñaka) generally give a 4-fold explanation of the
word bodhi: 1. the tree of enlightenment, 2. the holy
path (ariya-magga), 3. Nibbàna, 4 omniscience (of the
Buddha: sabba¤¤utà-¤àõa). As to (2), the commentaries
quote Cula-Nidesa where bodhi is defined as the
knowledge relating to the 4 paths (of Stream-entry, etc.;
catåsu maggesu ¤àõa).
Neither in the canonical texts nor in the old
commentaries is it stated that a follower of the Buddha
– 74 –
may choose between the three kinds of enlightenment
and aspire either to become a Buddha, a Pacceka-
Buddha, or an Arahat-disciple. This conception of a
choice between three aspirations is, however, frequently
found in present-day Theravàda countries, e.g. in
Sri Lanka.
bodhipakkhiya-dhammà: The 37 ‘things pertaining to
enlightenment’, or ‘requisites of enlightenment’ comprise
the entire doctrines of the Buddha. They are:
the 4 foundations of mindfulness
(satipaññhàna, q.v.),
the 4 right efforts (s. padhàna),
the 4 roads to power (iddhi-pàda, q.v.),
the 5 spiritual faculties (indriya; s. bala),
the 5 spiritual powers (bala, q.v.),
the 7 factors of enlightenment (bojjhanga, q.v.),
the Noble 8-fold Path (s. magga).
In M. 77 all the 37 bodhipakkhiya-dhammà are
enumerated and explained though not called by that
name. A detailed explanation of them is given in
Vis.M. XXII. In S.XLVII, 51, 67, only the five spiritual
faculties (indriya) are called bodhipakkhiya-dhammà;
and in the Jhàna Vibhanga, only the 7 factors of
enlightenment (bojjhanga).
See The Requisites of Enlightenment, by Ledi Sayadaw
(Wheel 169/172).
Bodhisatta: ‘Enlightenment Being’, is a being destined
to Buddhahood, a future Buddha. According to the
traditional belief a Bodhisatta, before reaching his last
birth as a Buddha on this earth, is living in the Tusitaheaven
(s. deva), the heaven of bliss. Cf. A. IV, 127; VIII, 70.
– 75 –
In the Pàli Canon and commentaries, the designation
‘Bodhisatta’ is given only to Prince Siddhattha before
his enlightenment and to his former existences.
The Buddha himself uses this term when speaking of his
life prior to enlightenment (e.g. M. 4, M. 26). Bodhisattahood
is neither mentioned nor recommended as an
ideal higher than or alternative to Arahatship; nor is
there any record in the Pàli scriptures of a disciple
declaring it as his aspiration. – See bodhi.
bodily action (wholesome or unwholesome);
s. karma, karma formations – Right b.a. = sammàkammanta;
s. magga.
bodily postures, the 4: iriyà-patha (q.v.)
body: kàya (q.v.) Contemplation on the b. is one of the
4 satipaññhàna (q.v.).
body-witness: kàya-sakkhi (q.v.).
bojjhanga: ‘the 7 factors of enlightenment’, are: mindfulness
(sati-sambojjhanga; s. sati), investigation of the
law (dhamma-vicaya-sambojjhanga), energy (viriyasambojjhanga;
s. viriya, padhàna), rapture (pãtisambojjhanga,
q.v.) tranquillity (passaddhisambojjhanga,
q.v.), concentration (samàdhisambojjhanga,
q.v.), equanimity (upekkhà, q.v.).
“Because they lead to enlightenment, therefore they
are called factors of enlightenment” (S. XLVI, 5).
Though in the 2nd factor, dhamma-vicaya, the
word dhamma is taken by most translators to stand for
the Buddhist doctrine, it probably refers to the bodily
and mental phenomena (nàma-råpa-dhammà) as presented
to the investigating mind by mindfulness, the 1st
– 76 –
factor. With that interpretation, the term may be rendered
by ‘investigation of phenomena’.
In A.X. 102, the 7 factors are said to be the means
of attaining the threefold wisdom (s. tevijjà).
They may be attained by means of the 4 foundations
of mindfulness (satipaññhàna, q.v.), as it is said in
S. XLVI, 1 and explained in M. 118:
(1) “Whenever, O monks, the monk dwells contemplating
the body (kàya), feeling (vedanà), mind
(citta) and mind-objects (dhammà), strenuous, clearlyconscious,
mindful, after subduing worldly greed and
grief, at such a time his mindfulness is present and
undisturbed; and whenever his mindfulness is present
and undisturbed, at such a time he has gained and is
developing the factor of enlightenment ‘mindfulness’
(sati-sambojjhanga), and thus this factor of enlightenment
reaches fullest perfection.
(2) “Whenever, while dwelling with mindfulness,
he wisely investigates, examines and thinks over the
law… at such a time he has gained and is developing
the factor of enlightenment ‘investigation of the law’
(dhamma-vicaya°)….
(3) “Whenever, while wisely investigating his
energy is firm and unshaken… at such a time he has
gained and is developing the factor of enlightenment
‘energy’ (viriya°)….
(4) “Whenever in him, while firm in energy, arises
supersensuous rapture… at such a time he has gained
and is developing the factor of enlightenment ‘rapture’
(pãti°)….
(5) “Whenever, while enraptured in mind, his body
and his mind become composed… at such a time he has
– 77 –
gained and is developing the factor of enlightenment
‘tranquillity’ (passaddhi°).
(6) “Whenever, while being composed in his body
and happy, his mind becomes concentrated… at such a
time he has gained and is developing the factor of
enlightenment ‘concentration’ (samàdhi°)
(7) “Whenever he looks with complete indifference
on his mind thus concentrated… at such a time he has
gained and is developing the factor of enlightenment
‘equanimity’ (upekkhà).
Literature: Bojjhanga Saüyutta (S. XLVI); Bojjhanga
Vibh. – For the conditions leading to the arising of each of
the factors, see the Com. to Satipaññhàna Sutta (Way of
Mindfulness, by Soma Thera; 3rd ed., 1967, BPS). Further,
The Seven Factors of Enlightenment, by Piyadassi Thera
(Wheel 1.)
bondages, mental: cetaso vinibandha (q.v.).
bonds, the 4: yoga (q.v.).
both-ways liberated, s. ubhato-bhàga-vimutta,
ariyapuggala B. 4.
boundless consciousness (and b. space), Sphere of:
s. jhàna 5, 6.
brahma-cariya: ‘pure (chaste) or holy life’, is a term
for the life of the monk. Also a lay-devotee who observes
the 8 moral precepts (sikkhàpada, q.v.), takes as
the third precept the vow of chastity, i.e. full abstention
from sexual relations. The highest aim and purpose of
b. is, according to M. 29, the ‘unshakable deliverance of
mind’ (akuppà ceto-vimutti).
– 78 –
brahma-kàyika-deva: The ‘heavenly beings of the
Brahma-world’ inhabit the first 3 heavens of the finematerial
world, (råpaloka), corresponding to the 1st
absorption (jhàna, q.v.). The highest ruler of them is
called the Great Brahma (Mahà-Brahmà). With caustic
humor he is said (D. 11) to pretend: “I am Brahma, the
Great Brahmà, the Most High, the Invincible One, the
Omniscient One, the Ruler, the Lord, the Creator, the
Maker, the Perfect One, the Preserver, the Controller,
the Father of all that was and will be.” Cf. deva (II. 1-3).
brahma-loka: ‘Brahma-world’, in the widest sense, is a
name for the fine-material (råpa-loka) and immaterial
world (aråpa-loka); in a narrower sense, however, only
for the first three heavens of the fine-material world.
Cf. Brahma-kàyika-deva.
brahma-vihàra: the 4 ‘sublime’ or ‘divine abodes’, also
called the 4 boundless states (appama¤¤à), are: lovingkindness
(mettà), compassion (karuõà), altruistic (or
sympathetic) joy (mudità), equanimity (upekkhà).
The stereotype text on the development of these
4 sublime abodes (brahma-vihàra-bhàvanà;
s. bhàvanà), often met with in the Suttas,- is as follows:
“There, O monks, the monk with a mind full of lovingkindness
pervading first one direction, then a second
one, then a third one, then the fourth one, just so
above, below and all around; and everywhere
identifying himself with all, he is pervading the whole
world with mind full of loving-kindness, with mind
wide, developed, unbounded, free from hate and ill-
79 –
will.” Hereafter follows the same theme with compassion,
altruistic joy, and equanimity.
Literature: Detailed explanation in Vis.M. IX. – For texts
s. “Path”, 97ff; texts on mettà in The Practice of Loving
Kindness, by ¥ànamoli Thera (Wheel 7). – The Four
Sublime States, by Nyanaponika Thera (Wheel 6). –
Brahma Vihàra, by Narada Thera (Vajirarama, Colombo,
1962).
breathing, mindfulness of in-and-out-breathing
ànàpànasati (q.v.).
Buddha: s. sammà-sambodhi.
buddhànussati: ‘recollection of the Enlightened One’;
s. anussati.
Buddha-sàsana: s. sàsana.
– 80 –
C
càga: ‘liberality’, is one of the ‘blessings’ (s. sampadà),
‘foundations’ (s. adhiññhàna), ‘recollections’
(s. anussati), ‘treasures’ (s. dhana).
cakka: ‘wheel’, is one of the seven ‘precious possessions’
(ratana) of a righteous World Emperor
(cakkavatti: ‘He who owns the Wheel,’ cf. D. 26), and
symbolizes conquering progress and expanding
sovereignty. From that derives the figurative expression
dhamma-cakkaü pavatteti, ‘he sets rolling the Wheel of
the Law’ and the name of the Buddha’s first sermon,
Dhamma-cakkappavattana Sutta (s. dhamma-cakka).
Another figurative meaning of C. is ‘blessing’. There
are 4 such ‘auspicious wheels’ or ‘blessings’: living in a
suitable locality, company of good people, meritorious
acts done in the past, right inclinations (A. IV, 31).
Bhava-cakka, ‘wheel of existence’, or of life, is a
name for ‘dependent origination’ (s. pañiccasamuppàda).
See The Buddhist Wheel Symbol, by T. B. Karunaratne
(Wheel 137/138); The Wheel of Birth and Death, by
Bhikkhu Khantipalo (Wheel 147/149)
cakkh’ àyatana: ‘the base “visual organ” ’ (s. àyatana).
cakkhu: ‘eye’ s. àyatana. – The foll. 5 kinds of ‘eyes’ are
mentioned and explained in CNid. (PTS, p. 235; the
first 3 also in It. 52): 1. the physical eye (maüsa
– 81 –
cakkhu), 2. the divine eye (dibba-cakkhu; s. abhi¤¤à),
3. the eye of wisdom (pa¤¤à-cakkhu), 4 the eye of a
Buddha (Buddha-c.), 5. the eye of all-round knowledge
(samanta-c.; a frequent appellation of the Buddha).
cakkhu-dhàtu: ‘the element “visual organ” ’ (s. dhàtu).
cakkhu-vi¤¤àõa: ‘eye-consciousness’ (s. vi¤¤àõa).
cankers: s. àsava.
caraõa: s. vijjà-caraõa.
carita: ‘nature, character’. In Vis.M. III there are explained
six types of men: the greedy-natured (ràgacarita),
the hate-natured (dosa-carita), the stupid or
dull-natured (moha-carita), the faithful-natured
(saddhà-carita), the intelligent-natured (buddhi-carita),
the ruminating-natured (vitakka-carita). – (App.).
càritta- and vàritta-sãla: ‘morality consisting in
performance and morality consisting in avoidance,’
means “the performance of those moral rules which the
Blessed one has ordained to be followed, and the
avoidance of those things that the Blessed One has
rejected as not to be followed” (Vis.M. III). – (App.).
catu-dhàtu-vavatthàna: ‘analysis of the four
elements’; s. dhàtu-vavatthàna.
catu-mahàràjika-deva a class of heavenly beings of
the sensuous sphere; s. deva.
catu-pàrisuddhi-sãla: s. sãla.
– 82 –
catu-vokàra-bhava: ‘four-group existence’, is the existence
in the immaterial world (aråpa-loka; s. loka), since
only the four mental groups (feeling, perception, mental
formations, consciousness, s. khandha) are found
there, the corporeality group being absent. Cf. pa¤cavokàra-
bhava, eka-vokàra-bhava. (App.: vokàra).
cause: cf. paccaya (1). – For the five c. of existence,
s. pañicca-samuppàda (10).
cemetery: ascetic practice of living in a c.; s. dhutanga.
cemetery-meditations: s. sãvathikà.
cetanà: ‘volition’, will, is one of the seven mental
factors (cetasika, q.v.) inseparably bound up with all
consciousness, namely sensorial or mental impression
(phassa), feeling (vedanà), perception (sa¤¤à), volition
(cetanà), concentration (samàdhi), vitality (jãvita),
advertence (manasikàra). Cf. Tab. II, III.
With regard to karmical volition (i.e. wholesome or
unwholesome karma) it is said in A. VI, 13: “Volition is
action (karma), thus I say, O monks; for as soon as volition
arises, one does the action, be it by body, speech
or mind.” For details, s. pañicca-samuppàda (10), karma.
cetasika: ‘mental things, mental factors’, are those
mental concomitants which are bound up with the
simultaneously arising consciousness (citta = vi¤¤àõa)
and conditioned by its presence. Whereas in the Suttas
all phenomena of existence are summed up under the
aspect of 5 groups: corporeality, feeling, perception,
mental formations, consciousness (s. khandha), the
Abhidhamma as a rule treats them under the more
– 83 –
philosophical 3 aspects: consciousness, mental factors
and corporeality (citta, cetasika, råpa). Thus, of these
3 aspects, the mental factors (cetasika) comprise feeling,
perception and the 50 mental formations, altogether
52 mental concomitants. Of these, 25 are lofty
qualities (either karmically wholesome or neutral),
14 karmically unwholesome, while 13 are as such
karmically neutral, their karmical quality depending on
whether they are associated with wholesome, unwholesome
or neutral consciousness. For details s. Tab. II, III.
Cf. prec. (App.)
cetaso vinibandha: ‘mental bondages’, are 5 things
which hinder the mind from making right exertion,
namely: lust for sensuous objects, for the body, for
visible things, for eating and sleeping, and leading the
monk’s life for the sake of heavenly rebirth. For details,
s. A.V, 205; X, 14; D. 33; M. 16. Cf. foll.
cetokhila: ‘mental obduracies’, are 5 things which
stiffen and hinder the mind from making right exertion,
namely: doubt about the Master, about the Doctrine,
about the (holy) Brotherhood, about the training, and
anger against one’s fellow-monks. For details s. A.V,
206, X, 14; D. 33; M. 16. Cf. prec.
ceto-pariya-¤àõa: ‘penetrating knowledge of the mind
(of others)’, is one of the 6 higher powers (abhi¤¤à
3, q.v.).
ceto-vimutti: ‘deliverance of mind’. In the highest
sense it signifies the fruition of Arahatship (s. ariyapuggala),
and in particular, the concentration associated
with it. It is often linked with the ‘deliverance
– 84 –
through wisdom’ (pa¤¤à-vimutti, q.v.), e.g. in the ten
powers of a Perfect One (s. dasa-bala). See vimokkha I.
It is also called ‘unshakable deliverance of mind’
(akuppa-c.); further ‘boundless d. of m. (appamàõa-c.);
‘d. of m. from the conditions of existence, or signless
d. of m.’ (animittà-c.); ‘d. of m. from the appendages’
(àkinca¤¤a-c.), since that state of mind is free from the
3 bonds, conditions and appendants, i.e. from greed,
hatred and ignorance; and since it is void thereof, it is
called the ‘void deliverance of mind’ (su¤¤atà-c.)
In a more restricted sense, ‘boundless deliverance
of mind’ is a name for the 4 boundless states, i.e. lovingkindness,
compassion, altruistic joy and equanimity
(s. brahma-vihàra); ‘d. of m. from the appendages’
stands for the ‘sphere of nothingness’ (àki¤ca¤¤àyatana
s. jhàna 7); ‘d. of mind from the conditions of existence’,
for d. of mind due to non-attention to all conditions
of existence; ‘void d. of m’ for d. of m. due to contemplating
voidness of self. For further details, s. M. 43.
chaë-abhi¤¤à: the 6 ‘higher powers’; s. abhi¤¤à.
chaë-abhi¤¤o: an Arahat who is a ‘possessor of the
6 higher powers’ (s. abhi¤¤à).
chanda: intention, desire, will.
1. As an ethically neutral psychological term, in the
sense of ‘intention’, it is one of those general mental
factors (cetasika, q.v. Tab. II) taught in the Abhidhamma,
the moral quality of which is determined by
the character of the volition (cetanà, q.v.) associated
therewith. The Com. explains it as ‘a wish to do’ (kattu–
85 –
kamyatà-chanda). If intensified, it acts also as a
‘predominance condition’ (s. paccaya 3).
2. As an evil quality it has the meaning of ‘desire’,
and is frequently coupled with terms for ‘sensuality’,
‘greed’, etc., for instance: kàma-cchanda, ‘sensuous
desire’, one of the 5 hindrances (s. nãvaraõa); chandaràga,
‘lustful desire’ (s. kàma). It is one of the 4 wrong
paths (s. agati).
3. As a good quality it is a righteous will or zeal
(dhamma-chanda) and occurs, e.g. in the formula of the
4 right efforts (s. padhàna): “The monk rouses his will
(chandaü janeti)….” If intensified, it is one of the
4 roads to power (s. iddhipàda).
change, contemplation of: one of the 18 chief kinds of
insight (vipassanà, q.v.).
chaos: cf. kappa.
character: On the 6 kinds of human character,
s. carita.
characteristics of existence, the. 3: ti-lakkhaõa (q.v.).
chaste life: brahma-cariya (q.v.).
chief-elements, the 4: mahà-bhåta (q.v.) –
dhàtu (q.v.).
cintà-maya-pa¤¤à: ‘Wisdom (or knowledge) based on
thinking’, s. pa¤¤à.
citta: ‘mind’, ‘consciousness’, ‘state of consciousness’, is
a synonym of mano (q.v.) and vi¤¤àõa (s. khandha and
– 86 –
Tab. 1). Dhs. divides all phenomena into consciousness
(citta), mental concomitants (cetasika, q.v.) and
corporeality (råpa).
In adhicitta, ‘higher mentality’, it signifies the concentrated,
quietened mind, and is one of the 3 trainings
(s. sikkhà). The concentration (or intensification) of
consciousness is one of the 4 roads to power
(s. iddhipàda).
citta-ja (citta-samuññhàna)-råpa: ‘mind-produced
corporeality’; s. samuññhàna.
citta-kamma¤¤atà, °lahutà, °mudutà, °pagu¤¤atà,
°passaddhi, °ujukatà; s. Tab. II.
citta-kkhaõa: ‘consciousness-moment’, is the time
occupied by one single stage in the perceptual process
or cognitive series (cittavãthi; s. vi¤¤àõa-kicca). This
moment again is subdivided into the genetic (uppàda),
static (ñhiti) and dissolving (bhanga) moment. One
such moment is said in the commentaries to be of
inconceivably short duration and to last not longer
than the billionth part of the time occupied by a flash
of lightning. However that may be, we ourselves know
from experience that it is possible within one single
second to dream of innumerable things and events. In
A. I, 10 it is said: “Nothing, O monks, do I know that
changes so rapidly as consciousness. Scarcely anything
may be found that could be compared with this so
rapidly changing consciousness.” (App. khaõa).
– 87 –
cittànupassanà: ‘contemplation of consciousness’, is
one of the 4 foundations of mindfulness
(satipaññhàna, q.v.)
citta-samuññhàna-råpa: ‘mind-produced
corporeality’; s. samuññhàna.
citta-sankhàra: s. sankhàra.
citta-santàna: ‘consciousness-continuity’; s. santàna.
cittass’ekaggatà: ‘one-pointedness of mind’, is a
synonym of concentration, or samàdhi (q.v.)
citta-vipallàsa: ‘perversion of mind’; s. vipallàsa.
citta-visuddhi: ‘purification of mind’, is the 2nd of the
7 stages of purification (visuddhi, II,. q.v.).
citta-vãthi: ‘process of consciousness’; s. vi¤¤àõa-kicca.
citt’ekaggatà = cittass’ekaggatà (q.v.).
clarity of consciousness: sampaja¤¤a (q.v.).
clinging, the 4 kinds of: upàdàna (q.v.).
cognitive series: s. vi¤¤àõa-kicca.
companionship: Influence of good and bad° =
samseva (q.v.).
compassion: karuõà; s. brahma-vihàra.
comprehension: clear c.: s. sampaja¤¤a. – c. in insight,
s. sammasana. – As an alternative tr. for full
understanding, s. pari¤¤à.
– 88 –
co-nascence: sahajàta-paccaya, is one of the
24 conditions (paccaya, q.v.).
conceit: màna (q.v.); further s. saüyojana.
concentration: samàdhi (q.v.) – right°, s. sacca (IV. 8),
magga (8). – wrong°, s. micchà-magga (8).
conception 1. thought-c°: cf. vitakka-vicàra.
conception 2. (in the mother’s womb): okkanti (q.v.).
conditions, the 24: paccaya (q.v.).
conditions of existence, deliverance from the: see
ceto-vimutti; vimokkha.
confidence: s. saddhà.
consciousness: vi¤¤àõa (s. khandha), citta (q.v.),
mano (q.v.) – Moment of°: citta-kkhana (q.v.).
Contemplation of°: cittànupassanà: s. satipaññhàna –
Corporeality produced by°: citta-ja-råpa, s. samutthàna
– Abodes or supports of°:
cf. vi¤¤àõatthiti (q.v.) Functions of°: vi¤¤àõakicca
(q.v.).
contemplation: s. anupassanà.
contentedness (with whatever robe, etc.) belongs to
the noble usages: ariya-vamsa (q.v.).
contentment: appicchatà, is one of the ascetic virtues.
Cf. A. X, 181-90.
contiguity: samanantara-paccaya, is one of the
24 conditions (paccaya, q.v.).
– 89 –
continuity (of body, subconsciousness, consciousness
or groups of existence): santàna (q.v.).
control, effort of: s. padhàna.
conventional (expression or truth): s. desanà.
corporeality: produced through consciousness, karma,
etc.; s. samuññhàna. – Sensitive c.: pasàda-råpa. (q.v.).
corporeality and mind: s. nàma-råpa.
corporeality-group: råpa-kkhandha: s. khandha.
corporeality-perceptions: råpa-sa¤¤à: s. jhàna.
corruptions: s. upakkilesa.
cosmogony: cf. kappa.
counteractive karma: upapãëaka-kamma; s. karma.
counter-image (during concentration): s. nimitta,
kasiõa, samàdhi.
course of action (wholesome or unwholesome):
kammapatha (q.v.).
covetousness: abhijjhà (q.v.); further s. kamma-patha (1).
cowardice: s. agati.
craving: taõhà (q.v.), ràga (q.v.); further s. måla.
created, the: sankhata (q.v.).
cuti-citta: ‘death-consciousness’, lit. ‘departing
consciousness’, is one of the 14 functions of
consciousness (vi¤¤àõa-kicca q.v.).
– 90 –
cutåpapàta-¤àõa: the ‘knowledge of the vanishing
and reappearing’ (of beings) is identical with the divine
eye; s. abhi¤¤à.
cycle of existence: s. saüsarà, vañña.
– 91 –
D
dàna: ‘almsgiving’, liberality, offering. “He who gives
alms, bestows a fourfold blessing: he helps to long life,
good appearance, happiness and strength. Therefore
long life, good appearance, happiness and strength will
be his share, whether amongst heavenly beings or
amongst men” (A. IV, 57).
“Five blessings accrue to the giver of alms: the
affection of many, noble association, good reputation,
self-confidence, and heavenly rebirth” (see A. V, 34).
Seven further blessings are given in A. VII, 54.
Liberality, especially the offering of robes, food,
etc., to the monks, is highly praised in all Buddhist
countries of Southern Asia as a fundamental virtue and
as a means to suppress man’s inborn greed and egoism.
But, as in any other good or bad action, so also in
offering gifts, it is the noble intention and volition that
really counts as the action, not the mere outward deed.
Almsgiving or liberality (dàna), constitutes the first.
kind of meritorious activity, the two others being
morality (sãla, q.v.) and mental development
(bhàvanà); s. pu¤¤a-kiriya-vatthu. Liberality (càga)
forms one of the 10 recollections (anussati, q.v.) and
almsgiving one of the 10 perfections (s. pàramã).
dasa-(tathàgata-) bala: ‘the ten powers (of a Perfect
One); or, he who Possesses the 10 P.’, i.e. the Buddha.
About him it is said (e.g., M. 12.; A. X, 21):
– 92 –
“There, O monks, the Perfect One understands
according to reality the possible as possible, and the
impossible as impossible… the result of past, present
and future actions… the path leading to the welfare of
all… the world with its many different elements… the
different inclinations in beings… the lower and higher
faculties in beings… the defilement, purity and rising
with regard to the absorptions, deliverances, concentration
and attainments… remembering many former
rebirths… perceiving with the divine eye how beings
vanish and reappear again according to their actions
(karma)… gaining, through extinction of all taints,
possession of ‘deliverance of mind’ and ‘deliverance
through wisdom’….”
dasaka-kalàpa: s. råpa-kalàpa.
dasa-pàramã: s. pàramã.
dasa-pu¤¤a-kiriya-vatthu: s. pu¤¤a-kiriya-vatthu.
death: maraõa (q.v.) – Contemplation of°:
maranànussati (q.v.) – As divine messenger: devadåta
(q.v.).
death-consciousness: cuti-citta, is one of the
14 functions of consciousness (vi¤¤àõa-kicca, q.v.).
deathlessness: amata (q.v.).
death-proximate karma: maraõàsa¤¤à-kamma;
s. karma.
deciding function (of consciousness): s. vi¤¤àõakicca.
– 93 –
decline (in morality, wisdom, etc.): s. hàna-bhàgiyasãla.
– Liable to°, parihàna-dhamma (q.v.).
defilements: s. kilesa, upakkilesa. –10 d. of insight:
vipassanåpakkilesa, s. visuddhi VI. – Round of d.,
s. vañña (1).
deliverance: s. vimutti, vimokkha. – The 8 kinds of d.
(or liberation), s. vimokkha. – D. of mind, d. through
voidness, boundless d. etc., s. ceto-vimutti. – Desire
for d., s. visuddhi (VI, 6). – D. through wisdom; pa¤¤àvimutti
(q.v.). – 3 doors of d. (or gateways of
liberation) s. visuddhi (VI, 8).
deluded consciousness: s. Tab. I. 32, 33.
deluded-natured: moha-carita; s. carita.
delusion: s. moha, avijjà.
demons’ realm: asura-nikàya; s. apàya.
departed, the spirits of the: peta (q.v.).
dependent origination: pañicca samuppàda (q.v.).
derived corporeality: upàdà-råpa (q.v.); further
s. khandha (I. B.).
desanà: ‘exposition’ of the doctrine, may be either an
exposition true in the highest sense (paramatthadesanà);
or it may not be true in the highest, but only in
the conventional sense (vohàra-desanà). See
paramattha.
desire for deliverance: s. visuddhi (VI, 6).
– 94 –
desireless deliverance: s. vimokkha (1).
desirelessness, contemplation on: s. vipassanà (12).
destiny, evil views with fixed d.: niyata-micchàdiññhi
(q.v.). Men with fixed d.: niyata-puggala (q.v.).
See gati.
destruction: overcoming, or liberation from, evil
things through their d.; samuccheda-pahàna or
samuccheda-vimutti; s. pahàna.
destructive karma: upaghàtaka-kamma; s. karma.
detachment: viveka (q.v.).
determination: s. adhimokkha, adhiññhàna.
determining: votthapana (s. vi¤¤àõa-kicca).
determining the reality: s. vavatthàna.
deva (lit: the Radiant Ones; related to Lat. deus):
heavenly beings, deities, celestials, are beings who live
in happy worlds, and who, as a rule, are invisible to the
human eye. They are subject, however, just like all
human and other beings, to ever-repeated rebirth, old
age and death, and thus are not freed from the cycle of
existence and from misery. There are many classes of
heavenly beings.
I. The 6 classes of heavenly beings of the sensuous
sphere (kàmàvacara or kàma-loka; s. avacara loka), are
Càtumahàràjika-deva, Tàvatiüsa, Yàma, Tusita
(s. Bodhisatta), Nimmàna-rati, Paranimmita-vasavatti.
Cf. anussati. (6).
– 95 –
II. The heavenly beings of the fine-material sphere
(råpàvacara or råpaloka) are:
1. Brahma-pàrisajja, Brahma-purohita, Mahàbrahmàno
(s. brahma-kàyika-deva). Amongst these
3 classes will be reborn those with a weak, medium or
full experience of the 1st absorption (jhàna, q.v.).
2. Parittàbha, Appamàõàbha, âbhassara. Here will
be reborn those with experience of the 2nd absorption.
3. Paritta-subha, Appamàõa-subha, Subha-kiõõa (or
kiõha). Here will be reborn those with experience of
the 3rd absorption.
4. Vehapphala, Asa¤¤a-satta (q.v.), Suddhàvàsa
(q.v.; further s. Anàgàmi). Amongst the first 2 classes
will be reborn those with experience of the 4th
absorption, but amongst the 3rd class only
Anàgàmis (q.v.).
III. The 4 grades of heavenly beings of the immaterial
sphere (aråpàvacara or aråpa-loka) are: the
heavenly beings of the sphere of unbounded space
(àkàsàna¤càyatanåpaga-devà), of unbounded
consciousness (vi¤¤àõa¤càyatanåpaga-deva), of
nothingness (àki¤ca¤¤àyatanåpaga devà), of neitherperception-
nor- non-perception (nevasa¤¤ànàsa¤¤
àyatanåpaga-devà). Here will be reborn those
with experience of the 4 immaterial spheres
(aråpàyatana; s. jhàna 5-8).
See Gods and the Universe by Francis Story
(Wheel 180/181).
deva-dåta: ‘divine messengers’, is a symbolic name for
old age, disease and death, since these three things
– 96 –
remind man of his future and rouse him to earnest
striving. In A. III, 35, it is said:
“Did you, O man, never see in the world a man or a
woman eighty, ninety or a hundred years old, frail,
crooked as a gable-roof, bent down, resting on
crutches, with tottering steps, infirm, youth long since
fled, with broken teeth, grey and scanty hair, or baldheaded,
wrinkled, with blotched limbs? And did it
never occur to you that you also are subject to old age,
that you also cannot escape it?
“Did you never see in the world a man or a woman,
who being sick, afflicted and grievously ill, and wallowing
in their own filth, was lifted up by some people, and
put down by others? And did it never occur to you that
you also are subject to disease, that you also cannot
escape it?
“Did you never see in the world the corpse of a
man or a woman, one or two or three days after death,
swollen up, blue-black in colour, and full of corruption?
And did it never occur to you that you also are
subject to death, that you also cannot escape it?” – See
M. 130.
devatànussati: ‘recollection of the heavenly beings’;
s. anussati.
development (mental): bhàvanà (q.v.). – Effort to
develop, s. padhàna. – Wisdom based on d. s. pa¤¤à. –
Gradual d. of the Eightfold Path in the ‘progress of the
disciple’ (q.v.).
deviation: (from morality and understanding):
vipatti (q.v.).
– 97 –
devotee: upàsaka (q.v.).
dhamma: lit. the ‘bearer’, constitution (or nature of a
thing), norm, law (jus), doctrine; justice, righteousness;
quality; thing, object of mind (s. àyatana) ‘phenomenon’.
In all these meanings the word ‘dhamma’ is to be
met with in the texts. The Com. to D. instances
4 applications of this term guõa (quality, virtue), desanà
(instruction), pariyatti (text), nijjãvatà (soullessness,
e.g. “all dhammà, phenomena, are impersonal,” etc.).
The Com. to Dhs. has hetu (condition) instead of
desanà. Thus, the analytical knowledge of the law
(s. pañisambhidà) is explained in Vis.M. XIV. and in
Vibh. as hetumhi-¤àõa, knowledge of the conditions.
The Dhamma, as the liberating law discovered and
proclaimed by the Buddha, is summed up in the
4 Noble Truths (s. sacca). It forms one of the 3 Gems
(ti-ratana, q.v.) and one of the 10 recollections
(anussati q.v.).
Dhamma, as object of mind (dhammàyatana,
s. àyatana) may be anything past, present or future,
corporeal or mental, conditioned or not
(cf. sankhàra, 4), real or imaginary.
dhamma-cakka: The ‘Wheel (realm) of the Law’, is a
name for the doctrine ‘set rolling’ (established) by the
Buddha, i.e. the 4 Noble Truths (sacca, q.v.).
“The Perfect One, O monks, the Holy One, fully
Enlightened One, in the Deer Park at Isipatana near
– 98 –
Benares, has set rolling (established) the unsurpassed
Wheel (realm) of the Law” (M. 141). Cf. cakka.
dhamma-desanà: ‘exposition of the Doctrine (law)’;
s. desanà.
dhamma-dhàtu: mind-object-element (s. dhàtu).
dhammànupassanà: ‘contemplation of the mindobjects’
is the last of the 4 foundations of mindfulness
(satipaññhàna, q.v.)
dhammànusàrã: the ‘dhamma-devotee’, is one of the
7 noble disciples (ariya-puggala, q.v.).
dhammànussati: ‘recollection of the Law’, is one of
the 10 recollections (anussati, q.v.).
dhamma-pañisambhidà: the ‘analytical knowledge of
the law, is one of the 4 kinds of analytical knowledge
(pañisambhidà, q.v.).
dhamma-ññhiti-¤àõa: ‘knowledge of the fixity of law,
is a name for that ‘insight which is leading up’ to the
entrance into one of the 4 supermundane paths
(vuññhàna-gàminã-vipassanà, q.v.). In the Susima Sutta
(S. XII, 70) this (ascending) insight is called the
‘knowledge of the fixity of the law’, namely: “At first,
Susima, there exists the knowledge of the fixity of the
law, and later the knowledge of Nibbàna.” (See
Vis.M. XXI.)
dhamma-vicaya-sambojjhanga: ‘investigation of the
law as factor of enlightenment’, is one of the 7 factors
of enlightenment (bojjhanga, q.v.).
– 99 –
dhammàyatana: ‘mind-object as base’ (àyatana, q.v.).
dhana: ‘treasures’, a term for the following 7 qualities:
faith, morality, moral shame, moral dread, learning,
liberality and wisdom. Cf. A. VII, 5, 6.
See ‘Treasures of the Noble’, by Soma Thera (Bodhi
Leaves B. 27, BPS).
dhàtu: ‘elements’, are the ultimate constituents of a
whole.
(I) The 4 physical elements (dhàtu or mahà-bhåta),
popularly called earth, water, fire and wind, are to be
understood as the primary qualities of matter. They are
named in Pàli: pañhavã-dhàtu, àpo-dhàtu, tejo-dhàtu, and
vàyo-dhàtu. In Vis.M. XI, 2 the four elements are
defined thus: “Whatever is characterized by hardness
(thaddha-lakkkhaõa) is the earth or solid-element; by
cohesion (àbandhana) or fluidity, the water-element;
by heating (paripàcana), the fire or heat-element; by
strengthening or supporting (vitthambhana), the wind
or motion-element. All four are present in every
material object, though in varying degrees of strength.
If, for instance, the earth element predominates, the
material object is called ‘solid’, etc. – For the analysis of
the 4 elements, s. dhàtu-vavatthàna.
(II) The 18 physical and mental elements that
constitute the conditions or foundations of the process
of perception, are:
1. visual organ (eye) 11. eye-consciousness
2. auditory organ (ear) 12. ear-consciousness
3. olfactory organ (nose) 13. nose-consciousness
4. gustatory organ (tongue) 14. tongueconsciousness
– 100 –
5. tactile organ (body) 15. body-consciousness
6. visible object 16. mind-element
(mano-dhàtu)
7. sound or audible object 17. mind-object
8. odour or olfactive object (dhamma-dhàtu)
9. gustative object 18. mind-consciousness
10. body-impression element (mano-vi¤¤àõa-dhàtu)
1-10 are physical; 11-16 and 18 are mental; 17
may be either physical or mental. – 16 performs the
function of advertence (àvajjana) towards the object at
the inception of a process of sensuous consciousness; it
further performs the function of receiving
(sampañicchana) the sensuous object. 18 performs, e.g.,
the function of investigation (santãraõa), determining
(votthapana) and registering (tadàrammaõa) – (for its
other functions, s. Table I). For the 14 functions of
consciousness, s. vi¤¤àõa-kicca.
Cf. M. 115; S. XIV and especially Vibh. II
(Guide p. 28f), Vis.M. XV, 17ff.
Of the many further groupings of elements
(enumerated in M. 115), the best known is that of the
3 world-elements: the sensuous world (kàma-dhàtu),
the fine-material world (råpa-dhàtu), the immaterial
world (aråpa-dhàtu); further the sixfold group: the
solid, liquid, heat, motion, space, consciousness
(pañhavã, àpo, tejo, vàyo, àkàsa, vi¤¤àõa; s. above I),
described in M. 140; see also M. 112.
dhàtu-vavatthàna: ‘analysis (or determining) of the
4 elements’, is described in Vis.M. XI, 2, as the last of
the 40 mental exercises (s. bhàvanà). In a condensed
form this exercise is handed down in D. 22 and M. 10
(s. satipaññhàna), but in detail explained in M. 28,
– 101 –
62, 140. The simile of the butcher in M. 10 (“Just,
O monks, as a skilled butcher or butcher’s apprentice,
after having slaughtered a cow and divided it into
separate portions, should sit down at the junction of
four highroads; just so does the disciple contemplate
this body with regard to the elements”) is thus explained
in Vis.M. XI.: “To the butcher, who rears the cow,
brings it to the slaughter-house, ties it, puts it there,
slaughters it, or looks at the slaughtered and dead cow,
the idea ‘cow’ does not disappear as long as he has not
yet cut the body open and taken it to pieces. As soon,
however, as he sits down, after having cut it open and
taken it to pieces, the idea ‘cow’ disappears to him, and
the idea ‘meat’ arises. And he does not think: ‘A cow do
I sell, or ‘A cow do they buy.’ Just so, when the monk
formerly was still an ignorant worldling, layman or a
homeless one, the ideas ‘living being’ or ‘man’ or
‘individual’ had not yet disappeared as long as he had
not taken this body, whatever position or direction it
had, to pieces and analysed it piece by piece. As soon,
however, as he analysed this body into its elements, the
idea ‘living being’ disappeared to him, and his mind
became established in the contemplation of the
elements.” – (App.).
dhutanga: (lit. ‘means of shaking off (the defilements)’);
‘means of purification’, ascetic or austere
practices. These are strict observances recommended
by the Buddha to monks as a help to cultivate contentedness,
renunciation, energy and the like. One or more
of them may be observed for a shorter or longer period
of time.
– 102 –
“The monk training himself in morality should take
upon himself the means of purification, in order to gain
those virtues through which the purity of morality will
become accomplished, to wit: fewness of needs, contentedness,
austerity, detachment, energy, moderation,
etc.” (Vis.M. II).
Vis.M. II describes 13 dhutangas, consisting in the
vows of
1. wearing patched-up robes: paüsukålik’anga,
2. wearing only three robes: tecãvarik’anga,
3. going for alms: piõóapàtik’anga,
4. not omitting any house whilst going for alms:
sapadànikanga,
5. eating at one sitting: ekàsanik’anga,
6. eating only from the alms-bowl:
pattapiõóik’anga,
7. refusing all further food: khalu-pacchàbhattik’anga,
8. living in the forest: àra¤¤ik’anga,
9. living under a tree: rukkha-målik’anga,
10. living in the open air: abbhokàsik’anga,
11. living in a cemetery: susànik’anga,
12. being satisfied with whatever dwelling: yathàsanthatik’anga,
13. sleeping in the sitting position (and never
lying down): nesajjik’anga.
These 13 exercises are all, without exception,
mentioned in the old sutta texts (e.g. M. 5, 113; A.V.,
181-90), but never together in one and the same place.
“Without doubt, O monks, it is a great advantage to
live in the forest as a hermit, to collect one’s alms, to
– 103 –
make one’s robes from picked-up rags, to be satisfied
with three robes” (A.I, 30).
The vow, e.g. of No. 1, is taken in the words:
“I reject robes offered to me by householders,” or
“I take upon myself the vow of wearing only robes
made from picked-up rags.” Some of the exercises may
also be observed by the lay-adherent.
Here it may be mentioned that each newly ordained
monk, immediately after his being admitted to the
Order, is advised to be satisfied with whatever robes,
alms-food, dwelling and medicine he gets: “The life of
the monks depends on the collected alms as food… on
the root of a tree as dwelling… on robes made from
patched-up rags… on stale cow’s urine as medicine.
May you train yourself therein all your life.”
Since the moral quality of any action depends entirely
upon the accompanying intention and volition,
this is also the case with these ascetic practices, as is
expressly stated in Vis.M. Thus the mere external
performance is not the real exercise, as it is said
(Pug. 275-84): “Some one might be going for alms; etc.
out of stupidity and foolishness – or with evil intention
and filled with desires – or out of insanity and mental
derangement – or because such practice had been
praised by the Noble Ones….” These exercises are,
however properly observed “if they are taken up only
for the sake of frugality, of contentedness, of
purity, etc.” (App.)
On dhutanga practice in modern Thailand, see With
Robes and Bowl, by Bhikkhu Khantipalo (Wheel 82/83).
– 104 –
dibba-cakkhu: the ‘divine eye’, is one of the 6 higher
powers (abhi¤¤à, q.v.), and one of the three kinds of
knowledge (tevijjà, q.v.).
dibba-loka: heavenly world; s. deva.
dibba-sota: the ‘divine ear’, is one of the 6 higher
powers (abhi¤¤à, q.v.).
dibba-vihàra: s. vihàra.
disappearance: vigata-paccaya, is one of the
24 conditions (paccaya, q.v.).
disciplinary code: s. pàtimokkha.
discursive thinking: vicàra; s. vitakka-vicàra.
disease: one of the ‘divine messengers’ (devadåta,
q.v.).
disinterestedness: (regarding the whole world):
s. sabbaloke anabhirati-sa¤¤à.
dispensation: s. sàsana.
dissociation: vippayutta-paccaya, is one of the
24 conditions (paccaya, q.v.).
dissolution, contemplation of: khayànupassanà, is one
of the 18 chief kinds of insight (vipassanà, q.v.).
diññha-dhamma-vedanãya-kamma: karma bearing
fruit in this present life; s. karma.
diññhi (lit. ‘sight’; √ dis, to see): view, belief, speculative
opinion, insight. If not qualified by sammà, ‘right’, it
– 105 –
mostly refers to wrong and evil view or opinion, and
only in a few instances to right view, understanding or
insight (e.g. diññhi-ppatta, q.v.; diññhi-visuddhi, purification
of insight; diññhi-sampanna, possessed of insight).
Wrong or evil views (diññhi or micchà-diññhi) are
declared as utterly rejectable for being a source of
wrong and evil aspirations and conduct, and liable at
times to lead man to the deepest abysses of depravity,
as it is said in A. I, 22:
“No other thing than evil views do I know,
O monks, whereby to such an extent the unwholesome
things not yet arisen arise, and the unwholesome things
already arisen are brought to growth and fullness. No
other thing than evil views do I know, whereby to such
an extent the wholesome things not yet arisen are
hindered in their arising, and the wholesome things
already arisen disappear. No other thing than evil views
do I know, whereby to such an extent human beings at
the dissolution of the body, at death, are passing to a
way of suffering, into a world of woe, into hell.”
Further in A. I, 23: “Whatever a man filled with evil
views performs or undertakes, or whatever he possesses
of will, aspiration, longing and tendencies, all these
things lead him to an undesirable, unpleasant and
disagreeable state, to woe and suffering.”
From the Abhidhamma (Dhs) it may be inferred
that evil views, whenever they arise, are associated with
greed (s. Tab. I. 22, 23, 26, 27).
Numerous speculative opinions and theories, which
at all times have influenced and still are influencing
mankind, are quoted in the sutta-texts. Amongst them,
– 106 –
however, the wrong view which everywhere, and at all
times, has most misled and deluded mankind is the
personality-belief, the ego-illusion. This personalitybelief
(sakkàya-diññhi), or ego-illusion (atta-diññhi), is of
2 kinds: eternity-belief and annihilation-belief.
Eternity-belief (sassata-diññhi) is the belief in the
existence of a persisting ego-entity, soul or personality,
existing independently of those physical and mental
processes that constitute life and continuing even after
death.
Annihilation-belief (uccheda-diññhi), on the other
hand, is the belief in the existence of an ego-entity or
personality as being more or less identical with those
physical and mental processes, and which therefore, at
the dissolution at death, will come to be annihilated. –
For the 20 kinds of personality-belief, see sakkàyadiññhi.
Now, the Buddha neither teaches a personality
which will continue after death, nor does he teach a
personality which will be annihilated at death, but he
shows us that ‘personality’, ‘ego’, ‘individual’, ‘man’, etc.,
are nothing but mere conventional designations
(vohàra-vacana) and that in the ultimate sense
(s. paramattha-sacca) there is only this self-consuming
process of physical and mental phenomena which
continually arise and again disappear immediately. –
For further details, s. anattà, khandha,
pañiccasamuppàda.
“The Perfect One is free from any theory
(diññhigata), for the Perfect One has seen what corporeality
is, and how it arises and passes away. He has
– 107 –
seen what feeling… perception… mental formations…
consciousness are, and how they arise and pass away.
Therefore I say that the Perfect One has won complete
deliverance through the extinction, fading away, disappearance,
rejection and casting out of all imaginings
and conjectures, of all inclination to the ‘vain-glory of ‘I’
and ‘mine’.” (M. 72).
The rejection of speculative views and theories is a
prominent feature in a chapter of the Sutta-Nipàta, the
Atthaka-Vagga.
The so-called ‘evil views with fixed destiny’ (niyatamicchàdiññhi)
constituting the last of the 10 unwholesome
courses of action (kammapatha, q.v.), are the
following three: (1) the fatalistic ‘view of the uncausedness’
of existence (ahetukadiññhi), (2) the ‘view of the
inefficacy of action’ (akiriyadiññhi), (3) nihilism
(natthikadiññhi).
(1) was taught by Makkhali-Gosàla, a contemporary
of the Buddha who denied every cause for the
corruptness and purity of beings, and asserted that
everything is minutely predestined by fate.
(2) was taught by Påraõa-Kassapa, another
contemporary of the Buddha who denied every
karmical effect of good and bad actions: “To him who
kills, steals, robs, etc., nothing bad will happen. For
generosity, self-restraint and truthfulness, etc. no
reward is to be expected.”
(3) was taught by Ajita-Kesakambali, a third contemporary
of the Buddha who asserted that any belief
– 108 –
in good action and its reward is a mere delusion, that
after death no further life would follow, that man at
death would become dissolved into the elements, etc.
For further details about these 3 views, s. D. 2, M. 60;
commentarial exposition in Wheel 98/99, p. 23.
Frequently mentioned are also the 10 antinomies
(antagàhikà micchà-diññhi): ‘Finite is the world’ or
‘infinite is the world’… ‘body and soul are identical’ or
‘body and soul are different’ (e.g. M. 63).
In the Brahmàjala Sutta.(D.1), 62 false views are
classified and described, comprising all conceivable
wrong views and speculations about man and world.
See The All-Embracing Net of Views (Brahmàjala Sutta),
tr. with Com. by Bhikkhu Bodhi (BPS).
Further s. D. 15, 23, 24, 28; M. 11, 12, 25, 60, 63, 72,
76, 101, 102, 110; A. II, 16; X, 93; S. XXI, XXIV;
Pts.M. Ditthikathà,. etc.
Wrong views (diññhi) are one of the proclivities
(s. anusaya), cankers (s. àsava), clingings (s. upàdàna),
one of the three modes of perversions (s. vipallàsa).
Unwholesome consciousness (akusala citta), rooted in
greed, may be either with or without wrong views
(diññhigata-sampayutta or vippayutta); s. Dhs.; Tab I.
On right view (sammà-diññhi), s. magga and M. 9
(Trans. with Com. in ‘R. Und.’).
diññhi-nissita-sãla: ‘morality based on wrong views’;
s. nissaya.
– 109 –
diññhi-ppatta: the ‘vision attainer’, is one of the
7 Noble Persons (ariya-puggala, q.v.).
diññhi-vipallàsa: ‘perversion of views’; s. vipallàsa.
diññhi-visuddhi: ‘purification of view’ is the 3rd of the
7 stages of purification (visuddhi III, q.v.).
diññh’upàdàna: ‘clinging to views’, is one of the 4 kinds
of clinging (upàdàna, q.v.).
divine abode: s. vihàra.
divine ear and eye: s. abhi¤¤à.
divine messengers, the 3: deva-dåta (q.v.).
doctrine of the Buddha: s. dhamma, sàsana.
dogmatic articles, the 3: titthàyatana (q.v.).
domanassa: lit. ‘sad-mindedness’, grief, i.e. mentally
painful feeling (cetasika-vedanà), is one of the
5 feelings (vedanà, q.v.) and one of the 22 faculties
(indriya, q.v.). According to the Abhidhamma, grief is
always associated with antipathy and grudge, and
therefore karmically unwholesome (akusala, q.v.)
Cf. Tab. I. 30, 31.
domanassupavicàra: ‘indulging in grief’;
s. manopavicàra.
doors of deliverance, the 3: vimokkha-dvàra;
s. vimokkha I; visuddhi VI, 8.
dosa: ‘hatred’, anger, is one of the 3 unwholesome,
roots (måla, q.v.). – d. citta: hate consciousness;
s. Tab. I (30, 31).
– 110 –
dosa-carita: ‘angry-or hate-natured’; s. carita.
doubt, skeptical: vicikicchà (q.v.), kankhà (q.v.).
dread, moral: ottappa s. hiri-ottappa.
drinking: On the evil effects of drinking intoxicants,
s. suràmeraya, etc.
dry-visioned: s. sukkha-vipassaka.
duccarita: ‘evil conduct’, is threefold: in deeds, words
and thoughts. See kammapatha (I).
duggati: ‘woeful course’ (of existence); s. gati.
dukkha: (1) ‘pain’, painful feeling, which may be
bodily and mental (s. vedanà).
(2) ‘Suffering’, ‘ill’. As the first of the Four Noble
Truths (s. sacca) and the second of the three characteristics
of existence (s. ti-lakkhaõa), the term dukkha is
not limited to painful experience as under (1), but refers
to the unsatisfactory nature and the general insecurity
of all conditioned phenomena which, on
account of their impermanence, are all liable to suffering,
and this includes also pleasurable experience.
Hence ‘unsatisfactoriness’ or ‘liability to suffering’
would be more adequate renderings, if not for stylistic
reasons. Hence the first truth does not deny the existence
of pleasurable experience, as is sometimes wrongly
assumed. This is illustrated by the following texts:
“Seeking satisfaction in the world, monks, I had
pursued my way. That satisfaction in the world I found.
In so far as satisfaction existed in the world, I have well
– 111 –
perceived it by wisdom. Seeking for misery in the
world, monks, I had pursued my way. That misery in
the world I found. In so far as misery existed in the
world, I have well perceived it by wisdom. Seeking for
the escape from the world, monks, I had pursued my
way. That escape from the world I found. In so far as an
escape from the world existed, I have well perceived it
by wisdom” (A. 111, 101).
“If there were no satisfaction to be found in the
world, beings would not be attached to the world…. If
there were no misery to be found in the world, beings
would not be repelled by the world…. If there were no
escape from the world, beings could not escape therefrom”
(A. 111, 102).
See dukkhatà. For texts on the Truth of Suffering,
see W. of B. and ‘Path’.
See The Three Basic Facts of Existence, II. Suffering
(Wheel 191/193).
dukkhànupassanà: s. vipassanà.
dukkhatà (abstr. noun fr. dukkha): ‘the state of
suffering’, painfulness, unpleasantness, the unsatisfactoriness
of existence. “There are three kinds of
suffering: (1) suffering as pain (dukkha-dukkhatà),
(2) the suffering inherent in the formations (sankhàradukkhatà),
(3) the suffering in change (vipariõàmadukkhatà)”
(S. XLV, 165; D. 33).
(1) is the bodily or mental feeling of pain as actually
felt. (2) refers to the oppressive nature of all formations
of existence (i.e. all conditioned phenomena),
– 112 –
due to their continual arising and passing away; this
includes also experiences associated with neutral feeling.
(3) refers to bodily and mental pleasant feelings,
“because they are the cause for the arising of pain when
they change” (Vis.M. XIV, 34f).
dukkha-pañipadà: ‘painful progress’; s. pañipadà.
dvi-hetuka-pañisandhi: s. pañisandhi.
dwellings: Suitable d. for monks; s. senàsana. Satisfied
with whatever d.; s. dhutanga.
– 113 –
E
earnestness: appamàda (q.v.).
earth-element: s. dhàtu (I).
eating, knowing the measure in: bhojane
matta¤¤utà (q.v.).
effort, the 4 right e.: samma-ppadhàna; s. padhàna.
Right e. s. sacca (IV 6), magga (6). – 5 elements of e.:
padhàniyanga (q.v.).
ego-entity: attà (q.v.).
ego-belief: s. diññhi, sakkàya-diññhi, vipallàsa.
ego-idea, ego-perception: s. vipallàsa.
egolessness: anattà (q.v.).
eightfold path: s. magga.
eka-bãjã: ‘germinating only once more’, is the name for
one of the 3 kinds of Stream-winners: s. Sotàpanna.
ekàsanik’anga: the exercise of eating at one sitting, is
one of the ascetic practices; s. dhutanga.
eka-vokàra-bhava: one-group existence, is the existence
of the unconscious beings (asa¤¤a-satta, q.v.) as
they possess only the corporeality-group. Cf. catuvokàra-
bhava, pa¤ca-vokàra-bhava.
– 114 –
elasticity (of corporeality, mental factors or consciousness):
mudutà; s. khandha (Corporeality I.B.) and
Tab. II.
elders, the teaching of the: Theravàda (q.v.).
elements: dhàtu (q.v.). – Analysis of the 4 e.: dhàtuvavatthàna
(q.v.).
emotion: 8 sources of e.: saüvega-vatthu (q.v.). The
4 places rousing emotion; saüvejanãya-ññhàna (q.v.).
emptiness: su¤¤atà (q.v.). – Contemplation of e.:
su¤¤atànupassanà. – For emptiness of self, pertaining to
the 4 truths, s. sacca.
ends: ‘attaining two ends simultaneously’;
sama-sãsã (q.v.).
energy: viriya (q.v.); further s. bojjhanga, bala, pàramã.
enlightened one, the: Buddha; s. sammà-sambuddha.
enlightenment: bodhi (q.v.). – The 7 elements of e.:
bojjhanga (q.v.). – A being destined for e.:
Bodhisatta (q.v.).
enthusiasm: pãti (q.v.).
envy: issà (q.v.).
equality-conceit: s. màna.
equanimity: upekkhà (q.v.) = tatra-majjhattatà (q.v.).
– Knowledge consisting in e. with regard to all formations,
s. visuddhi (VI, 8). – Indulging in e., s. manopavicàra.
– 115 –
equilibrium of mental faculties: indriyasamatta
(q.v.).
escape: nissaraõa (s. pahàna).
eternity: cf. kappa.
eternity-belief: sassata-diññhi; s. diññhi.
exertion: see padhàna, viriya, magga (6). – Reaching
Nibbàna with or without e.; s. Anàgàmi.
existence: bhava (q.v.) – The 5 groups of e.:
khandha (q.v.) – The 4 substrata of e.: upadhi (q.v.). –
Courses of e.: gati (q.v.). – Wheel of e.: saüsàra (q.v.).
– Craving for e.: bhava-taõhà; s. taõhà; –
The 3 characteristics of e.: ti-lakkhaõa (q.v.).
expression (bodily and verbal): s. vi¤¤atti.
extinction: s. nirodha; – of craving: taõhakkhaya (q.v.).
extremes: the two e. and the middle path; s. majjhimapañipadà.
eye: 5 kinds, s. cakkhu. – Visual organ, s. àyatana.
eye-consciousness: cakkhu-vi¤¤àõa; s. dhàtu,
khandha.
eye-organ: s. àyatana.
– 116 –
F
factors, mental: s. cetasika. – F. of absorption,
s. jhàna – F. of enlightenment, s. bojjhanga.
faculties: indriya (q.v.); see also paccaya 16.
fading away: s. viràga.
faith: saddhà (q.v.).
faith-devotee and faith-liberated one:
s. ariyapuggala (B).
faithful-natured: saddhà-carita; s. carita.
fatalism: s. diññhi.
favour, 4 ways of showing sangaha-vatthu. (q.v.).
feeling: vedanà (q.v.); further s. khandha. –
Contemplation of f.: vedanànupassanà; s. satipaññhàna.
femininity: s. bhàva, indriya.
fetters: The 10 f. binding to existence; s. saüyojana.
few wishes: s. appicchatà.
fine-material sphere or world: s. avacara, loka.
Absorptions of the: råpa-jjhàna; s. jhàna.
fire-element: s. dhàtu (I).
– 117 –
fivefold sense-door, Advertence to the:
pa¤cadvàràvajjana; s. vi¤¤àõa-kicca.
five-group existence: pa¤ca-vokàra-bhava (q.v.).
fixed destiny: s. niyata-micchà-diññhi, niyata-puggala.
fixity: s. niyama, tathatà, dhamma-ññhiti-¤àõa.
floods, the 4: ogha, are identical with the 4 cankers
(àsava, q.v.).
food, material: is one of the 4 nutriments (àhàra, q.v.).
Food-produced corporeality, s. samuññhàna. – Refusing
all further f., s. dhutanga. – Loathsomeness of f. s. àhàre
pañikkåla-sa¤¤à.
foolish babble: sampha-ppalàpa; s. karma,
kammapatha (I); cf. tiracchàna-kathà.
forbearance: khanti (q.v.).
forest-dweller, the ascetic practice for the: s. dhutanga.
formation: sankhàra (q.v.).
foundation: nissaya, one of the 24 conditions
(paccaya, q.v.). Wrong f. of morality, s. nissaya. – f. of
sympathy: sangaha-vatthu (q.v.) – f.-forming absorptions:
pàdaka-jjhàna (q.v.); – f. of an Arahat’s mentality:
s. adhiññhàna.
foundations of mindfulness, the 4:
satipaññhàna (q.v.).
four-group existence: catu-vokàra-bhava (q.v.).
– 118 –
freedom of will, problem of the:
cf. pañiccasamuppàda (X).
friend, noble: kalyàõa-mitta (q.v.).
frivolous talk: cf. tiracchàna-kathà, kamma-patha
(I, 7), karma.
fruition (result of supermundane path): phala;
s. ariyapuggala (A).
fruits of monk-life: sàma¤¤a-phala (q.v.)
full comprehension: pari¤¤à (q.v.).
functional consciousness, or consciousness
functioning independently of karma: kiriya-citta (q.v.);
see vi¤¤àõa-kicca.
functions of consciousness: vi¤¤àõa-kicca (q.v.).
– 119 –
G
gantha: ‘ties’. “There are 4 ties: the bodily tie
(kàyagantha) of covetousness (abhijjhà), of ill-will
(vyàpàda), of clinging to rule and ritual (sãlabbataparàmàsa),
of dogmatical fanaticism (idamsaccàbhinivesa)”
(D. 33). – “These things are ties, since
they tie this mental and material body”
(Vis.M. XXII, 54).
garuka-kamma: weighty karma; s. karma.
gati (lit. ‘going’): ‘course of existence’, destiny, destination.
“There are 5 courses of existence: hell, animal
kingdom, ghost realm, human world, heavenly world”
(D. 33; A. XI, 68). Of these, the first 3 count as woeful
courses (duggati, s. apàya), the latter 2 as happy
courses (sugati).
gems, the 3: ti-ratana (q.v.).
generation, the 4 modes of: yoni (q.v.).
germinating once more: eka-bãjã, is the name of one
of the 3 kinds of Sotàpanna (q.v.).
ghosts: cf. peta, yakkha; s. loka.
giving: dàna (q.v.).
gladness: somanassa (q.v.). – Indulging in g.,
s. manopavicàra.
– 120 –
gnosis: s. indriya (21).
gotrabhå: lit. ‘who has entered the lineage (of the
Noble Ones)’, i.e. the Matured One.
I. ‘Maturity-Moment’ (gotrabhå-citta) is the last of
the 4 impulsive moments (javana, q.v.; cf. vi¤¤àõakicca)
immediately preceding the entering into an
absorption (jhàna, q.v.) or into one of the supermundane
paths (s. ariya-puggala, A.). Cf. visuddhi VII.
II. The ‘Matured One’. “He who is endowed with
those things, immediately upon which follows the
entrance into the noble path (ariya-magga), this person
is called a ‘Matured One’.” (Pug. 10). In the Com. to
this passage it is said: “He who through perceiving
Nibbàna, leaves behind the whole multitude of worldlings
(puthujjana, q.v.), the family of worldlings, the
circle of worldlings, the designation of a worldling and
enters into the multitude of the Noble Ones, the family
of the Noble Ones, the circle of the Noble Ones, and
obtains the designation of a Noble One, such a being is
called a Matured One.” By this state of consciousness is
meant the lightning-like transitional stage between the
state of a worldling and that of a Sotàpanna; s. ariyapuggala.
– Gotrabhå is mentioned in this sense, i.e. as
9th ariyapuggala (q.v.), in A. IX, 10; X, 16.
gotrabhå-¤àõa: ‘Maturity-knowledge’; s. prec. and
visuddhi (VII)
gradual instruction: ànupubbãkathà (q.v.).
grasping: cf. paràmàsa, upàdàna.
– 121 –
great man, the 8 thoughts of a: mahàpurisavitakka
(q.v.).
greed: lobha (q.v.).
greedy consciousness: s. Tab, I, III. (22-29).
greedy-natured: ràga-carita; s. carita.
grief: domanassa (q.v.) – Indulging in g.
s. manopavicàra.
groups: of existence, s. khandha; corporeal groups,
s. råpa-kalàpa; corporeality-group, s. råpa-kàya; mindgroup,
s. nàma-kàya.
growth, bodily: råpassa upacaya: s. khandha I.
grudge: s. pañigha.
gustatory organ: s. àyatana.
– 122 –
H
habitual karma: bahula-kamma: s. karma.
hadaya-vatthu: ‘heart as physical base’ of mental life.
The heart, according to the commentaries as well as to
the general Buddhist tradition, forms the physical base
(vatthu) of consciousness In the canonical texts, however,
even in the Abhidhamma Piñaka, no such base is
ever localized, a fact which seems to have first been
discovered by Shwe Zan Aung (Compendium of
Philosophy, pp. 277ff.). In the Paññh. we find repeatedly
only the passage: “That material thing based on which
mind-element and mind-consciousness element
function” (yaü råpaü nissàya manodhàtu ca manovi¤¤
àõa-dhàtu ca vattanti, taü råpaü).
hàna-bhàgiya-sãla, h.-b.–samàdhi, h.-b.–pa¤¤à:
morality, concentration or wisdom connected with
decline. The other three stages are: ñhiti-bhàgiyasãla,
etc. morality, etc. connected with a standstill;
visesa-bhàgiya sãla, etc.: morality, etc. connected with
progress; nibbedha-bhàgiya sãla, etc.: morality, etc.
connected with penetration. Cf. A. IV, 179; VI. X, 71.
“ ‘Decline’ (hàna) is to be understood with regard to
the arising of opposing qualities, ‘standstill’ ( ñhiti) with
regard to the standstill of the corresponding
attentiveness, ‘progress’ (visesa) with regard to higher
excellency, ‘penetration’ (nibbedha) with regard to the
arising of perception and reflection connected with the
– 123 –
turning away (from existence)” (Vis.M. III).
Cf. vodàna (2).
happiness, feeling of h.: s. sukha. – The idea of h.
(of the world), s. vipallàsa.
happy courses of existence: s. gati.
harmlessness: s. avihiüsà.
hasituppàda-citta: lit. ‘consciousness producing mirth’
(smile), is found in the Abhidhammattha Sangaha as a
name for the joyful mind-consciousness element
(manovi¤¤àõa-dhàtu, Tab. I. 72) arising as functional
consciousness independent of karma (kiriya-citta), only
in the Arahat. – (App.).
hate and hatelessness: (dosa, adosa) are two of the
6 karmical roots (måla, q.v.) or root-conditions (hetu;
paccaya 1).
hate-rooted consciousness: s. Tab. I. (30, 31).
hate-natured: dosa-carita; s. carita.
health-infatuation: s. mada.
hearer (disciple): sàvaka (q.v.).
heat-element: tejo-dhàtu; s. dhàtu.
hell: niraya (q.v.).
hetu: ‘cause’, condition, reason; (Abhidhamma) rootcondition.
In sutta usage it is almost synonymous with
paccaya, ‘condition’, and often occurs together with it
– 124 –
(‘What is the cause, what is the condition’, ko hetu ko
paccayo).
In Abhidhamma, it denotes the wholesome and
unwholesome roots (måla, q.v.). In that sense, as ‘rootcondition’
(hetu-paccaya; s. paccaya), it is the first of the
24 conditions given in the introduction to the Paññhàna
(s. Guide, p. 117). The Dhs (1052-1082) and Paññhàna
(Duka-paññh; Guide, p. 144) have sections on roots
(hetu). – The term is also used (a) for the classification
of consciousness, as sa-hetuka and a-hetuka, with and
without concomitant root-conditions; (b) for a division
of rebirth consciousness into ahetuka, dvihetuka and
tihetuka, without, with 2, or with 3 root-conditions
(s. pañisandhi).
Ahetuka-diññhi, the false view of the uncausedness
of existence; s. diññhi.
higher wisdom: clear insight based on h. w.:
s. vipassanà. Training in H. W., s. sikkhà.
highest knowledge: s. a¤¤à.
hindrances, the 5: nãvaraõa (q.v.).
hiri-ottappa: ‘moral shame and moral dread’, are
associated with all karmically wholesome consciousness
(s. Tab. II).
“To be ashamed of what one ought to be ashamed
of, to be ashamed of performing evil and unwholesome
things: this is called moral shame. To be in dread of
what one ought to be in dread of, to be in dread of
– 125 –
performing evil and unwholesome things: this is called
moral dread” (Pug, 79, 80).
“Two lucid things, O monks, protect the world:
moral shame and moral dread. If these two things were
not to protect the world, then one would respect
neither one’s mother, nor one’s mother’s sister, nor
one’s brother’s wife, nor one’s teacher’s wife….”
(A. II, 7). Cf. ahirika. See Atthasàlini Tr. I. pp. 164ff.
homelessness, going into pabbajjà (q.v.). Cf. Progress
of the disciple.
human world: cf. loka, gati.
– 126 –
I
iddhi: ‘power’, ‘magical power’. The magical powers
constitute one of the 6 kinds of higher spiritual powers
(abhi¤¤à, q.v.). One distinguishes many kinds of magical
powers: the power of determination (adhiññhàn’
iddhi), i.e. the power of becoming oneself manifold;
the power of transformation (vikubbana iddhi), i.e. the
power of adopting another form; the power of spiritual
creation (manomaya iddhi), i.e. the power of letting
issue from this body another mentally produced body;
the power of penetrating knowledge (¤àõa-vipphara
iddhi), i.e. the power of inherent insight to remain unhurt
in danger; the power of penetrating concentration
(samàdhivippharà iddhi) producing the same result.
The magical powers are treated in detail in Vis.M. XII;
Pts.M., Vibh. – (App.). They are not a necessary condition
for final deliverance.
‘Noble power’ (ariyà-iddhi) is the power of controlling
one’s ideas in such a way that one may consider
something not repulsive as repulsive and something
repulsive as not repulsive, and remain all the time imperturbable
and full of equanimity. This training of
mind is frequently mentioned in the Suttas (e.g. M. 152,
A.V. 144), but only once the name of ariyà-iddhi is
applied to it (D. 28). See further Pts.M., Iddhi-kathà,
Vis.M. XII.
iddhi-pàda: ‘roads to power’ (or success) are the
4 following qualities, “for as guides, they indicate the
– 127 –
road to power connected therewith; and because they
form, by way of preparation, the roads to the power
constituting the fruition of the path” (Vis.M. XII), namely:
“concentration of intention (chanda-samàdhi)
accompanied by effort of will (padhàna-sankhàrasamannàgata),
concentration of energy (viriyasamàdhi)…
concentration of consciousness (cittasamàdhi)…
and concentration of investigation
(vimaüsa-samàdhi) accompanied by effort of will.” As
such, they are supermundane (lokuttara, i.e. connected
with the path or the fruition of the path;
s. ariyapuggala). But they are mundane (lokiya, q.v.) as
predominant factors (adhipati; s. paccaya 3), for it is
said: “Because the monk, through making intention a
predominant factor, reaches concentration, it is called
the concentration of intention (chanda-samàdhi), etc.”
(Vis.M. XII).
“These 4 roads of power lead to the attaining and
acquiring of magical power, to the power of magical
transformation, to the generation of magical power,
and to mastery and skill therein” (Pts.M. II. 205, PTS).
For a detailed explanation, s. Vis.M. XII.
“Once the monk has thus developed and often
practised the 4 roads to power, he enjoys various magical
powers,… hears with the divine ear heavenly and
human sounds,… perceives with his mind the mind of
other beings… remembers many a former existence…
perceives with the divine eye beings passing away and
reappearing,… attains, after the extinction of cankers,
deliverance of mind and deliverance through wisdom,
– 128 –
free from. cankers…. (S. LI, 2). For a detailed
explanation of these 6 higher powers, s. abhi¤¤à.
“Whosoever, O monks, has missed the 4 roads to
power, he has missed the right path leading to the
extinction of suffering; but whosoever, O monks, has
reached the 4 roads to power, he has reached the right
path leading to the extinction of suffering” (S. LI, 2).
See the chapter on Iddhipàda in The Requisites of
Enlightenment by Ledi Sayadaw (Wheel 169/172).
ignorance: avijjà (q.v.); further
s. pañiccasamuppàda (1).
ill-humour, heavenly beings who come to grief
through: mano-padosika-deva (q.v.).
ill-will: vyàpàda, is a synonym of dosa (s. måla) and
pañigha and is one of the 10 fetters (saüyojana, q.v.),
5 hindrances (nãvaraõa, q.v.) and 10 unwholesome
courses of action (s. kammapatha, I).
image, mental: s. nimitta, samàdhi, kasiõa.
immaterial sphere: aråpàvacara: cf. avacara, jhàna
(5-8); Tab. I.
immaterial world: aråpa-loka; s. loka.
immediacy: an alternative rendering for contiguitycondition,
samanatara-paccaya, which is one of the
24 conditions (paccaya, q.v.)
immediate, the: ànantariya (q.v.).
immortality: s. amata.
– 129 –
imperfections: s. upakkilesa.
impermanence: anicca (q.v.). – Contemplation of i.,
cf. vipassanà (1).
impersonality of existence: s. anattà. – Contemplation
of: s. vipassanà (3).
imperturbable karma-formations:
àne¤jàbhisankhàra; s. sankhàra.
impression, sensorial or mental: phassa (q.v.).
impulsion: javana (q.v.).
impurities: s. upakkilesa.
impurity of the body, contemplation of the: s. asubha,
sãvathikà.
inclinations: s. anusaya.
independently enlightened: Pacceka-Buddha (q.v.).
indifferent feeling cf. vedanà, upekkhà.
individual: puggala (q.v.).
indriya: ‘faculties’, is a name for 22, partly physical,
partly mental, phenomena often treated in the Suttas as
well as in the Abhidhamma. They are:
– 130 –
1. eye: cakkhu
2. ear: sota
3. nose: ghàna
4. tongue: j vhài 6 Bases (àyatana, q.v.)
5. body: kàya
6. mind: mano
7. femininity: itthi
8. masculinity: purisa Sex (bhava, q.v.)
9. vitality: jãvita
10. bodily pleasant feeling: sukha
11. bodily pain: dukkha
12. gladness: somanassa 5 Feelings
13. sadness: domanassa (vedanà, q. v.)
14. indifference: upekkhà
15. faith: saddhà
16. energy: viriya
17. mindfulness: sati 5 Spiritual Faculties
18. concentration: samàdhi (s. bala)
19. wisdom: pa¤¤à
20. the assurance: ‘I shall know
what I did not yet know!’:
a¤¤àta¤-¤assàmãt’ indriya
21. the faculty of highest 3 Supermundane
knowledge: a¤¤indriya Faculties
22. the faculty of him who
knows: a¤¤àtàvindriya.
(1-5, 7-8) are physical; (9) is either physical or
mental. All the rest are mental. – (14) (s. upekkhà) is
here merely indifferent feeling (= adukkha-m-asukhà
– 131 –
vedanà, i.e. ‘neither pleasant nor unpleasant feeling’)
and not identical with that highly ethical state of equanimity
(= tatramajjhattatà, i.e. ‘keeping everywhere the
middle’, the equipoise of mind), also called upekkhà
which belongs to the group of mental formations
(sankhàra-kkhandha; s. Tab II). – (20) arises at the
moment of entering the Sotàpatti-Path (sotàpattimagga),
(21) on reaching the Sotàpatti-Fruition
(sotàpatti-phala), (22) at attaining the Arahat-Fruition
(arahatta-phala). For the three last, s. ariya-puggala.
The faculties, excepting (7) and (8), form one of
the 24 conditions (paccaya 16, q.v.).
In Vibh. V all these faculties are treated in the
above order, whereas S. XLVIII enumerates and explains
them by way of the above indicated groups,
leaving only 20-22 unexplained. See Vis. XVI;
Path 138ff. – For the 5 spiritual faculties (15-19),
s. The Way of Wisdom (Wheel 65/66).
indriya-paccaya: s. paccaya 16.
indriya-samatta: ‘equilibrium, balance, or harmony of
faculties’, relates to the 5 spiritual faculties: faith,
energy, mindfulness, concentration and wisdom
(s. indriya 15-19). Of these there are two pairs of
faculties, in each of which both faculties should well
counter-balance each other, namely: faith and wisdom
(saddhà, pa¤¤à, q.v.) on the one hand and energy and
concentration (viriya, samàdhi, q.v.) on the other. For
excessive faith with deficient wisdom leads to blind
belief, whilst excessive wisdom with deficient faith
leads to cunning. In the same way, great energy with
weak concentration leads to restlessness, whilst strong
– 132 –
concentration with deficient energy leads to indolence.
Though for both faculties in each of the 2 pairs a
balanced degree of intensity is desirable, mindfulness
should be allowed to develop to the highest degree of
strength. Cf. Vis.M. III – (App.).
indriya-saüvara-sãla: ‘morality consisting of purity of
restraint of the senses’; s. sãla.
indriyesu gutta-dvàratà: ‘guarding the sense-doors’ is
identical with sense-control (indriya-saüvara; s. sãla).
in-and-out-breathing, watching over: ànàpànasati
(q.v.).
inducement: an alternative rendering for decisivesupport
condition, upanissaya, is one of the
24 conditions (paccaya; q.v.).
indulging (in joy, sadness etc.): s. manopavicàra.
ineffective karma: s. karma.
infatuation: cf. mada, moha (s. måla), avijjà.
inference of meaning: an ‘expression the meaning of
which is to be inferred’: neyyattha-dhamma (q.v.). –
Antonym: ‘expression with an established meaning’:
nãtattha-dhamma (s. neyyattha-dhamma).
inferiority-conceit: s. màna.
influxes (cankers), the 4: àsava (q.v.).
inoperative consciousness, karmically; s. kiriyacitta.
– 133 –
inseparable mental factors, the 7 i. m. f. in all
consciousness: s. cetanà, phassa, nàma.
insight: cf. pa¤¤à, vipassanà, ¤àõa.
intelligent-natured: s. carita.
intention: chanda (q.v.).
interest: pãti (q.v.); cf. Tab. II.
intimation: cf. vi¤¤atti.
intoxicants: s. àsava.
intoxicating drinks, the evil effect of taking:
s. suràmeraya.
investigating function (of consciousness): santãraõa;
s. vi¤¤àõa-kicca.
investigation, full understanding through:
tãranapari¤¤à, s. pari¤¤à. – ‘Investigation’ (vãmaüsà) is
one of the 4 roads to power (iddhipàda, q.v.) and one
of the 4 predominants (adhipati; s. paccaya 3). – i. of
truth: dhamma-vicaya, is one of the 7 factors of enlightenment
(bojjhanga, q.v.).
iriyà-patha (lit. ‘ways of movement’): ‘bodily postures’,
i.e. going, standing, sitting, lying. In the Satipaññhànasutta
(s. satipaññhàna), they form the subject of a contemplation
and an exercise in mindfulness.
“While going, standing, sitting or lying down, the
monk knows ‘I go’, ‘I stand’, ‘I sit’, ‘I lie down’; he understands
any position of the body.” – “The disciple understands
that there is no living being, no real ego, that
goes, stands, etc., but that it is by a mere figure of
– 134 –
speech that one says: ‘I go’, ‘I stand’, and so forth.”
(Com.).
issà: ‘envy’, is a karmically unwholesome (akusala)
mental factor, which is occasionally associated with
hate-rooted consciousness (s. Tab. I. 30, 31,).
Explained in Pug. 55.
itthindriya: ‘femininity’; s. bhàva.
– 135 –
J
janaka-kamma: ‘regenerative karma’; s. karma.
jarà: ‘old age, decay’, is one of the 3 divine messengers
(s. deva-dåta, q.v.). For its conditioning by birth,
s. pañiccasamuppàda (11).
jàti: ‘birth’, comprises the entire embryonic process
beginning with conception and ending with parturition.
“The birth of beings belonging to this or that order
of beings, their being born, their conception (okkanti)
and springing into existence, the manifestation of the
groups (corporeality, feeling, perception, mental formations,
consciousness; s. khandha), the acquiring of
their sensitive organs: this is called birth” (D. 22). For
its conditioning by the prenatal karma-process (kammabhava;
s. bhava), s. pañiccasamuppàda (9, 10),
pañisandhi.
javana (fr. javati, to impel): ‘impulsion’, is the phase of
full cognition in the cognitive series, or perceptual process
(citta-vãthi; s. vi¤¤àõa-kicca) occurring at its climax,
if the respective object is large or distinct. It is at
this phase that karma is produced, i.e. wholesome or
unwholesome volition concerning the perception that
was the object of the previous stages of the respective
process of consciousness. There are normally 7 impulsive
moments. In mundane consciousness (lokiya, q.v.),
any of the 17 karmically wholesome classes of con-
136 –
sciousness (Tab. I, 1-17) or of the 12 unwholesome
ones (Tab. I, 22-23) may arise at the phase of impulsion.
For the Arahat, however, impulsion has no longer
a karmic, i.e. rebirth-producing character, but is a karmically
independent function (kiriya, q.v.; Tab. I, 72-89).
There are further 8 supermundane classes of impulsion
(Tab. I, 18-21, 66-69).
The 4 impulsive moments immediately before entering
an absorption (jhàna, q.v.) or one of the supermundane
paths (magga; s. ariyapuggala) are: the preparatory
(parikamma), approach (upacàra), adaptation
(anuloma), and maturity-moment (gotrabhå, q.v.). In
connection with entering the earth-kasina absorption
(s. kasiõa), they are explained as follows, in Vis.M. IV:
“After the breaking off of the subconscious stream of
being (bhavanga-sota, q.v.), there arises the ‘advertence
at the mind-door’ (manodvàràvajjana, s. vi¤¤àõakicca),
taking as object the earth-kasina (whilst thinking),
‘Earth! Earth!’ Thereupon, 4 or 5 impulsive moments
flash forth, amongst which the last one (maturitymoment)
belongs to the fine-material sphere (råpàvacara),
whereas the rest belong to the sense-sphere
(kàmàvacara; s. avacara), though the last one is more
powerful in thought conception, discursive thinking,
interest (rapture), joy and concentration (cf. jhàna)
than the states of consciousness belonging to the sensesphere.
They are called ‘preparatory’ (parikammasamàdhi),
as they are preparing for the attainmentconcentration
(appanà-samàdhi); ‘approaching’
(upacàra-samàdhi), as they are close to the attainmentconcentration
and are moving in its neighbourhood;
‘adaptive’ (anuloma), as they adapt themselves to the
– 137 –
preceding preparatory states and to the succeeding
attainment concentration. The last one of the four is
called ‘matured’ (gotrabhå). In a similar way, the
impulsive moments before reaching the divine ear are
described in Vis.M. XIII, 1. – Cf. Karma – (App.).
jewels. The 3: ti-ratana (q.v.).
jhàna: ‘absorption’ (meditation) refers chiefly to the
four meditative absorptions of the fine-material sphere
(råpa-jjhàna or råpàvacara-jjhàna; s. avacara). They are
achieved through the attainment of full (or attainment-,
or ecstatic) concentration (appanà, s. samàdhi), during
which there is a complete, though temporary, suspension
of fivefold sense-activity and of the 5 hindrances
(s. nãvaraõa). The state of consciousness, however, is
one of full alertness and lucidity. This high degree of
concentration is generally developed by the practice of
one of the 40 subjects of tranquillity meditation
(samatha-kammaññhàna; s. bhàvanà). Often also the
4 immaterial spheres (aråpàyatana) are called absorptions
of the immaterial sphere (aråpa-jjhàna or
aråpàvacara-jjhàna). The stereotype text, often met
with in the Suttas, runs as follows:
(1) “Detached from sensual objects, O monks,
detached from unwholesome consciousness, attached
with thought-conception (vitakka) and discursive
thinking (vicàra), born of detachment (vivekaja) and
filled with rapture (pãti) and joy (sukha) he enters the
first absorption.
(2) “After the subsiding of thought-conception and
discursive thinking, and by gaining inner tranquillity
and oneness of mind, he enters into a state free from
– 138 –
thought-conception and discursive thinking, the second
absorption, which is born of concentration (samàdhi),
and filled with rapture (pãti) and joy (sukha).
(3) “After the fading away of rapture he dwells in
equanimity, mindful, clearly conscious; and he experiences
in his person that feeling of which the Noble
Ones say, ‘Happy lives the man of equanimity and
attentive mind’; thus he enters the 3rd absorption.
(4) “After having given up pleasure and pain, and
through the disappearance of previous joy and grief, he
enters into a state beyond pleasure and pain, into the
4th absorption, which is purified by equanimity
(upekkhà) and mindfulness.
(5) “Through the total overcoming of the perceptions
of matter, however, and through the vanishing of
sense-reactions and the non-attention to the perceptions
of variety, with the idea, ‘Boundless is space’, he
reaches the sphere of boundless space (àkàsàna¤càyatana)
and abides therein.
[“By ‘perceptions of matter’ (råpa-sa¤¤à) are meant
the absorptions of the fine-material sphere, as well as
those objects themselves… “ (Vis.M. X, 1).
“By ‘perceptions of sense-reactions’ (pañigha-sa¤¤à)
are meant those perceptions that have arisen due to the
impact of sense-organs (eye, etc.) and the sense-objects
(visible objects, etc.). They are a name for the perception
of visible objects, as it is said (Jhàna-Vibh.): ‘What
are here the perceptions of sense-reactions? They are
the perceptions of visible objects, sounds, etc.’ – Surely,
they do no longer exist even for one who has entered
the 1st absorption, etc., for at such a time the five-sense
– 139 –
consciousness is no longer functioning. Nevertheless,
this is to be understood as having been said in praise of
this immaterial absorption, in order to incite the striving
for it” (Vis.M. X, 16).
“Perceptions of variety (¤àõatta-sa¤¤à) are the
perceptions that arise in various fields, or the various
perceptions” (ib.). Hereby, according to Vis.M. X, 20,
are meant the multiform perceptions outside the
absorptions.]
(6) “Through the total overcoming of the sphere of
boundless space, and with the idea ‘Boundless is consciousness’,
he reaches the sphere of boundless consciousness
(vi¤¤àõa¤càyatana) and abides therein.
(7) “Through the total overcoming of the sphere of
boundless consciousness, and with the idea ‘Nothing is
there’, he reaches the sphere of nothingness
(àki¤ca¤¤àyatana) and abides therein.
(8) “Through the total overcoming of the sphere of
nothingness he reaches the sphere of neither-perception-
nor-non-perception (nevasa¤¤à-n’asa¤¤àyatana)
and abides therein.”
“Thus the 1st absorption is free from 5 things
(i.e. the hindrances, nãvaraõa, q.v.), and 5 things are
present (i.e. the factors of absorption; jhànanga).
Whenever the monk enters the 1st absorption, there
have vanished sensuous desire, ill-will, sloth and torpor,
restlessness and scruples, doubts; and there are
present: thought-conception (vitakka), discursive thinking
(vicàra) rapture (pãti), joy (sukha), and concentration
(samàdhi). In the 2nd absorption there are present:
rapture, joy and concentration; in the 3rd: joy and con-
140 –
centration; in the 4th: equanimity (upekkhà) and
concentration” (Vis.M. IV).
The 4 absorptions of the immaterial sphere
(s. above 5-8) still belong, properly speaking, to the
4th absorption as they possess the same two constituents.
The 4th fine-material absorption is also the base
or starting point (pàdaka-jhàna, q.v.) for the attaining of
the higher spiritual powers (abhi¤¤à, q.v.).
In the Abhidhamma, generally a fivefold instead of
a fourfold division of the fine-material absorptions is
used: the 2nd absorption has still the constituent
‘discursive thinking’ (but without thought-conception),
while the 3rd, 4th and 5th correspond to the 2nd, 3rd
and 4th, respectively, of the fourfold division (s. Tab. I,
9-13). This fivefold division is based on sutta texts like
A. VIII, 63.
For the 8 absorptions as objects for the development
of insight (vipassanà), see samatha-vipassanà. –
Full details in Vis.M. IV-X.
Jhàna in its widest sense (e.g. as one of the 24 conditions;
s. paccaya 17), denotes any, even momentary
or weak absorption of mind, when directed on a single
object.
jhànanga: ‘constituents (or factors) of absorption’;
s. prec.
jhàna-paccaya, is one of the 24 conditions
(paccaya, q.v.).
jãva: life, vital principle, individual soul. ‘Soul (life)
and body are identical’ and ‘Soul and body are different’,
these two frequently quoted wrong views fall
– 141 –
under the 2 kinds of personality-belief (sakkàya-diññhi;
s. diññhi), i.e. the first one under the annihilation-belief
(uccheda-diññhi) and the second under the eternitybelief
(sassata-diññhi).
“Verily, if one holds the view that the soul (life) is
identical with the body, in that case a holy life is not
possible; or if one holds the view that the soul (life) is
something quite different, also in that case a holy life is
impossible. Both these extremes the Perfect One has
avoided and shown the Middle Doctrine, which says:
‘On ignorance depend the karma-formations, on the
karma-formations depends consciousness’, etc.”
(S. XII. 35).
jãvita and jãvitindriya: ‘Life, vitality’, may be either
physical (råpa-jãvitindriya) or mental (nàmajãvitindriya).
The latter is one of the mental factors
inseparably associated with all consciousness; cf. nàma,
cetanà, phassa.
jãvita-navaka-kalàpa: ninefold vital group; s. råpakalàpa.
joy: somanassa (q.v.). – Altruistic j. = mudità
(s. brahma-vihàra).
– 142 –
K
kabalinkàràhàra: lit. ‘food formed into balls’, i.e. food
formed into mouthfuls for eating (according to Indian
custom); it denotes ‘material food’ and belongs, together
with the three mental nutriments, to the group of
four nutriments (s. àhàra).
kalàpa, ‘group’, ‘unit’: 1. ‘corporeal unit’ (s. råpakalàpa);
2. It has the meaning of ‘group of existence’
(khandha) in kalàpasammasana (s. sammasana),
i.e. ‘comprehension by groups’, which is the application
of ‘methodical (or inductive) insight’ (naya-vipassanà)
to the comprehension of the 5 aggregates (khandha) as
impermanent, painful and not-self. It is a process of
methodical summarization, or generalization, from
one’s own meditative experience that is applied to each
of the 5 aggregates, viewed as past, present, future, as
internal and external, etc. In Vis.M. XX, where the ‘comprehension
by groups’ is treated in detail, it is said to
constitute ‘the beginning of insight’ as it leads to the
‘knowledge of rise and fall’, being the first of the
8 insight-knowledges (s. visuddhi VI). It is necessary for
accomplishing the 5th purification (s. visuddhi V;
Vis.M. XX, 2, 6ff.).
kalpa: (Skr) = kappa (q.v.).
kalyàõa-mitta: ‘noble (or good) friend’, is called a
senior monk who is the mentor and friend of his pupil,
“wishing for his welfare and concerned with his
– 143 –
progress”, guiding his meditation; in particular, the
meditation teacher (kammaññhànàcariya) is so called.
For details see Vis.M. III, 28, 57ff. The Buddha said that
“noble friendship is the entire holy life” (S. III, 18;
XLV, 2), and he himself is the good friend par excellence:
“Ananda, it is owing to my being a good friend to
them that living beings subject to birth are freed from
birth” (S. III, 18).
kàma may denote: 1. subjective sensuality, ‘sensedesire’;
2. objective sensuality, the five sense-objects.
1. Subjective sensuality, or sense-desire, is directed
to all five sense-objects, and is synonymous with kàmacchanda,
‘sensuous desire’, one of the 5 hindrances
(nãvaraõa, q.v.); kàma-ràga, sensuous lust’, one of the
ten fetters (saüyojana, q.v.); kàma-taõhà, ‘sensuous
craving’, one of the 3 cravings (taõhà, q.v.); kàmavitakka,
‘sensuous thought’, one of the 3 wrong
thoughts (micchà-sankappa; s. vitakka). – Sense-desire
is also one of the cankers (àsava, q.v.) and clingings
(upàdàna, q.v.).
2. Objective sensuality is, in the canonical texts,
mostly called kàma-guõa, ‘cords (or strands) of sensuality’.
“There are 5 cords of sensuality: the visible objects,
cognizable by eye-consciousness, that are desirable,
cherished, pleasant, lovely, sensuous and alluring; the
sounds… smells… tastes… bodily impressions cognizable
by body-consciousness, that are desirable….”
(D. 33; M. 13, 26, 59, 66).
– 144 –
These two kinds of kàma are called 1. kilesa-kàma,
i.e. kàma as a mental defilement, 2. vatthu-kàma,
i.e. kàma as the object-base of sensuality; first in
MNid. I, p. 1, and frequently in the commentaries.
Sense-desire is finally eliminated at the stage of the
Non-Returner (Anàgàmi; s. ariya-puggala, saüyojana).
The peril and misery of sense-desire is often described
in the texts, e.g. in stirring similes at M. 22, 54, and
in the ‘gradual instruction’ (s. ànupubbã-kathà). See
further M. 13, 45, 75; Sn. v. 766ff.; Dhp. 186, 215.
The texts often stress the fact that what fetters man
to the world of the senses are not the sense-organs nor
the sense-objects but lustful desire (chandaràga). On
this see A. VI, 63; S. XXXV, 122, 191. – (App.).
kàma-bhava: ‘sensuous existence’; s. bhava.
kàma-cchanda: ‘sensuous desire’, s. nãvaraõa, chanda.
kàma-guna: s. kàma.
kàma-loka: ‘sensuous world’, s. loka.
kàma-ràga: ‘sensuous lust’, is one of the 10 fetters
(saüyojana, q.v.).
kàmàsava: s. àsava.
kàma-sukh’allikànuyoga: ‘being addicted to sensual
pleasures’, is one of the 2 extremes to be avoided by
the monk; s. majjhima-pañipadà.
kàma-taõhà: ‘sensuous craving’; s. taõhà.
– 145 –
kàmàvacara: ‘sensuous sphere’; s. avacara.
kàmesu-micchàcàra: lit. ‘wrong or evil conduct with
regard to sensual things’; ‘unlawful sexual intercourse’
refers to adultery, and to intercourse with minors or
other persons under guardianship. The abstaining from
this unlawful act is one of the 5 moral rules
(s. sikkhàpada) binding upon all Buddhists. Through
any other sexual act one does not become guilty of the
above transgression, which is considered a great crime.
The monk, however, has to observe perfect chastity.
In many Suttas (e.g. A.X., 176) we find the following
explanation: “He avoids unlawful sexual intercourse,
abstains from it. He has no intercourse with girls
who are still under the protection of father or mother,
brother, sister or relatives, nor with married women,
nor female convicts, nor, lastly, with betrothed girls.”
kamma: (wholesome or unwholesome) action;
s. karma.
kamma-bhava: s. bhava, pañiccasamuppàda.
kammaja-råpa: ‘karma-produced corporeality’;
s. samuññhàna.
kamma¤¤atà: ‘adaptability’, i.e. of corporeality
(råpassa; s. khandha, Summary I), mental factors
(kàya), and of consciousness (citta); cf. Tab. II.
kammanta, sammà-: ‘right action’; s. magga.
kamma-paccaya: ‘karma as condition’; s. paccaya (13).
– 146 –
kamma-patha: ‘course of action’, is a name for the
group of 10 kinds of either unwholesome or wholesome
actions, viz.
I. The tenfold unwholesome courses of action
(akusala-kamma-patha):
3 bodily actions: killing, stealing, unlawful sexual
intercourse;
4 verbal actions: lying, slandering, rude speech,
foolish babble;
3 mental actions: covetousness, ill-will, evil views.
Unwholesome mental courses of action comprise
only extreme forms of defiled thought: the greedy wish
to appropriate others’ property, the hateful thought of
harming others, and pernicious views. Milder forms of
mental defilement are also unwholesome, but do not
constitute ‘courses of action’.
II. The tenfold wholesome course of action (kusalakamma-
patha):
3 bodily actions: avoidance of killing, stealing,
unlawful sexual intercourse;
4 verbal actions: avoidance of lying, slandering,
rude speech, foolish babble; i.e. true, conciliatory, mild,
and wise speech;
3 mental actions: unselfishness, good-will, right
views.
Both lists occur repeatedly, e.g. in A. X, 28, 176;
M. 9; they are explained in detail in M. 114, and in
Com. to M. 9 (R. Und., p. 14), Atthasàlini Tr. I, 126ff.
kamma-samuññhàna-råpa: ‘corporeality produced
through karma’; s. samuññhàna.
– 147 –
kammaññhàna: lit. ‘working-ground’ (i.e. for
meditation), is the term in the Com. for ‘subjects of
meditation’; s. bhàvanà.
kamma-vañña: ‘karma-round’; s. vañña.
kammàyåhana: s. àyåhana.
kàmupàdàna: ‘sensuous clinging’, is one of the 4 kinds
of clinging (upàdàna, q.v.).
kankhà: ‘doubt’, may be either an intellectual, critical
doubt or an ethically and psychologically detrimental
doubt. The latter may either be a persistent negative
skepticism or wavering indecision. Only the detrimental
doubt (identical with vicikicchà, q.v.) is to be rejected as
karmically unwholesome, as it paralyses thinking and
hinders the inner development of man. Reasoned, critical
doubt in dubious matters is thereby not discouraged.
The 16 doubts enumerated in the Suttas (e.g. M. 2)
are the following: “Have I been in the past? Or, have I
not been in the past? What have I been in the past?
How have I been in the past? From what state into
what state did I change in the past? – Shall I be in the
future? Or, shall I not be in the future? What shall I be
in the future? How shall I be in the future? From what
state into what state shall I change in the future? – Am
I? Or, am I not? What am I? How am I? Whence has
this being come? Whither will it go?”
kankhà-vitaraõa-visuddhi: ‘purification by
overcoming doubt’, is the 4th of the 7 stages of
purification (visuddhi, q.v.).
– 148 –
kappa (Sanskrit kalpa): ‘world-period’, an inconceivably
long space of time, an aeon. This again is subdivided
into 4 sections: world-dissolution (samvaññakappa)
dissolving world), continuation of the chaos
(samvañña-ññhàyã), world-formation (vivañña-kappa),
continuation of the formed world (vivañña-ññhàyã).
“How long a world-dissolution will continue, how
long the chaos, how long the formation, how long the
continuation of the formed world, of these things;
O monks, one hardly can say that it will be so many
years, or so many centuries, or so many millennia, or so
many hundred thousands of years” (A. IV, 156).
A detailed description of the 4 world-periods is given in
that stirring discourse on the all-embracing impermanence
in A. VII, 62.
The beautiful simile in S. XV, 5 may be mentioned
here: “Suppose, O monks, there was a huge rock of one
solid mass, one mile long, one mile wide, one mile
high, without split or flaw. And at the end of every hundred
years a man should come and rub against it once
with a silken cloth. Then that huge rock would wear off
and disappear quicker than a world-period. But of such
world-periods, O monks, many have passed away,
many hundreds, many thousands, many hundred thousands.
And how is this possible? Inconceivable,
O monks, is this saüsàra (q.v.), not to be discovered is
any first beginning of beings, who obstructed by ignorance
and ensnared by craving, are hurrying and hastening
through this round of rebirths.”
– 149 –
Compare here Grimm’s German fairy-tale of the
little shepherdboy: ‘In Farther Pommerania there is the
diamond-mountain, one hour high, one hour wide, one
hour deep. There every hundred years a little bird
comes and whets its little beak on it. And when the
whole mountain is ground off, then the first second of
eternity has passed.”
karma (Sanskrit), Pàli: kamma: ‘action’, correctly
speaking denotes the wholesome and unwholesome
volitions (kusala- and akusala-cetanà) and their concomitant
mental factors, causing rebirth and shaping
the destiny of beings. These karmical volitions (kamma
cetanà) become manifest as wholesome or unwholesome
actions by body (kàya-kamma), speech (vacãkamma)
and mind (mano-kamma). Thus the Buddhist
term ‘karma’ by no means signifies the result of actions,
and quite certainly not the fate of man, or perhaps even
of whole nations (the so-called wholesale or masskarma),
misconceptions which, through the influence of
theosophy, have become widely spread in the West.
“Volition (cetanà), O monks, is what I call action
(cetanàhaü bhikkhave kammaü vadàmi), for through
volition one performs the action by body, speech or
mind.. There is karma (action), O monks, that ripens in
hell…. Karma that ripens in the animal world.. Karma
that ripens in the world of men…. Karma that ripens in
the heavenly world…. Threefold, however, is the fruit
of karma: ripening during the life-time (diññha-dhammavedanãya-
kamma), ripening in the next birth (upapajjavedanãya-
kamma), ripening in later births (aparàpariyavedanãya
kamma)….” (A.VI, 63).
– 150 –
The 3 conditions or roots (måla, q.v.) of unwholesome
karma (actions) are greed, hatred, delusion
(lobha, dosa, moha); those of wholesome karma are:
unselfishness (alobha), hatelessness (adosa = mettà,
good-will), undeludedness (amoha = pa¤¤à,
knowledge).
“Greed, O monks, is a condition for the arising of
karma; hatred is a condition for the arising of karma;
delusion is a condition for the arising of karma….”
(A. III, 109).
“The unwholesome actions are of 3 kinds, conditioned
by greed, or hate, or delusion.
“Killing… stealing… unlawful sexual intercourse…
lying… slandering… rude speech… foolish babble, if
practised, carried on, and frequently cultivated, leads to
rebirth in hell, or amongst the animals, or amongst the
ghosts” (A. III, 40). “He who kills and is cruel goes
either to hell or, if reborn as man, will be short-lived.
He who torments others will be afflicted with disease.
The angry one will look ugly, the envious one will be
without influence, the stingy one will be poor, the stubborn
one will be of low descent, the indolent one will
be without knowledge. In the contrary case, man will
be reborn in heaven or reborn as man, he will be longlived,
possessed of beauty, influence, noble descent
and knowledge” (cf. M. 135).
For the above 10-fold wholesome and unwholesome
course of action, see kamma-patha. For the
5 heinous crimes with immediate result, s. ànantarikakamma.
– 151 –
“Owners of their karma are the beings, heirs of their
karma, their karma is their womb from which they are
born, their karma is their friend, their refuge. Whatever
karma they perform, good or bad, thereof they will be
the heirs” (M. 135).
With regard to the time of the taking place of the
karma-result (vipàka), one distinguishes, as mentioned
above, 3 kinds of karma:
1. karma ripening during the life-time (diññhadhamma-
vedanãya kamma);
2. karma ripening in the next birth (upapajjavedanãya-
kamma);
3. karma ripening in later births (aparàpariyavedanãya-
kamma).
The first two kinds of karma may be without karmaresult
(vipàka), if the circumstances required for the
taking place of the karma-result are missing, or if,
through the preponderance of counteractive karma and
their being too weak, they are unable to produce any
result. In this case they are called ahosi-kamma,
lit. ‘karma that has been’, in other words, ineffectual
karma.
The third type of karma, however, which bears fruit
in later lives, will, whenever and wherever there is an
opportunity, be productive of karma-result. Before its
result has ripened, it will never become ineffective as
long as the life-process is kept going by craving and
ignorance.
According to the Com., e.g. Vis.M. XIX, the 1st of
the 7 karmical impulsive-moments (kamma javana;
– 152 –
s. javana) is considered as ‘karma ripening during the
life-time’, the 7th moment as ‘karma ripening in the
next birth’, the remaining 5 moments as ‘karma ripening
in later births’.
With regard to their functions one distinguishes:
1. regenerative (or productive) karma (janakakamma),
2. supportive (or consolidating) karma
(upatthambhaka-kamma),
3. counteractive (suppressive or frustrating) karma
(upapãëaka-kamma),
4. destructive (or supplanting) karma (upaghàtakaor
upacchedaka-kamma).
(1) produces the 5 groups of existence (corporeality,
feeling, perception, mental formations, consciousness)
at rebirth as well as during life-continuity.
(2) does not produce karma-results but is only able
to maintain the already produced karma-results.
(3) counteracts or suppresses the karma-results.
(4) destroys the influence of a weaker karma and
effects only its own result.
With regard to the priority of their result one
distinguishes:
1. weighty karma (garuka-kamma),
2. habitual karma (àciõõaka– or bahula-kamma),
3. death-proximate karma (maraõàsanna-kamma),
4. stored-up karma (kañattà-kamma).
(1, 2) The weighty (garuka) and the habitual
(bahula) wholesome or unwholesome karma are
ripening earlier than the light and rarely performed
– 153 –
karma. (3) The death-proximate (maranàsanna) karma
– i.e. the wholesome or unwholesome volition present
immediately before death, which often may be the reflex
of some previously performed good or evil action
(kamma), or of a sign of it (kamma-nimitta), or of a
sign of the future existence (gati-nimitta) – produces
rebirth. (4) In the absence of any of these three actions
at the moment before death, the stored-up (kañattà)
karma will produce rebirth.
A real, and in the ultimate sense true, understanding
of Buddhist karma doctrine is possible only through
a deep insight into the impersonality (s. anattà) and
conditionality (s. pañiccasamuppàda, paccaya) of all
phenomena of existence. “Everywhere, in all the forms
of existence… such a one is beholding merely mental
and physical phenomena kept going by their being
bound up through causes and effects.
“No doer does he see behind the deeds, no recipient
apart from the karma-fruit. And with full insight he
clearly understands that the wise ones are using merely
conventional terms when, with regard to the taking
place of any action, they speak of a doer, or when they
speak of a receiver of the karma-results at their arising.
Therefore the ancient masters have said:
‘No doer of the deeds is found,
No one who ever reaps their fruits;
Empty phenomena roll on:
This view alone is right and true.
‘And whilst the deeds and their results
Roll on, based on conditions all,
There no beginning can be seen,
Just as it is with seed and tree.’ ” (Vis.M. XIX)
– 154 –
Karma (kamma-paccaya) is one of the 24 conditions
(paccaya, q.v.) (App.: Kamma).
Literature: Karma and Rebirth, by Nyanatiloka
(Wheel 9); Survival and Karma in Buddhist Perspective, by
K.N. Jayatilleke (Wheel 141/143); Kamma and its Fruit
(Wheel 221/224).
karma-accumulation: àyåhana (q.v.).
karma-formations: sankhàra, i.e. wholesome or unwholesome
volitions (cetanà) manifested as actions of
body, speech or mind, form the 2nd link of the formula
of dependent origination (pañicca-samuppàda, q.v.).
karma-process: s. bhava, pañiccasamuppàda.
karma-produced corporeality: s. samuññhàna.
karma-result: vipàka (q.v.).
karma-round: kamma vañña (s. vañña).
karmically acquired corporeality:
upàdiõõaråpa (q.v.).
karmically wholesome, unwholesome, neutral:
kusala (q.v.), akusala (q.v.), avyàkata (q.v.); cf. Tab. I.
karuõà: ‘compassion’, is one of the 4 sublime abodes
(brahma-vihàra, q.v.).
kasiõa: (perhaps related to Sanskrit krtsna, ‘all, complete,
whole’), is the name for a purely external device
to produce and develop concentration of mind and attain
the 4 absorptions (jhàna q.v.). It consists in concentrating
one’s full and undivided attention on one visible
– 155 –
object as preparatory image (parikamma-nimitta),
e.g. a colored spot or disc, or a piece of earth, or a pond
at some distance, etc., until at last one perceives, even
with the eyes closed, a mental reflex, the acquired
image (uggaha-nimitta). Now, while continuing to
direct one’s attention to this image, there may arise the
spotless and immovable counter-image (pañibhàganimitta),
and together with it the neighbourhood-concentration
(upacàra-samàdhi) will have been reached.
While still persevering in the concentration on the
object, one finally will reach a state of mind where all
sense-activity is suspended, where there is no more
seeing and hearing, no more perception of bodily
impression and feeling, i.e. the state of the 1st mental
absorption (jhàna, q.v.).
The 10 kasinas mentioned in the Suttas are: earthkasina,
water, fire, wind, blue, yellow, red, white,
space, and consciousness. “There are 10 kasina-spheres:
someone sees the earth kasina, above, below, on all
sides, undivided, unbounded… someone see the waterkasina,
above, below, etc.” (M. 77; D. 33)
Cf. abhibhàyatan, bhàvanà; further s. Fund. IV.
For space and consciousness-kasina we find in
Vis.M. V the names limited space-kasina
(paricchinnàkàsa-kasiõa;… s. App.) and light-kasina
(àloka-kasiõa).
For full description see Vis.M. IV-V; also
Atthasàlini Tr. I, 248.
kañattà-kamma: ‘stored-up karma’; s. karma.
– 156 –
kàya (lit: accumulation): ‘group’, ‘body’, may either
refer to the physical body (råpa-kàya) or to the mental
body (nàma-kàya). In the latter case it is either a collective
name for the mental groups (feeling, perception,
mental formations, consciousness; s. khandha), or
merely for feeling, perception and a few of the mental
formations (s. nàma), e.g. in kàya-lahutà, etc.
(cf. Tab. II). Kàya has this same meaning in the standard
description of the 3rd absorption (jhàna, q.v.) “and
he feels joy in his mind or his mental constitution
(kàya)”, and (e.g. Pug. 1-8) of the attainment of the
8 deliverances (vimokkha, q.v.); “having attained the
8 deliverances in his mind, or his person (kàya).” –
Kàya is also the 5th sense-organ, the body-organ;
s. àyatana, dhàtu, indriya.
kàya-gatà-sati: ‘mindfulness with regard to the body’,
refers sometimes (e.g. Vis.M. VIII, 2) only to the contemplation
on the 32 parts of the body, sometimes
(e.g. M. 119) to all the various meditations comprised
under the ‘contemplation of the body’ (kàyànupassanà),
the 1st of the 4 ‘foundations of mindfulness’ (satipaññhàna,
q.v.), consisting partly in concentration
(samàdhi) exercises, partly in insight (vipassanà) exercises.
On the other hand, the cemetery meditations
(sãvathika, q.v.) mentioned in the Satipaññhàna
S.(M. 10) are nearly the same as the 10 contemplations
of loathsomeness (asubha-bhàvanà, q.v.). of Vis.M. VI,
whereas elsewhere the contemplation on the 32 parts
of the body is called the ‘reflection on impurity’
(pañikkåla-sa¤¤à).
In such texts as: ‘One thing, O monks, developed
and repeatedly practised, leads to the attainment of
– 157 –
wisdom. It is the contemplation on the body’ (A. I), the
reference is to all exercises mentioned in the 1st
Satipaññhàna.
Vis.M. VIII, 2 gives a detailed description and explanation
of the method of developing the contemplation
on the 32 parts of the body. This exercise can
produce the 1st absorption only (jhàna, q.v.). The
stereotype text given in the Satipaññhàna Sutta and elsewhere
– but leaving out the brain – runs as follows:
“And further, O monks, the monk contemplates this
body from the soles of the feet upward, and from the
tops of the hairs downward, with skin stretched over it,
and filled with manifold impurities: ‘This body has hairs
of the head, hairs of the body, nails, teeth, skin, flesh,
sinews, bones, marrow, kidneys, heart, liver, diaphragm,
spleen, lungs, intestines, bowels, stomach, excrement,
bile, phlegm, pus, blood, sweat, fat, tears, skin
grease, spittle, nasal mucus, oil of the joints, and
urine….”
Vis.M. VIII, 2 says “By repeating the words of this
exercise one will become well acquainted with the
wording, the mind will not rush here and there, the
different parts will become distinct and appear like a
row of fingers, or a row of hedge-poles. Now, just as
one repeats the exercise in words, one should do it also
in mind. The repeating in mind forms the condition for
the penetration of the characteristic marks…. He who
thus has examined the parts of the body as to colour,
shape, region, locality and limits, and considers them
one by one, and not too hurriedly, as something loathsome,
to such a one, while contemplating the body, all
– 158 –
these things at the same time are appearing distinctly
clear. But also when keeping one’s attention fixed outwardly
(i.e. to the bodies of other beings), and when
all the parts appear distinctly, then all men and animals
moving about lose the appearance of living beings and
appear like heaps of many different things. And it looks
as if those foods and drinks, being swallowed by them,
were being inserted into this heap of things. Now, while
again and again one is conceiving the idea ‘Disgusting!
Disgusting!’ – omitting in due course several parts –
gradually the attainment – concentration (appanàsamàdhi,
i.e. the concentration of the jhàna) will be
reached. In this connection, the appearing of forms… is
called the acquired image (uggaha-nimitta), the arising
of loathsomeness, however, the counter-image
(pañibhàganimitta).”
kàya-kamma: ‘bodily action’; s. karma, kammapatha.
kàya-kamma¤¤atà, k.-lahutà, k.-mudutà,
k.-pàgu¤¤atà, k.-passaddhi, k.-ujukatà; s. Tab. II. For
passaddhi, s. further bojjhanga.
kàya-lahutà: agility or lightness of mental factors
(s. lahutà).
kàyànupassanà: ‘contemplation of the body’, is one of
the 4 foundations of mindfulness; s. satipaññhàna.
kàya-passaddhi: tranquillity of mental factors,
s. bojjhanga.
kàya-sakkhi: ‘body-witness’, is one of the 7 noble disciples
(s. ariya-puggala, B.). He is one who “in his own
person (lit. body) has attained the 8 deliverances
– 159 –
(vimokkha, q.v.), and after wisely understanding the
phenomena, the cankers have partly come to extinction”
(Pug. 32). In A. IX, 44 it is said: “A monk,
O brother, attains the 1st absorption (jhàna, q.v.), and
as far as this domain reaches, so far he has realized it in
his own person. Thus the Blessed One calls such a person
a body-witness in certain respects. (The same is
then repeated with regard to the 7 higher absorptions).
Further again, O brother, the monk attains the extinction
of perception and feeling (s. nirodha-samàpatti),
and after wisely understanding the phenomena, all the
cankers come to extinction. Thus, O brother, the
Blessed One calls such a person a body-witness in all
respects.”
kàya-vi¤¤atti: s. vi¤¤atti.
khalu-pacchà-bhattik’anga: s. dhutanga.
khaõa: ‘moment’; s. citta-kkhaõa.
khandha: the 5 ‘groups (of existence)’ or ‘groups of
clinging’ (upàdànakkhandha); alternative renderings:
aggregates, categories of clinging’s objects. These are
the 5 aspects in which the Buddha has summed up all
the physical and mental phenomena of existence, and
which appear to the ignorant man as his ego, or
personality, to wit:
(1) the corporeality group (råpa-kkhandha),
(2) the feeling group (vedanà-kkhandha),
(3) the perception group (sa¤¤à-kkhandha),
(4) the mental-formation group (sankhàrakkhandha),
(5) the consciousness-group (vi¤¤àõa-kkhandha).
– 160 –
“Whatever there exists of corporeal things, whether
past, present or future, one’s own or external, gross or
subtle, lofty or low, far or near, all that belongs to the
corporeality group. Whatever there exists of feeling…
of perception… of mental formations… of consciousness…
all that belongs to the consciousness-group”
(S. XXII, 48). – Another division is that into the
2 groups: mind (2-5) and corporeality (1) (nàmaråpa),
whilst in Dhamma Sanganã, the first book of the
Abhidhamma, all the phenomena are treated by way of
3 groups: consciousness (5), mental factors (2-4), corporeality
(1), in Pàli citta, cetasika, råpa. Cf. Guide I.
What is called individual existence is in reality
nothing but a mere process of those mental and physical
phenomena, a process that since time immemorial
has been going on, and that also after death will still
continue for unthinkably long periods of time. These
5 groups, however, neither singly nor collectively constitute
any self-dependent real ego-entity, or personality
(attà), nor is there to be found any such entity
apart from them. Hence the belief in such an ego-entity
or personality, as real in the ultimate sense, proves a
mere illusion.
“When all constituent parts are there,
The designation ‘cart’ is used;
Just so, where the five groups exist,
Of ‘living being’ do we speak.” (S. V. 10).
The fact ought to be emphasized here that these
5 groups, correctly speaking, merely form an abstract
classification by the Buddha, but that they as such,
i.e. as just these 5 complete groups, have no real exist-
161 –
ence, since only single representatives of these groups,
mostly variable, can arise with any state of consciousness.
For example, with one and the same unit of consciousness
only one single kind of feeling, say joy or
sorrow, can be associated and never more than one.
Similarly, two different perceptions cannot arise at the
same moment. Also, of the various kinds of sense-cognition
or consciousness, only one can be present at a
time, for example, seeing, hearing or inner consciousness,
etc. Of the 50 mental formations, however, a
smaller or larger number are always associated with
every state of consciousness, as we shall see later on.
Some writers on Buddhism who have not understood
that the five khandha are just classificatory groupings,
have conceived them as compact entities (‘heaps’,
‘bundles’), while actually, as stated above, the groups
never exist as such, i.e. they never occur in a simultaneous
totality of all their constituents. Also those single
constituents of a group which are present in any given
body- and -mind process, are of an evanescent nature,
and so also their varying combinations. Feeling, perception
and mental formations are only different aspects
and functions of a single unit of consciousness. They
are to consciousness what redness, softness, sweetness,
etc. are to an apple and have as little separate
existence as those qualities.
In S. XXII, 56, there is the following short definition
of these 5 groups:
“What, O monks, is the corporeality-group? The
4 primary elements (mahà-bhåta or dhàtu) and
corporeality depending thereon, this is called the
corporeality-group.
– 162 –
“What, O monks, is the feeling-group? There are
6 classes of feeling: due to visual impression, to sound
impression, to odour impression, to taste impression, to
bodily impression, and to mind impression….
“What, O monks, is the perception-group? There
are 6 classes of perception: perception of visual objects,
of sounds, of odours, of tastes, of bodily impressions,
and of mental impressions….
“What, O monks, is the group of mental formations?
There are 6 classes of volitional states (cetanà):
with regard to visual objects, to sounds, to odours, to
tastes, to bodily impressions and to mind objects….
“What, O monks, is the consciousness-group? There
are 6 classes of consciousness: eye-consciousness, earconsciousness,
nose-consciousness, tongue-consciousness,
body-consciousness, and mind-consciousness.”
About the inseparability of the groups it is said:
‘‘Whatever, O brother, there exists of feeling, of
perception and of mental formations, these things are
associated, not dissociated, and it is impossible to separate
one from the other and show their difference. For
whatever one feels, one perceives; and whatever one
perceives, of this one is conscious” (M. 43).
Further: “Impossible is it for anyone to explain the
passing out of one existence and the entering into a
new existence, or the growth, increase and development
of consciousness independent of corporeality,
feeling, perception and mental formations” (S. XII, 53).
For the inseparability and mutual conditionality of
the 4 mental groups s. paccaya (6, 7).
– 163 –
Regarding the impersonality (anattà) and
emptiness (su¤¤atà) of the 5 groups, it is said in
S. XXII, 49:
“Whatever there is of corporeality, feeling, perception,
mental formations and consciousness, whether
past, present or future, one’s own or external, gross or
subtle, lofty or low, far or near, this one should understand
according to reality and true wisdom: ‘This does
not belong to me, this am I not, this is not my Ego.’ ”
Further in S. XXII, 95: “Suppose that a man who is
not blind were to behold the many bubbles on the
Ganges as they are driving along; and he should watch
them and carefully examine them. After carefully examining
them, however, they will appear to him empty,
unreal and unsubstantial. In exactly the same way does
the monk behold all the corporeal phenomena… feelings…
perceptions… mental formations… states of consciousness,
whether they be of the past, present or
future… far or near. And he watches them and examines
them carefully; and after carefully examining
them, they appear to him empty, unreal and
unsubstantial.”
The 5 groups are compared, respectively, to a lump
of froth, a bubble, a mirage, a coreless plantain stem,
and a conjuring trick (S. XXII, 95).
See the Khandha Saüyutta (S. XXII); Vis.M. XIV.
– 164 –
Summary of the 5 Groups
I. Corporeality Group
(råpa-kkhandha)
A. Underived (no-upàdà): 4 elements
the solid, or earth-element (pañhavã-dhàtu)
the liquid, or water-element (àpo-dhàtu)
heat, or fire-element (tejo-dhàtu)
motion, or wind-element (vàyo-dhàtu)
B. Derived (upàdà): 24 secondary phenomena
Physical sense-organs of: seeing, hearing, smelling,
tasting, body
Physical sense-objects: form, sound, odour, taste,
(bodily impacts)
‘Bodily impacts’ (photthabba) are generally omitted in
this list, because these physical objects of body-sensitivity are
identical with the afore-mentioned solid element, heat and
motion element. Hence their inclusion under ‘derived
corporeality’ would be a duplication.
femininity (itthindriya)
virility (purisindriya)
physical base of mind (hadaya-vatthu, q.v.)
bodily expression (kàya-vi¤¤atti; s. vi¤¤atti)
verbal expression (vacã-vi¤¤atti)
physical life (råpa jãvita; s. jãvita)
space element (àkàsa-dhàtu, q.v.)
physical agility (råpassa lahutà)
physical elasticity (råpassa mudutà)
– 165 –
physical adaptability (råpassa kamma¤¤atà)
physical growth (råpassa upacaya)
physical continuity (råpassa santati; s. santàna)
decay (jarà, q.v.)
impermanence (aniccatà)
nutriment (àhàra, q.v.)
II. Feeling Group
(vedanà-kkhandha)
All feelings may, according to their nature, be classified
as 5 kinds:
bodily agreeable feeling : sukha = kàyikà sukhà vedanà
bodily painful feeling : dukkha = kàyikà dukkhà vedanà
mentally agreeable feeling : somanassa = cetasikà sukhà vedanà
mentally painful feeling : domanassa = cetasikà dukkhà vedanà
indifferent feeling : upekkhà = adukkha-m-asukhà vedanà
III. Perception Group
(sa¤¤à-kkhandha)
All perceptions are divided into 6 classes: perception of
form, sound, odour, taste, bodily impression, and mental
impression.
IV. Group of Mental Formations
(sankhàra-kkhandha)
This group comprises 50 mental phenomena, of
which 11 are general psychological elements, 25 lofty
(sobhana) qualities, 14 karmically unwholesome
qualities. Cf. Tab. 11.
– 166 –
V. Consciousness Group
(vi¤¤àõa-kkhandha)
The Suttas divide consciousness, according to the
senses, into 6 classes: eye-, ear-, nose-, tongue-, body-,
mind-consciousness.
The Abhidhamma and commentaries, however,
distinguish, from the karmical or moral viewpoint,
89 classes of consciousness. Cf. vi¤¤àõa and Tab. 1.
The moral quality of feeling, perception and consciousness
is determined by the mental formations.
khandha-parinibbàna: s. nibbàna.
khandha-santàna: s. santàna.
khanti: ‘patience’, forbearance’, is one of the
10 perfections (pàramã, q.v.).
khayànupassanà: ‘contemplation of dissolution’, is
one of the 18 chief kinds of insight (s. vipassanà).
khióóa-padosikà devà: ‘the celestial beings corruptible
by pleasures’, are a class of devas (q.v.) of the
sensuous sphere. They waste their time in merriment,
play and enjoyment, and thereby become thoughtless,
and in their thoughtlessness they fall from that world
(D. 1; 24).
khãõàsava: ‘the one in whom all cankers are destroyed’
is a name for the Arahat, or Holy One; s. àsava.
kicca ‘function’. Regarding the 14 functions of
consciousness, s. vi¤¤àõa-kicca.
– 167 –
kilesa: ‘defilements’, are mind-defiling, unwholesome
qualities. Vis.M. XXII, 49, 65: “There are 10 defilements,
thus called because they are themselves defiled,
and because they defile the mental factors associated
with them. They are: (1) greed (lobha), (2) hate
(dosa), (3) delusion (moha), (4) conceit (màna),
(5) speculative views (diññhi), (6) skeptical doubt
(vicikicchà), (7) mental torpor (thãna), (8) restlessness
(uddhacca); (9) shamelessness (ahirika), (10) lack of
moral dread or unconscientiousness (anottappa).” For
1-3, s. måla; 4, s. màna; 5, s. diññhi; 6-8, s. nãvaraõa;
9 and 10, s. ahirika-anottappa.
The ten are explained in Dhs. 1229f and enumerated
in Vibh. XII. No classification of the k. is found in
the Suttas, though the term occurs quite often in them.
For the related term, upakkilesa (q.v.; ‘impurities’) different
lists are given – (App.).
kilesa-kàma: ‘sensuality considered as defilement’
(s. kilesa) might well be called ‘subjective sensuality’, in
contradistinction to ‘objective sensuality’ (vatthukàma),
i.e. the sensuous objects (kàma-guõa). Cf. kàma.
kilesa-parinibbàna: s. nibbàna (1).
killing: s. karma, kammapatha, sikkhàpada.
ki¤cana: ‘something’, i.e. something evil that sticks or
adheres to character. ‘Evil appendant’, is a name for the
3 unwholesome roots (måla). “There are 3 appendants:
greed (lobha) is an appendant, hate (dosa) is an
appendant, delusion (moha) is an appendant” (D. 33).
‘Freed from appendants’ (aki¤cana) is a term for the
perfectly Holy One (Arahat).
– 168 –
kiriya (or kriya)-citta: ‘functional consciousness’ or
‘karmically inoperative consciousness’, is a name for
such states of consciousness as are neither karmically
wholesome (kusala), nor unwholesome (akusala), nor
karma-results (vipàka); that is, they function independently
of karma. Thus are also called all those worldly
mental states in the Arahat which are accompanied by
2 or 3 noble roots (greedlessness, hatelessness, undeludedness),
being in the Arahat karmically neutral and
corresponding to the karmically wholesome states of a
non-Arahat (s. Tab. 1-8 and 73-89), as well as the rootless
mirth-producing (hasituppàda) mind-consciousness-
element of the Arahat (Tab. 72); further, that
mind-element (mano-dhàtu) which performs the
function of advertence (àvajjana) to the sense object
(Tab. 70), and that mind-consciousness-element
(manovi¤¤àõa-dhàtu) which performs the functions of
deciding (votthapana) and advertence to the mental
object (Tab. 71). The last-named 2 elements, of course,
occur in all beings.
Together with karma-resultant consciousness
(vipàka) it belongs to the group of ‘karmically neutral
consciousness’ (avyàkata). See Tab. I (last column). –
(App.).
knowledge: cf. pa¤¤à, ¤àõa, vijjà, vipassanà, abhi¤¤à.
kolankola: ‘passing from one noble family to another’,
is the name for one of the 3 kinds of Sotàpanna (q.v.).
kriya-citta = kiriya (q.v.).
kukkucca: lit. ‘wrongly-performed-ness’ (ku+krta+ya),
i.e. scruples, remorse, uneasiness of conscience, worry,
– 169 –
is one of the karmically unwholesome (akusala) mental
faculties (Tab. II) which, whenever it arises, is associated
with hateful (discontented) consciousness (Tab. I
and III, 30, 31). It is the ‘repentance over wrong things
done, and right things neglected’ (Com. To A. I). Restlessness
and scruples (uddhacca-kukkucca), combined,
are counted as one of the 5 mental hindrances
(nãvaraõa, q.v.).
kuppa-dhamma ‘liable to perturbation’, is one who
has not yet attained full mastery over the absorptions.
In Pug. 3 it is said: “What person is liable to perturbation?
Such a person gains the attainments of the finematerial
and immaterial sphere (s. avacara). But he
does not gain them at his wish, nor without toil and
exertion; and not at his wish as regards place, object
and duration, does he enter them or arise from them.
Thus it is well possible that in case of such a person,
through negligence, the attainments will become perturbed.
This person is liable to perturbation.”
kusala: ‘karmically wholesome’ or ‘profitable’,
salutary, morally good, (skillful) Connotations of the
term, according to Com. (Atthasàlini), are: of good
health, blameless, productive of favourable karmaresult,
skillful. It should be noted that Com. excludes
the meaning ‘skillful’, when the term is applied to states
of consciousness.
It is defined in M. 9 as the 10 wholesome courses of
action (s. kammapatha). In psychological terms, ‘karmically
wholesome’ are all those karmical volitions
(kamma-cetanà) and the consciousness and mental factors
associated therewith, which are accompanied by
– 170 –
2 or 3 wholesome roots (s. måla), i.e. by greedlessness
(alobha) and hatelessness (adosa), and in some cases
also by non-delusion (amoha: wisdom, understanding).
Such states of consciousness are regarded as ‘karmically
wholesome’ as they are causes of favourable karma results
and contain the seeds of a happy destiny or rebirth.
From this explanation, two facts should be noted:
(1) it is volition that makes a state of consciousness, or
an act, ‘good’ or ‘bad’; (2) the moral criterion in Buddhism
is the presence or absence of the 3 wholesome or
moral roots (s. måla).
The above explanations refer to mundane
(lokiya, q.v.) wholesome consciousness. Supermundane
wholesome (lokuttara-kusala) states, i.e. the four paths
of sanctity (s. ariyapuggala), have as results only the
corresponding four fruitions; they do not constitute
karma, nor do they lead to rebirth, and this applies also
to the good actions of an Arahat (Tab. I, 73-80) and his
meditative states (Tab. 1, 81-89), which are all karmically
inoperative (functional; s. kiriya).
Kusala belongs to a threefold division of all consciousness,
as found in the Abhidhamma (Dhs.), into
wholesome (kusala), unwholesome (akusala) and
karmically neutral (avyàkata), which is the first of the
triads (tika) in the Abhidhamma schedule (màtikà);
s. Guide, pp. 4ff., 12ff; Vis.M. XIV, 83ff.
kusala-kammapatha: ‘wholesome course of action’;
s. kammapatha.
kusala-måla: the ‘wholesome roots’ or ‘roots of
wholesome action’, are greedlessness (alobha),
hatelessness (adosa), and non-delusion (amoha;
– 171 –
s. måla). They are identical with kusala-hetu
(s. paccaya, 1).
kusala-vipàka: the (mental) ‘karma-result of
wholesome karma’ (s. karma).
– 172 –
L
lahutà: ‘lightness’, or ‘agility’, may be of 3 kinds: of
corporeality (råpassa lahutà; s. khandha, I), of mental
factors (kàya-lahutà), and of consciousness (cittalahutà).
Cf. Tab. II.
lakkhaõa: ‘characteristics’. For the 3 ch. of existence,
s. ti-lakkhaõa.
law: dhamma (q.v.).
learning, wisdom based on: s. pa¤¤à.
liberality: dàna (q.v.), càga (q.v.).
liberation: s. vimokkha.
life-infatuation: s. mada.
light, perception of: s. àloka-sa¤¤à.
light-kasiõa: s. kasiõa.
lightness (of corporeality, mental factors and
consciousness): lahutà (q.v.).
loathsomeness (of the body): s. asubha, sivathikà,
kàyagatàsati.
lobha: ‘greed’, is one of the 3 unwholesome roots
(måla, q.v.) and a synonym of ràga (q.v.) and
taõhà (q.v.).
lobha-carita: ‘greedy-natured’, s. carita.
– 173 –
lofty consciousness: s. sobhana.
lohita-kasiõa: ‘red-kasiõa’, s. kasiõa.
loka: ‘world’, denotes the 3 spheres of existence comprising
the whole universe, i.e. (1) the sensuous world
(kàma-loka), or the world of the 5 senses; (2) the finematerial
world (råpa-loka), corresponding to the 4 finematerial
absorptions (s. jhàna 1-4); (3) the immaterial
world (aråpa-loka), corresponding to the 4 immaterial
absorptions (s. jhàna, 5-8).
The sensuous world comprises the hells (niraya),
the animal kingdom (tiracchàna-yoni), the ghost-realm
(peta-loka), the demon world (asura-nikàya), the
human world (manussa-loka) and the 6 lower celestial
worlds (s. deva I). In the fine-material world (s. deva II)
still exist the faculties of seeing and hearing, which,
together with the other sense faculties, are temporarily
suspended in the 4 absorptions. In the immaterial
world (s. deva III) there is no corporeality whatsoever,
only the four mental groups (s. khandha) exist there.
Though the term loka is not applied in the Suttas to
those 3 worlds, but only the term bhava, ‘existence’
(e.g. M. 43), there is no doubt that the teaching about
the 3 worlds belongs to the earliest, i.e. sutta-period, of
the Buddhist scriptures, as many relevant passages
show.
loka-dhamma: ‘worldly conditions’. “Eight things are
called worldly conditions, since they arise in connection
with worldly life, namely: gain and loss, honour
and dishonour, happiness and misery, praise and
blame” (Vis.M. XXII). Cf. also A. VIII, 5.
– 174 –
lokiya: ‘mundane’, are all those states of consciousness
and mental factors – arising in the worldling, as well as
in the Noble One – which are not associated with the
supermundane (lokuttara; s. the foll.) paths and fruitions
of sotàpatti, etc. See ariyapuggala, A.
lokuttara: ‘supermundane’, is a term for the 4 paths
and 4 fruitions of sotàpatti, etc. (s. ariya-puggala), with
Nibbàna as ninth. Hence one speaks of ‘9 supermundane
things’ (nava-lokuttara-dhamma). Cf. prec.
loving-kindness: mettà; s. brahmavihàra.
lower fetters, the 5: s. saüyojana.
lower worlds, the 4: apàya (q.v.).
low speech: tiracchàna-kathà (q.v.).
lust: s. ràga.
– 175 –
M
macchariya: ‘stinginess’, avarice. “There are 5 kinds of
stinginess, O monks; regarding the dwelling place,
regarding families, regarding gain, regarding recognition,
regarding mental things’ (A. IX, 49; Pug. 56).
mada: ‘infatuation’. “Infatuation is of 3 kinds: youthinfatuation,
health-infatuation, life-infatuation” (D. 33).
“Infatuated by youth-infatuation, by health-infatuation
and by life-infatuation, the ignorant worldling pursues
an evil course in bodily actions, speech and thought,
and thereby, at the dissolution of the body, after death,
passes to a lower world, to a woeful course of existence,
to a state of suffering and hell” (A. III, 39).
magga: ‘path’. 1. For the 4 supermundane paths
(lokuttara-magga), s. ariya-puggala – 2. The Eightfold
Path (aññhangika-magga) is the path leading to the
extinction of suffering, i.e. the last of the 4 Noble
Truths (sacca, q.v.), namely:
1. Right view (sammà-diññhi) III. Wisdom
2. Right thought (sammà-sankappa) (pa¤¤à)
3. Right speech (sammà-vàcà)
4. Right bodily action (sammà-kammanta) I. Morality
5. Right livelihood (sammà-àjãva) (sãla)
6. Right effort (sammà-vàyàma)
7. Right mindfulness (sammà-sati) II. Concentration
8. Right concentration (sammà-samàdhi) (samàdhi)
– 176 –
1. Right view or right understanding (sammà-diññhi)
is the understanding of the 4 Noble Truths about the
universality of suffering (unsatisfactoriness), of its origin,
its cessation, and the path leading to that cessation.
– See the Discourse on ‘Right Understanding’ (M. 9, tr.
and Com. in ‘R. Und.’).
2. Right thought (sammà-sankappa): thoughts free
from sensuous desire, from ill-will, and cruelty.
3. Right speech (sammà-vàcà): abstaining from
lying, tale-bearing, harsh language, and foolish babble.
4 Right bodily action (sammà-kammanta): abstaining
from killing, stealing, and unlawful sexual intercourse.
5. Right livelihood (sammà-àjãva): abstaining from
a livelihood that brings harm to other beings, such as
trading in arms, in living beings, intoxicating drinks,
poison; slaughtering, fishing, soldiering, deceit, treachery
soothsaying, trickery, usury, etc.
6. Right effort (sammà-vàyàma): the effort of
avoiding or overcoming evil and unwholesome things,
and of developing and maintaining wholesome things
(s. padhàna).
7. Right mindfulness (sammà-sati): mindfulness
and awareness in contemplating body, feelings, mind,
and mind-objects (s. sati, satipaññhàna).
8. Right concentration (sammà-samàdhi):
concentration of mind associated with wholesome
– 177 –
(kusala) consciousness, which eventually may reach the
absorptions (jhàna, q.v.). Cf. samàdhi.
There are to be distinguished 2 kinds of concentration,
mundane (lokiya) and supermundane (lokuttara)
concentration. The latter is associated with those states
of consciousness known as the 4 supermundane paths
and fruitions (s. ariya-puggala). As it is said in M. 117:
“I tell you, O monks, there are 2 kinds of right view:
the understanding that it is good to give alms and offerings,
that both good and evil actions will bear fruit and
will be followed by results…. This, O monks, is a view
which, though still subject to the cankers, is meritorious,
yields worldly fruits, and brings good results. But
whatever there is of wisdom, of penetration, of right
view conjoined with the path – the holy path being
pursued, this is called the supermundane right view
(lokuttara-sammà-diññhi), which is not of the world, but
which is supermundane and conjoined with the path.”
In a similar way the remaining links of the path are
to be understood.
As many of those who have written about the Eightfold
Path have misunderstood its true nature, it is therefore
appropriate to add here a few elucidating remarks
about it, as this path is fundamental for the understanding
and practice of the Buddha’s teaching.
First of all, the figurative expression ‘path’ should
not be interpreted to mean that one has to advance
step by step in the sequence of the enumeration until,
after successively passing through all the eight stages,
– 178 –
one finally may reach one’s destination, Nibbàna. If this
really were the case, one should have realized, first of
all, right view and penetration of the truth, even before
one could hope to proceed to the next steps, right
thought and right speech; and each preceding stage
would be the indispensable foundation and condition
for each succeeding stage. In reality, however, the links
3-5 constituting moral training (sãla), are the first
3 links to be cultivated, then the links 6-8 constituting
mental training (samàdhi), and at last right view, etc.
constituting wisdom (pa¤¤à).
It is, however, true that a really unshakable and
safe foundation to the path is provided only by right
view which, starting from the tiniest germ of faith and
knowledge, gradually, step by step, develops into penetrating
insight (vipassanà) and thus forms the immediate
condition for the entrance into the 4 supermundane
paths and fruits of holiness, and for the realization of
Nibbàna. Only with regard to this highest form of
supermundane insight, may we indeed say that all the
remaining links of the path are nothing but the outcome
and the accompaniments of right view.
Regarding the mundane (lokiya) eightfold path,
however, its links may arise without the first link, right
view.
Here it must also be emphasized that the links of
the path not only do not arise one after the other, as
already indicated, but also that they, at least in part,
arise simultaneously as inseparably associated mental
factors in one and the same state of consciousness.
Thus, for instance, under all circumstances at least
4 links are inseparably bound up with any karmically
– 179 –
wholesome consciousness, namely 2, 6, 7 and 8,
i.e. right thought, right effort, right mindfulness and
right concentration (M. 117), so that as soon as any
one of these links arises, the three others also do so. On
the other hand, right view is not necessarily present in
every wholesome state of consciousness.
Magga is one of the 24 conditions (s. paccaya 18).
Literature: The Noble Eightfold Path and its Factors
Explained, by Ledi Sayadaw (Wheel 245/247). –
The Buddha’s Ancient Path, by Piyadassi Thera (BPS).-
The Noble Eightfold Path, by Bhikkhu Bodhi
(Wheel 308/311).
maggàmagga-¤àõadassana-visuddhi: ‘purification
by knowledge of what is path and not-path’, is one of
the 7 stages of purification (visuddhi V, q.v.).
magga-paccaya: ‘path as a condition’, is one of the
24 conditions (paccaya, q.v.).
magical powers: s. iddhi; abhi¤¤à (1).
mahà-bhåta: the 4 ‘primary elements’, is another
name for the 4 elements (dhàtu) underlying all corporeality;
s. dhàtu.
mahà-brahmàno: the ‘great gods’, are a class of
heavenly beings in the fine-material world; s. deva, II.
mahaggata: lit., ‘grown great’, i.e. ‘developed’, exalted,
supernormal. As mahaggata-citta, it is the state of
‘developed consciousness’, attained in the fine-material
and immaterial absorptions (s. jhàna); it is mentioned
in the mind-contemplation of the Satipaññhàna Sutta
(M. 10). – As mahaggatàrammaõa, it is the ‘developed
– 180 –
mental object’ of those absorptions and is mentioned in
the ‘object triad’ of the Abhidhamma schedule and
Dhs. (s. Guide, p. 6).
mahàpurisa-vitakka: the 8 ‘thoughts of a great man’,
are described in A. VIII, 30, and D. 34.
mahà-vipassanà: the 18 ‘chief kinds of insight’;
s. vipassanà.
maintain: effort to maintain wholesome things;
s. padhàna.
majjhimà-pañipadà: ‘Middle Path’, is the Noble Eightfold
Path which, by avoiding the two extremes of sensual
lust and self-torment, leads to enlightenment and
deliverance from suffering.
To give oneself up to indulgence in sensual pleasure
(kàma-sukha), the base, common, vulgar, unholy,
unprofitable; and also to give oneself up to self-torment
(atta-kilamatha), the painful, unholy, unprofitable,
both these two extremes the Perfect One has
avoided and has found the Middle Path (s. magga),
which causes one both to see and to know, and which
leads to peace, to discernment, to enlightenment, to
Nibbàna. It is the Noble Eightfold Path, the way that
leads to the extinction of suffering, namely: right
understanding, right thought, right speech, right bodily
action, right livelihood, right effort, right mindfulness,
and right concentration” (S. LVI, 11).
mala: ‘stains’, is a name for the 3 karmically unwholesome
roots (akusala-måla); greed, hate and delusion
(lobha, dosa, moha).
– 181 –
màna: ‘conceit’, pride, is one of the 10 fetters binding
to existence (s. saüyojana). It vanishes completely only
at the entrance to Arahatship, or Holiness (cf. asmimàna).
It is further one of the proclivities (s. anusaya)
and defilements (s. kilesa).
The (equality-) conceit (màna), the inferiorityconceit
(omàna) and the superiority-conceit (atimàna):
this threefold conceit should be overcome. For, after
overcoming this threefold conceit, the monk, through
the full penetration of conceit, is said to have put an
end suffering” (A. VI, 49).
“Those ascetics and brahman priests who, relying
on this impermanent, miserable and transitory nature
of corporeality, feelings, perceptions, mental formations
and consciousness, fancy: ‘Better am I’, or ‘Equal
am I’, or ‘Worse am I’, all these imagine thus through
not understanding reality” (S. XXII, 49).
In reality no ego-entity is to be found. Cf. anattà.
manasikàra: ‘attention’, ‘mental advertence’,
‘reflection’.
1. As a psychological term, attention belongs to the
formation-group (sankhàra-kkhandha; s. Tab. II) and is
one of the 7 mental factors (cetasika) that are inseparably
associated with all states of consciousness
(s. cetanà). In M. 9, it is given as one of the factors
representative of mind (nàma) It is the mind’s first
‘confrontation with an object’ and ‘binds the associated
mental factors to the object.’ It is, therefore, the prominent
factor in two specific classes of consciousness:
i.e. ‘advertence (àvajjana, q.v.) at the five sense-doors’
– 182 –
(Tab. I, 70) and at the mind-door (Tab. I, 71). These
two states of consciousness, breaking through the subconscious
life-continuum (bhavanga), form the first
stage in the perceptual process (citta-vãthi; s. vi¤¤àõakicca).
See Vis.M. XIV, 152.
2. In a more general sense, the term appears frequently
in the Suttas as yoniso-manasikàra, ‘wise (or
reasoned, methodical) attention’ or ‘wise reflection’. It
is said, in M. 2, to counteract the cankers (àsava, q.v.); it
is a condition for the arising of right view (s. M. 43), of
Stream-entry (s. sotàpattiyanga), and of the factors of
enlightenment (s. S. XLVI, 2.49,51). – ‘Unwise attention’
(ayoniso-manasikàra) leads to the arising of the
cankers (s. M. 2) and of the five hindrances
(s. S. XLVI, 2.51).
manàyatana: ‘mind-base’, is a collective term for all
the different states of consciousness; s. àyatana.
mangala: means, in general usage, anything regarded
as ‘auspicious’ ‘lucky’, or a ‘good omen’. Against the contemporary
superstitions notions about it, the Buddha, in
the Mahà-mangala Sutta (Sn., vv. 258 ff.), set forth
36 ‘blessings’ that are truly auspicious, i.e. conducive to
happiness, beginning with the ‘avoidance of bad company’
and ending with a ‘serene mind’. It is one of the
most popular Suttas in Buddhist countries, and a fundamental
text on Buddhist lay ethics.
Tr. in Everyman’s Ethics (Wheel 14). See Life’s Highest
Blessings, by Dr. R. L. Soni. (Wheel 254/256).
– 183 –
mano: ‘mind’, is in the Abhidhamma used as synonym
of vi¤¤àõa (consciousness) and citta (state of consciousness,
mind). According to the Com. to Vis.M., it
sometimes means sub-consciousness (s. bhavanga-sota).
mano-dhàtu: ‘mind-element’, is one of the 18 elements
(s. dhàtu II). This term, unlike manàyatana, does
not apply to the whole of consciousness, but designates
only that special element of consciousness which first,
at the beginning of the process of sense-perception,
performs the function of advertence (àvajjana;
Tab. I, 70) to the sense-object and, then after twice
having become conscious of it performs the function of
reception (sampaticchana; Tab I 39, 55) into mindconsciousness.
See vi¤¤àõa-kicca.
mano-kamma: ‘mental action’; s. karma, kammapatha.
manomayà iddhi: s. iddhi.
manopadosika-deva: ‘the celestial beings corruptible
by temper’, are a class of devas (q.v.) of the sensuous
sphere. “They spend their time in becoming annoyed
with one another, and getting into a temper, and thus
by being bodily and mentally exhausted, they pass
from that world” (D. 1; 24).
manopavicàra: ‘mental indulging’. There are mentioned
18 ways of indulging: 6 in gladness
(somanassåpavicàra), 6 in sorrow (domanassa), 6 in
indifference (upekkhà). “Perceiving with the eye a
visible form… hearing with the ear a sound… being in
mind conscious of an object, one indulges in the joyproducing
object, the sorrow-producing object, the
– 184 –
indifference-producing object…” (M. 137; A. III, 61). –
In the Com. to A., upavicàra is said to be identical with
vitakka-vicàra (q.v.).
mano-sa¤cetanà: ‘mental volition’; s. àhàra.
manovin¤àõa-dhàtu: ‘mind-consciousness element’,
one of the 18 ‘elements’ (s. dhàtu II). This term is
generally used as a name for that consciousnesselement
which performs the functions of investigation
(santãraõa), determining (votthapana), registering
(tadàrammaõa), etc. See Tab. I, 40, 41, 56, 71, 72.
Màra: (lit. ‘the killer’), is the Buddhist ‘Tempter-figure.
He is often called ‘Màra the Evil One’ (pàpimà màro) or
Namuci (lit. ‘the non-liberator’, i.e. the opponent of
liberation). He appears in the texts both as a real person
(i.e. as a deity) and as personification of evil and
passions, of the totality of worldly existence, and of
death. Later Pàli literature often speaks of a ‘fivefold
Màra’ (pa¤ca-màra): 1. M. as a deity (devaputta-màra),
2. the M. of defilements (kilesa-m.), 3. the M. of the
aggregates (khandha-m.), 4. the M. of the karma-formations
(kamma-m.), and 5. Màra as death (maccu-m.).
As a real person, M. is regarded as the deity ruling
over the highest heaven of the sensuous sphere
(kàmàvacara), that of the paranimmitavasavatti-devas,
the ‘deities wielding power over the creations of others’
(Com. to M. 1). According to tradition, when the Bodhisatta
was seated under the Bodhi-tree, Màra tried in
vain to obstruct his attainment of Enlightenment, first
by frightening him through his hosts of demons, etc.,
and then by his 3 daughters’ allurements. This episode
– 185 –
is called ‘Màra’s war’ (màra-yuddha). For 7 years
M. had followed the Buddha, looking for any weakness
in him; that is, 6 years before the Enlightenment and
one year after it (Sn. v. 446). He also tried to induce
the Buddha to pass away into Parinibbàna without
proclaiming the Dhamma, and also when the time for
the Buddha’s Parinibbàna had come, he urged him on.
But the Buddha acted on his own insight in both cases.
See D. 16.
For (3) M. as the aggregates, s. S. XXIII, 1, 11,
12, 23. See Padhàna Sutta (Sn. v. 425ff.); Màra
Saüyutta (S. IV).
maraõa: ‘death’, in ordinary usage, means the disappearance
of the vital faculty confined to a single lifetime,
and therewith of the psycho-physical life-process
conventionally called ‘man, animal, personality,
ego’, etc. Strictly speaking, however, death is the
continually repeated dissolution and vanishing of each
momentary physical-mental combination, and thus it
takes place every moment. About this momentaneity of
existence, it is said in Vis.M. VIII:
“In the absolute sense, beings have only a very
short moment to live, life lasting as long as a single
moment of consciousness lasts. Just as a cart-wheel,
whether rolling or whether at a standstill, at all times
only rests on a single point of its periphery, even so the
life of a living being lasts only for the duration of a
single moment of consciousness. As soon as that
moment ceases, the being also ceases. For it is said:
‘The being of the past moment of consciousness has
lived, but does not live now, nor will it live in future.
– 186 –
The being of the future moment has not yet lived, nor
does it live now, but it will live in the future. The being
of the present moment has not lived, it does live just
now, but it will not live in the future.’ ”
In another sense, the coming to an end of the
psycho-physical life-process of the Arahat, or perfectly
Holy One, at the moment of his passing away may be
called the final and ultimate death, as up to that
moment the psycho-physical life-process was still going
on from life to life.
Death, in the ordinary sense, combined with old
age, forms the 12th link in the formula of dependent
origination (pañicca-samuppàda q.v.).
For death as a subject of meditation,
s. maraõànussati; as a function of consciousness,
s. vi¤¤àõa-kicca.
maraõàsanna-kamma: s. karma.
maraõànussati: ‘recollection of death’, is one of the
10 recollections treated in detail in Vis.M. VIII:
‘‘Recollection of death, developed and frequently
practised, yields great reward, great blessing, has
Deathlessness as its goal and object. But how may such
recollection be developed?
“As soon as the day declines, or as the night vanishes
and the day is breaking, the monk thus reflects:
‘Truly, there are many possibilities for me to die: I may
be bitten by a serpent, or be stung by a scorpion or a
centipede, and thereby I may lose my life. But this
would be an obstacle for me. Or I may stumble and fall
to the ground, or the food eaten by me may not agree
– 187 –
with my health; or bile, phlegm and piercing body
gases may become disturbing, or men or ghosts may
attack me, and thus I may lose my life. But this would
be an obstacle for me.’ Then the monk has to consider
thus: ‘Are there still to be found in me unsubdued evil,
unwholesome things which, if I should die today or
tonight, might lead me to suffering?’ Now, if he understands
that this is the case, he should use his utmost
resolution, energy, effort, endeavour, steadfastness,
attentiveness and clear-mindedness in order to overcome
these evil, unwholesome things” (A. VIII, 74).
In Vis.M. VIII it is said: ‘He who wishes to develop
this meditation, should retreat to solitude, and whilst
living secluded he should thus wisely reflect: ‘Death
will come to me! The vital energy will be cut off!’ Or:
‘Death! Death!’ To him, namely, who does not wisely
reflect, sorrow may arise by thinking on the death of a
beloved person, just as to a mother whilst thinking on
the death of her beloved child. Again, by reflecting on
the death of a disliked person, joy may arise, just as to
enemies whilst thinking on the death of their enemies.
Through thinking on the death of an indifferent person,
however, no emotion will arise, just as to a man whose
work consists in cremating the dead at the sight of a
dead body. And by reflecting on one’s own death fright
may arise… just as at the sight of a murderer with
drawn sword one becomes filled with horror. Thus,
whenever seeing here or there slain or other dead
beings, one should reflect on the death of such deceased
persons who once lived in happiness, and one
should rouse one’s attentiveness, emotion and knowledge
and consider thus: ‘Death will come, etc.’…. Only
– 188 –
in him who considers in this way, will the hindrances
(nãvaraõa, q.v.) be repressed; and through the idea of
death attention becomes steadfast, and the exercise
reaches neighbourhood-concentration (upacàrasamàdhi).”
According to Vis.M. VIII, one may also reflect on
death in the following various ways: one may think of it
as a murderer with a drawn sword standing in front of
oneself; or one may bear in mind that all happiness
ends in death; or that even the mightiest beings on this
earth are subject to death; or that we must share this
body with all those innumerable worms and other tiny
beings residing therein; or that life is something dependent
on in-and-out breathing, and bound up with it; or
that life continues only as long as the elements, food,
breath, etc. are properly performing their functions; or
that nobody knows when, where, and under what circumstances,
death will take place, and what kind of fate
we have to expect after death; or, that life is very short
and limited. As it is said: ‘Short, indeed, is this life of
men, limited, fleeting, full or woe and torment; it is just
like a dewdrop that vanishes as soon as the sun rises;
like a water-bubble; like a furrow drawn in the water;
like a torrent dragging everything along and never
standing still; like cattle for slaughter that every
moment look death in the face” (A. VII, 74).
“The monk devoted to this recollection of death is
at all time indefatigable, gains the idea of disgust with
regard to all forms of existence, gives up delight in life,
detests evil, does not hoard up things, is free from
stinginess with regard to the necessities of life, the idea
– 189 –
of impermanence (anicca) becomes familiar to him;
and through pursuing it, the idea of misery (dukkha)
and of impersonality (anattà) become present to
him…. Free from fear and bewilderment will he pass
away at death; and should he not yet realize the Deathless
State in his life-time, he will at the dissolution of
the body attain to a happy course of existence”
(Vis.M. VIII).
See Buddhist Reflections on Death, by V. F. Gunaratna
(Wheel 102/103). Buddhism and Death, by M.Q.C. Walshe
(Wheel. 260).
marvel: s. pàñihàriya.
mastery (regarding the absorptions): s. vasã. – 8 stages
of: abhibhàyatana (q.v.).
material food: kabalinkàràhàra (q.v.).
matter (corporeality): s. khandha, råpa-kalàpa.
matured one, the: gotrabhå (q.v.).
maturity-knowledge: gotrabhå-¤àõa; s. visuddhi (VII).
meaning: evident, and to be inferred:
s. neyyatthadhamma.
meat-eating. Just as the karmical, i.e. moral, quality of any action
is determined by the quality of volition (cetanà)
underlying it, and independently of this volition nothing
whatever can be called karmically wholesome or
unwholesome (kusala, akusala), just so it is with the
merely external act of meat-eating, this being as such
purely non-moral, i.e. karmically neutral (avyàkata).
– 190 –
“In 3 circumstances meat-eating is to be rejected: if
one has seen, or heard, or suspects (that the animal has
been slaughtered expressly for one’s own sake)”
(M. 55). For if in such a case one should partake of the
meat, one would as it were approve the murder of animals,
and thus encourage the animal-murderer in his
murderous deeds. Besides, that the Buddha never objected,
in ordinary circumstances, to meat-eating may
be clearly understood from many passages of the Suttas
(e.g. A. V. 44; VIII, 12; M. 55, etc.), as also from the
Vinaya, where it is related that the Buddha firmly
rejected Devadatta’s proposal to forbid meat-eating to
the monks; further from the fact that 10 kinds of meat
were (for merely external reasons) forbidden to the
monks, namely from elephants, tigers, serpents, etc.
See Amagandha Sutta (Sn.). Early Buddhism and the
Taking of Life, by I. B. Horner (Wheel 104).
meditation: s. bhàvanà, jhàna, samàdhi.
mental action: mano-kamma; s. karma.
mental advertence: mano-dvàràvajjana; s. àvajjana.
mental formation: sankhàra (q.v.). s. Tab. II.
mental function: citta-sankhàra; s. sankhàra (2).
mental image: s. nimitta, kasiõa, samàdhi.
mental obduracy: ceto-khila (q.v.).
merit, the 4 streams of: pu¤¤a-dhàrà (q.v.). – For
transference of merit, s. patti-dàna.
– 191 –
meritorious action: s. pu¤¤a, pu¤¤a-kiriya-vatthu.
message, the 9-fold: of the Buddhasàsana, s. sàsana.
messengers, the 3 divine: s. deva-dåta.
method, the right: ¤àya, is a name for the 8-fold path
(s. magga)
mettà: ‘loving-kindness’, is one of the 4 sublime abodes
(brahma-vihàra, q.v.).
micchà-diññhi, ºsankappa, ºvàca etc.: s. foll.
micchà-magga, Aññhangika: the ‘eightfold wrong path’,
i.e. (1) wrong view (micchà-diññhi), (2) wrong thought
(micchà-sankappa), (3) wrong speech (micchà-vàcà),
(4) wrong bodily action (micchà-kammanta),
(5) wrong livelihood (micchà-àjãva), (6) wrong effort
(micchà-vàyàma), (7) wrong mindfulness (micchà-sati),
(8) wrong concentration (micchà-samàdhi). Just as the
Eightfold Right Path (sammà-magga), so also here the
8 links are included in the group of mental formations
(sankhàra-kkhandha; s. khandha). The links 2, 6, 7, 8,
are inseparably bound up with every karmicallyunwholesome
state of consciousness. Often are also
present 3, 4, or 5, sometimes link 1.
micchatta: ‘wrongnesses’ = prec.
middha: ‘sloth’: Combined with thãna, ‘torpor’, it forms
one of the 5 hindrances (nãvaraõa, q.v.). Both may be
associated with greedy consciousness (s. Tab. III and
I, 23, 25, 27, 29).
middle path: majjhima-pañipadà (q.v.).
– 192 –
mind: mano (q.v.); cf. nàma.
mind and corporeality: nàma-råpa (q.v.).
mind-base: manàyatana; s. àyatana.
mind-consciousness-element: mano-vi¤¤àõadhàtu
(q.v.).
mind-element: mano-dhàtu (q.v.).
mindfulness: sati (q.v.); s. satipaññhàna. – Right m.:
s. sacca, magga.
mind-object: dhamma; s. àyatana. – Contemplation of
the, s. satipaññhàna (4).
mind-training, ‘higher’: adhicitta-sikkhà, s. sikkhà.
miracle: s. pàñihàriya.
mirth (in the Arahat): s. hasituppàda-citta.
misapprehension: s. paràmàsa.
misery, contemplation of: dukkhànupassanà;
s. ti-lakkhaõa.
moha: ‘delusion’, is one of the 3 unwholesome roots
(måla, q.v.). The best known synonym is avijjà (q.v.).
moha-carita the ‘deluded-natured’; s. carita.
momentaneity (of existence): s. maraõa.
monkhood, the fruits of; sàma¤¤a-phala (q.v.).
monks’ community: Sangha (q.v.); further s. pabbajjà,
progress of the disciple.
– 193 –
morality: sãla (q.v.). – Contemplation on,
s. anussati (4).
morality-training, higher: adhisãla-sikkhà; s. sikkhà.
moral rules, the 5, 8 or 10: s. sikkhàpada.
muccitu-kamyatà-¤àõa: ‘knowledge consisting in the
desire for deliverance’; s. visuddhi (VI. 6).
mudità: ‘altruistic (or sympathetic) joy’, is one of the
4 sublime abodes (brahma-vihàra, q.v.).
mudutà (råpa, kàya, citta): ‘elasticity’ (of corporeality,
mental factors, consciousness); s. khandha (I) and
Tab. II.
måla: ‘roots’, also called hetu (q.v.; s. paccaya, 1), are
those conditions which through their presence determine
the actual moral quality of a volitional state
(cetanà), and the consciousness and mental factors
associated therewith, in other words, the quality of
karma (q.v.). There are 6 such roots, 3 karmically
wholesome and 3 unwholesome roots, viz.,: greed,
hate, delusion (lobha, dosa, moha), and greedlessness,
hatelessness, undeludedness (alobha, adosa, amoha).
In A. III, 68 it is said that greed arises through unwise
reflection on an attractive object, hate through
unwise reflection on a repulsive object. Thus, greed
(lobha or ràga) comprises all degrees of ‘attractedness’
towards an object from the faintest trace of a longing
thought up to grossest egoism, whilst hatred (dosa)
comprises all degrees of ‘repulsion’ from the faintest
trace of ill-humor up to the highest pitch of hate and
wrath.
– 194 –
The 3 wholesome (kusala) roots, greedlessness,
etc., though expressed in negative terms, nevertheless
possess a distinctly positive character, just as is also
often the case with negative terms in other languages,
for example, the negative term ‘immorality’, which has
a decidedly positive character.
Thus, greedlessness (alobha) is a name for unselfishness,
liberality, etc., hatelessness (adosa) for kindness
or goodwill (mettà), undeludedness (amoha) for
wisdom (pa¤¤à).
“The perception of impurity is to be developed in
order to overcome greed (lust); loving-kindness in
order to overcome hate; wisdom in order to overcome
delusion” (A. VI, 107).
“Killing, stealing, unlawful sexual intercourse, lying,
tale-bearing, harsh language, frivolous talk, covetousness,
ill-will and wrong views (s. kammapatha),
these things are due either to greed, or hate, or
delusion” (A. X, 174).
“Enraptured with lust (greed), enraged with hate,
blinded by delusion, overwhelmed, with mind ensnared,
man aims at his own ruin, at others’ ruin, at the ruin
of both, and he experiences mental pain and grief. And
he follows evil ways in deeds, words and thought….
And he really knows neither his own welfare, nor the
welfare of others, nor the welfare of both. These things
make him blind and ignorant, hinder his knowledge,
are painful, and do not lead him to peace.”
The presence or absence of the 3 unwholesome
roots forms part of the mind contemplation in the Satipaññhàna
Sutta (M. 10). They are also used for the
classification of unwholesome consciousness (s. Tab. I).
– 195 –
See The Roots of Good and Evil, by Nyanaponika Thera
(Wheel 251/253).
multiformity-perceptions: nànatta-sa¤¤à;
s. jhàna (5).
mundane: lokiya (q.v.).
mutability: Contemplation of: viparinàmanupassanà:
see vipassanà.
– 196 –
N
nàma: (lit. ‘name’): ‘mind’, mentality. This term is
generally used as a collective name for the 4 mental
groups (aråpino khandha), viz. feeling (vedanà), perception
(sa¤¤à), mental formations (sankhàra) and
consciousness (vi¤¤àõa). Within the 4th link (nàmaråpa)
in the formula of the pañiccasamuppàda (q.v.),
however, it applies only to karma-resultant (vipàka)
feeling and perception and a few karma-resultant
mental functions inseparable from any consciousness.
As it is said (M. 9; D. 15; S. XII, 2): “Feeling (vedanà),
perception (sa¤¤à), volition (cetanà), impression
(phassa), mental advertence (manasikàra): this,
O brother, is called mind (nàma).” With the addition of
2 more mental factors, namely, mental vitality (jãvita)
and concentration (samàdhi), here ‘stationary phase of
mind’ (cittaññhiti), these 7 factors are said in the Abhidhammattha
Sangaha to be the inseparable mental
factors in any state of consciousness.
For the complete list of all the 50 mental formations
of the sankhàra-kkhandha (not including feeling
and perception), s. Tab. II.
nàma-kàya: the ‘mind-group’ (as distinguished from
råpa-kàya, the corporeality-group) comprises the
4 immaterial groups of existence (aråpino khandhà;
s. khandha). This twofold grouping, frequent in Com.,
occurs first in D. 15, also in Pts.M. (I, 183); nàma-kàya
alone is mentioned in Sn. 1074.
– 197 –
nàma-råpa (lit. ‘name and form’): ‘mind-and-body’,
mentality and corporeality. It is the 4th link in the
dependent origination (s. pañiccasamuppàda 3, 4)
where it is conditioned by consciousness, and on its part
is the condition of the sixfold sense-base. In two texts
(D. 14, 15), which contain variations of the dependent
origination, the mutual conditioning of consciousness
and mind-and-body is described (see also S. XII, 67),
and the latter is said to be a condition of sense-impression
(phassa); so also in Sn. 872.
The third of the seven purifications (s. visuddhi),
the purification of views, is defined in Vis.M. XVIII as
the “correct seeing of mind-and-body,” and various
methods for the discernment of mind-and-body by way
of insight-meditation (vipassanà, q.v.) are given there.
In this context, ‘mind’ (nàma) comprises all four mental
groups, including consciousness. – See nàma.
In five-group-existence (pa¤ca-vokàra-bhava, q.v.),
mind-and body are inseparable and interdependent;
and this has been illustrated by comparing them with
two sheaves of reeds propped against each other: when
one falls the other will fall, too; and with a blind man
with stout legs, carrying on his shoulders a lame cripple
with keen eye-sight: only by mutual assistance can they
move about efficiently (s. Vis.M. XVIII, 32ff). On their
mutual dependence, see also pañicca-samuppàda (3).
With regard to the impersonality and dependent
nature of mind and corporeality it is said:
“Sound is not a thing that dwells inside the conchshell
and comes out from time to time, but due to both,
– 198 –
the conch-shell and the man that blows it, sound comes
to arise: Just so, due to the presence of vitality, heat
and consciousness, this body may execute the acts of
going, standing, sitting and lying down, and the 5 senseorgans
and the mind may perform their various
functions” (D. 23).
“Just as a wooden puppet though unsubstantial,
lifeless and inactive may by means of pulling strings be
made to move about, stand up, and appear full of life
and activity; just so are mind and body, as such, something
empty, lifeless and inactive; but by means of their
mutual working together, this mental and bodily combination
may move about, stand up, and appear full of
life and activity.”
¤àõa: ‘knowledge, comprehension, intelligence,
insight’, is a synonym for pa¤¤à (q.v.); see also
vipassanà.
¤àõadassana-visuddhi: ‘purification of knowledge
and vision’, is the last of the 7 purifications and a name
for path-knowledge (magga¤àõa), i.e. the penetrating
realization of the path of Stream-winning, Once-returning,
Non-returning or Arahatship. Vis.M. XXII furnishes
a detailed explanation of it (s. visuddhi, VII).
In A. IV, 41 ¤àõadassana apparently means the
divine eye (dibbacakkhu, s. abhi¤¤à), being produced
through concentrating the mind on light.
nànatta-sa¤¤à: The ‘variety (or multiformity) –
perceptions are explained under jhàna (q.v.).
– 199 –
¤àõa-vipphàrà iddhi: the ‘power of penetrating
knowledge’, is one of the magical powers (iddhi, q.v.).
¤àta-pari¤¤à: ‘full understanding (or comprehension)
of the known’, is one of the 3 kinds of full understanding
(pari¤¤à q.v.).
natthika-diññhi: ‘nihilistic view’ (a doctrine that all
values are baseless, that nothing is knowable or can be
communicated, and that life itself is meaningless),
s. diññhi.
natthi-paccaya: ‘absence-condition’, is one of the
24 conditions (paccaya, q.v.).
natural morality: pakati-sãla (q.v.).
navanga-buddha (or satthu)- sàsana: s. sàsana.
nava-sattàvàsa: s. sattàvàsa.
naya-vipassanà: s. kalàpa (2).
¤àya: ‘right method’, is often used as a name for the
Noble Eightfold Path (s. magga), e.g. in the Satipaññhàna
Sutta (M. 10, D. 22).
neighbourhood-concentration: upacàrasamàdhi
(q.v.).
nekkhamma: ‘freedom from sensual lust’, renunciation.
Though apparently from nir + √ kram, ‘to go
forth (into the homeless state of a monk)’, this term is
in the Pàli texts nevertheless used as if it were derived
from kàma, lust, and always as an antonym to kàma. It
is one of the perfections (s. pàramã). N. sankappa,
– 200 –
thought free from lust, or thought of renunciation, is
one of the 3 kinds of right thought (sammà-sankappa),
the 2nd link of the Noble Eightfold Path (s. magga, 2),
its antonym being kàmasankappa, lustful thought.
nesajjikanga: one of the 13 dhutanga (q.v.).
neutral, karmically: avyàkata (q.v.); n. feelings,
s. vedanà.
n’eva-sa¤¤à-n’àsa¤¤àyatana: The ‘sphere of neitherperception-
nor-non-perception’, is the name for the
fourth absorption of the immaterial sphere
(aråpàvacara), a semi-conscious state, which is surpassed
only by the state of complete suspense of consciousness,
called ‘attainment of extinction’ (nirodhasamàpatti,
q.v.). See jhàna (8).
n’eva-sekha-n’àsekha: ‘neither in training nor beyond
training’, i.e. neither learner nor master. Thus is called
the worldling (puthujjana, q.v.), for he is neither pursuing
the 3-fold training (sikkhà q.v.) in morality, mental
culture and wisdom, on the level of the first 3 paths
of sanctity, nor has he completed his training as an
Arahat. See sekha. – (App.).
neyya: ‘requiring guidance’, is said of a person “who
through advice and questioning, through wise consideration,
and through frequenting noble-minded friends,
having intercourse with them, associating with them,
gradually comes to penetrate the truth” (Pug. 162).
Cf. ugghañita¤¤å.
neyyattha-dhamma: A ‘teaching the meaning of which
is implicit, or has to be inferred’ as contrasted with a
– 201 –
‘teaching with an explicit or evident meaning’ (nãtatthadhamma).
In A. I, 60 (PTS) it is said: “Whoso declares a
sutta with an implicit meaning as a sutta with explicit
meaning (and conversely), such a one makes a false
statement with regard to the Blessed One.” – See
paramattha.
Nibbàna, (Sanskrit nirvàna): lit. ‘extinction’ (nir + √ va,
to cease blowing, to become extinguished); according
to the commentaries, ‘freedom from desire’ (nir + vana).
Nibbàna constitutes the highest and ultimate goal of all
Buddhist aspirations, i.e. absolute extinction of that lifeaffirming
will manifested as greed, hate and delusion,
and convulsively clinging to existence; and therewith
also the ultimate and absolute deliverance from all future
rebirth, old age, disease and death, from all suffering
and misery. Cf. Parinibbàna.
“Extinction of greed, extinction of hate, extinction
of delusion: this is called Nibbàna” (S. XXXVIII. 1).
The 2 aspects of Nibbàna are:
(1) The full extinction of defilements (kilesa-parinibbàna),
also called sa-upàdi-sesa-nibbàna (s. It. 41),
i.e. ‘Nibbàna with the groups of existence still remaining’
(s. upàdi). This takes place at the attainment of
Arahatship, or perfect holiness (s. ariya-puggala).
(2) The full extinction of the groups of existence
(khandha-parinibbàna), also called an-upàdi-sesanibbàna
(s. It. 41, A. IV, 118), i.e. ‘Nibbàna without the
groups remaining’, in other words, the coming to rest,
or rather the ‘no-more-continuing’ of this physico-
202 –
mental process of existence. This takes place at the
death of the Arahat. – (App.: Nibbàna).
Sometimes both aspects take place at one and the
same moment, i.e. at the death of the Arahat;
s. sama-sãsã.
“This, O monks, truly is the peace, this is the highest,
namely the end of all formations, the forsaking of
every substratum of rebirth, the fading away of craving,
detachment, extinction, Nibbàna” (A. III, 32).
“Enraptured with lust (ràga), enraged with anger
(dosa), blinded by delusion (moha), overwhelmed,
with mind ensnared, man aims at his own ruin, at the
ruin of others, at the ruin of both, and he experiences
mental pain and grief. But if lust, anger and delusion
are given up, man aims neither at his own ruin, nor at
the ruin of others, nor at the ruin of both, and he
experiences no mental pain and grief. Thus is Nibbàna
visible in this life, immediate, inviting, attractive, and
comprehensible to the wise” (A. III, 55).
“Just as a rock of one solid mass remains unshaken
by the wind, even so neither visible forms, nor sounds,
nor odours, nor tastes, nor bodily impressions, neither
the desired nor the undesired, can cause such a one to
waver. Steadfast is his mind, gained is deliverance”
(A. VI, 55).
“Verily, there is an Unborn, Unoriginated, Uncreated,
Unformed. If there were not this Unborn, Unoriginated,
Uncreated, Unformed, escape from the world of
– 203 –
the born, the originated, the created, the formed,
would not be possible” (Ud. VIII, 3).
One cannot too often and too emphatically stress
the fact that not only for the actual realization of the
goal of Nibbàna, but also for a theoretical understanding
of it, it is an indispensable preliminary condition to
grasp fully the truth of anattà (q.v.), the egolessness
and insubstantiality of all forms of existence. Without
such an understanding, one will necessarily misconceive
Nibbàna – according to one’s either materialistic
or metaphysical leanings – either as annihilation of an
ego, or as an eternal state of existence into which an
ego or self enters or with which it merges. Hence it is
said:
“Mere suffering exists, no sufferer is found;
The deed is, but no doer of the deed is there;
Nibbàna is, but not the man that enters it;
The path is, but no traveler on it is seen.”
(Vis.M. XVI)
Literature: For texts on Nibbàna, see Path, 36ff. – See
Vis.M. XVI. 64ff. – Anattà and Nibbàna, by Nyanaponika
Thera (Wheel 11); The Buddhist Doctrine of Nibbàna, by
Ven. P. Vajiranana & F. Story (Wheel 165/166).
nibbatti: ‘arising’, ‘rebirth’, is a synonym for
pañisandhi (q.v.).
nibbedha-bhàgiya-sãla (-samàdhi, -pa¤¤à): ‘morality
(concentration, wisdom) connected with penetration’;
s. hàna-bhàgiya-sãla.
– 204 –
nibbidànupassanà-¤àõa: ‘contemplation of aversion’,
is one of the 18 chief kinds of insight; s. vipassanà (4),
samatha-vipassanà (2), visuddhi (VI, 5).
nicca-sa¤¤à (-citta, –diññhi): perception (or consciousness,
or view) of permanency, is one of the 4 perversions
(vipallàsa, q.v.).
nihilistic view: natthika-diññhi; s. diññhi.
nãla-kasiõa: ‘blue-kasina exercise’ s. kasiõa.
nimitta: mark, sign; image; target, object; cause, condition.
These meanings are used in, and adapted to,
many contexts of which only the doctrinal ones are
mentioned here.
1. ‘Mental (reflex-) image’, obtained in meditation.
In full clarity, it will appear in the mind by successful
practice of certain concentration-exercises and will then
appear as vividly as if seen by the eye. The object perceived
at the very beginning of concentration is called
the preparatory image (parikamma-nimitta). The still
unsteady and unclear image, which arises when the
mind has reached a weak degree of concentration, is
called the acquired image (uggaha-nimitta). An entirely
clear and immovable image arising at a higher degree
of concentration is the counter-image (pañibhàganimitta).
As soon as this image arises, the stage of
neighbourhood (or access) concentration (upacàrasamàdhi)
is reached. For further details, s. kasiõa,
samàdhi.
2. ‘Sign of (previous) kamma’ (kamma-nimitta) and
‘sign of (the future) destiny’ (gati-nimitta); these arise
– 205 –
as mental objects of the last karmic consciousness
before death (maraõàsanna-kamma; s. karma, III, 3).
Usages (1) and (2) are commentarial (s. App.). In
sutta usage, the term occurs, e.g. as:
3. ‘Outward appearance’: of one who has sensecontrol
it is said- that “he does not seize upon the
general appearance’ of an object (na nimittaggàhã;
M. 38, D. 2; expl. VisM. I, 54f; see sãla).
4. ‘Object’: the six objects, i.e. visual, etc. (råpanimitta;
S. XXII, 3). Also, when in explanation of
animitta-cetovimutti, signless deliverance of mind
(s. cetovimutti, vimokkha), it is said, ‘sabba-nimittànaü
amanasikàrà’, it refers to the 6 sense-objects (Com. to
M. 43), and has therefore to be rendered “by paying no
attention to any object (or object-ideas).” – A pleasant
or beautiful object (subha-nimitta, q.v.) is a condition
to the arising of the hindrance of sense-desire; a
‘repellent object’ (pañigha-nimitta) for the hindrance of
ill-will; contemplation on the impurity of an object
(asubha-nimitta; s. asubha) is an antidote to sensedesire.
5. In Pts.M. II, in a repetitive series of terms, nimitta
appears together with uppàdo (origin of existence),
pavattam (continuity of existence), and may then be
rendered by ‘condition of existence’ (s. Path, 194f.).
nimmàna-rati: the name of a class of heavenly beings
of the sensuous sphere; s. deva.
nine abodes of beings: s. sattàvàsa.
– 206 –
ninefold dispensation: s. sàsana.
nippapa¤ca: s. papa¤ca.
nipphanna-råpa: ‘produced corporeality’, is identical
with råpa-råpa, ‘corporeality proper’, i.e. material or
actual corporeality, as contrasted with ‘unproduced
corporeality’ (anipphanna-råpa), consisting of mere
qualities or modes of corporeality, e.g. impermanence,
etc., which are also enumerated among the 28 phenomena
of the corporeality group. See khandha,
Summary I; Vis.M. XIV, 73.
niraya: lit. ‘the downward-path’, the nether or infernal
world, usually translated by ‘hell’, is one of the 4 lower
courses of existence (apàya, q.v.). The Buddhists are
well aware that on account of the universal sway of
impermanence a life in hell, just as in heaven, cannot
last eternally, but will after exhaustion of the karma
which has caused the respective form of rebirth, necessarily
be followed again by a new death and a new rebirth,
according to the stored-up karma.
nirodha: ‘extinction’; s. nirodha-samàpatti, anupubbanirodha.
nirodhànupassanà: ‘contemplation of extinction’, is
one of the 18 chief kinds of insight (vipassanà q.v.). See
ànàpànasati (15).
nirodha-samàpatti: ‘attainment of extinction’
(S. XIV, 11), also called sa¤¤à-vedayita-nirodha,
‘extinction of feeling and perception’, is the temporary
suspension of all consciousness and mental activity,
following immediately upon the semi-conscious state
– 207 –
called ‘sphere of neither-perception-nor-non-perception’
(s. jhàna, 8). The absolutely necessary pre-conditions
to its attainment are said to be perfect mastery of
all the 8 absorptions (jhàna), as well as the previous
attainment of Anàgàmi or Arahatship (s. ariya-puggala).
According to Vis.M. XXIII, the entering into this
state takes place in the following way: by means of
mental tranquillity (samatha) and insight (vipassanà)
one has to pass through all the 8 absorptions one after
the other up to the sphere of neither-perception-nornon-
perception and then one has to bring this state to
an end. If, namely, according to the Vis.M., the disciple
(Anàgàmi or Arahat) passes through the absorption
merely by means of tranquillity, i.e. concentration, he
will only attain the sphere of neither-perception-nornon-
perception, and then come to a standstill; if, on the
other hand, he proceeds only with insight, he will reach
the fruition (phala) of Anàgàmi or Arahatship. He, however,
who by means of both faculties has risen from
absorption to absorption and, having made the necessary
preparations, brings the sphere of neither-perception-
nor-non-perception to an end, such a one reaches
the state of extinction. Whilst the disciple is passing
through the 8 absorptions, he each time emerges from
the absorption attained, and regards with his insight all
the mental phenomena constituting that special absorption,
as impermanent, miserable and impersonal. Then
he again enters the next higher absorption, and thus,
after each absorption practising insight, he at last
reaches the state of neither-perception-nor-non-perception,
and thereafter the full extinction. This state, according
to the Com., may last for 7 days or even longer.
– 208 –
Immediately at the rising from this state, however, there
arises in the Anàgàmi the fruition of Anàgàmiship
(anàgàmi-phala), in the Arahat the fruition of Arahatship
(arahatta-phala).
With regard to the difference existing between the
monk abiding in this state of extinction on the one
hand, and a dead person on the other hand, M. 43 says:
“In him who is dead, and whose life has come to an
end, the bodily (in-and-outbreathing), verbal (thoughtconception
and discursive thinking), and mental
functions (s. sankhàra, 2) have become suspended and
come to a standstill, life is exhausted, the vital heat
extinguished, the faculties are destroyed. Also in the
monk who has reached ‘extinction of perception and
feeling’ (sa¤¤à-vedayita-nirodha), the bodily, verbal
and mental functions have been suspended and come
to a standstill, but life is not exhausted, the vital heat
not extinguished, and the faculties are not destroyed.”
For details, see Vis.M. XXIII; for texts s. Path 206.
nirutti-pañisambhidà: the ‘analytical knowledge of
language’, is one of the 4 pañisambhidà (q.v.).
nirvàõa: (Sanskrit=) Nibbàna (q.v.).
nissaraõa-pahàna: ‘overcoming by escape’, is one of
the 5 kinds of overcoming (pahàna q.v.).
nissaya: ‘foundation’. The 2 wrong foundations of
morality are craving (taõhà-nissaya) and views (diññhinissaya).
Hence there are two wrong bases of morality:
morality based on craving (taõhà-nissita-sãla) and
morality based on views (diññhi-nissita-sãla). (App.)
– 209 –
“ ‘Based on craving’ is that kind of morality which
has come about by the desire for a happy existence,
e.g.: ‘O that by this morality I might become a godlike
or heavenly being!’ (A. IX, 172). ‘Based on views’ is that
morality which has been induced by the view that
through the observation of certain moral rules purification
may be attained” (Vis.M. I).
nissaya-paccaya: ‘support’, base, foundation, is one of
the 24 conditions (s. paccaya, 8).
nãtattha-dhamma: A ‘doctrine with evident meaning’,
contrasted with a ‘doctrine with a meaning to be inferred’
(neyyattha-dhamma, q.v.). See also paramattha.
nãvaraõa: ‘hindrances’, are 5 qualities which are obstacles
to the mind and blind our mental vision. In the
presence of them we cannot reach neighbourhoodconcentration
(upacàra-samàdhi) and full concentration
(appanà-samàdhi), and are unable to discern
clearly the truth. They are:
1. sensuous desire (kàmacchanda),
2. ill-will (vyàpàda),
3. sloth and torpor (thãna-middha),
4. restlessness and scruples (uddhacca-kukkucca),
& 5. skeptical doubt (vicikicchà; q.v.).
In the beautiful similes in A. V, 193, sensuous desire
is compared with water mixed with manifold colours,
ill-will with boiling water, sloth and torpor with water
covered by moss, restlessness and scruples with agitated
water whipped by the wind, skeptical doubt with
turbid and muddy water. Just as in such water one cannot
perceive one’s own reflection, so in the presence of
– 210 –
these 5 mental hindrances, one cannot clearly discern
one’s own benefit, nor that of others, nor that of both.
Regarding the temporary suspension of the 5 hindrances
on entering the first absorption, the stereotype
sutta text (e g. A. IX, 40) runs as follows:
“He has cast away sensuous desire; he dwells with a
heart free from sensuous desire; from desire he
cleanses his heart.
“He has cast away ill-will; he dwells with a heart
free from ill-will, cherishing love and compassion toward
all living beings, he cleanses his heart from illwill.
“He has cast away sloth and torpor; he dwells free
from sloth and torpor; loving the light, with watchful
mind, with clear consciousness, he cleanses his mind
from sloth and torpor.
“He has cast away restlessness and scruples;
dwelling with mind undisturbed, with heart full of
peace, he cleanses his mind from restlessness and
scruples.
“He has cast away skeptical doubt; dwelling free
from doubt, full of confidence in the good, he cleanses
his heart from doubt.
“He has put aside these 5 hindrances, and come to
know these paralysing defilements of the mind. And far
from sensual impressions, far from unwholesome
things, he enters into the first absorption, etc.”
The overcoming of these 5 hindrances by the
absorptions is, as already pointed out, a merely temporary
suspension, called ‘overcoming through repression’
(vikkhambhana-pahàna). They disappear forever on
entering the 4 supermundane paths (s. ariyapuggala),
– 211 –
i.e. skeptical doubt on reaching Sotàpanship; sensuous
desire, ill-will and mental worry on reaching Anàgàmiship;
sloth, torpor and restlessness on reaching Arahatship.
For their origination and their overcoming,
s. A. I, 2; VI, 21; S. XLVI, 51.
See The Five Mental Hindrances, by Nyanaponika Thera
(Wheel 26).
niyàma: the ‘fixedness of law’ regarding all things;
cf. tathatà. – Pa¤ca-niyàma is a commentarial term,
signifying the ‘fivefold lawfulness’ or ‘natural order’ that
governs: (1) temperature, seasons and other physical
events (utu-niyàma); (2) the plant life (bãja-n.);
(3) karma (kamma-n.); (4) the mind (citta-n.), e.g. the
lawful sequence of the functions of consciousness
(s. vi¤¤àõa-kicca) in the process of cognition;
(5) certain events connected with the Dhamma
(dhamma-n.), e.g. the typical events occurring in the
lives of the Buddhas. (App.).
niyata-micchàdiññhi: ‘wrong views with fixed destiny’,
are the views of uncausedness of existence (ahetukadiññhi),
of the inefficacy of action (akiriya-diññhi), and
nihilism (natthika-diññhi). For details, s. diññhi; and
M. 60, Com. (Wheel 98/99). – (App.)
niyata-puggala: a ‘person with a fixed destiny’, may be
either one who has committed one of the 5 ‘heinous
deeds with immediate result’ (ànantarika-kamma, q.v.),
or one who follows ‘wrong views with fixed destiny’
(niyata-micchà-diññhi, q.v.), or one who has reached
one of the 4 stages of holiness (s. ariya-puggala). About
– 212 –
the latter cf. the frequent passage: “Those disciples in
whom the 3 fetters (of personality-belief, sceptical
doubt and attachment to mere rules and ritual;
s. saüyojana) have vanished, they all have entered the
stream, have forever escaped the states of woe; fixed is
their destiny (niyata), assured their final enlightenment.”
noble abodes: s. vihàra.
noble family, Passing from n.f. to n.f.: kolankola;
s. sotàpa¤¤à.
noble persons: ariya-puggala (q.v.).
noble power: ariya iddhi; s. iddhi.
noble truths, the 4: ariya-sacca; s. sacca. – The 2-fold
knowledge of the n.t.; s. sacca-¤àõa.
noble usages, the 4: ariya-vaüsa (q.v.).
non-disappearance: avigata-paccaya, is one of the
24 conditions (paccaya, q.v.).
non-violence: s. avihiüsà.
not-self: s. anattà.
no-upàdà-råpa: ‘underived corporeality’, designates
the 4 primary elements (mahàbhåta or dhàtu), as
distinguished from the ‘derived corporeality’ (upàdàråpa),
such as the sensitive organs, etc. Cf. khandha, I.
nutriment: s. ojà, àhàra. – àhàra is one of the
24 conditions (paccaya, q.v.) – n.- produced
corporeality; s. samuññhàna.
– 213 –
O
obduracies, the 5 mental: ceto-khila (q.v.).
obhàsa: ‘effulgence of light’, aura, appearing at times
during deep insight (vipassanà), may become a ‘defilement
of insight’ (vipassanåpakkilesa); cf. visuddhi, V.
object: àrammaõa (q.v.); as condition s. paccaya (2).
obstacles, the 10 o. of meditation: palibodha (q.v.); for
the 5 mental obstacles, or hindrances, s. nãvaraõa.
odàta-kasiõa: ‘white-kasina-exercise’; s. kasiõa.
ogha: ‘floods’, is a name for the 4 cankers (àsava, q.v.).
ojà: ‘nutriment’ (synonym of àhàra, q.v.), is one of
those 8 minimal constituent parts, or qualities, of all
corporeality, to wit: the solid, liquid, heat, motion;
colour, odour, taste and nutriment. This is the ‘octad
with nutriment as the eighth (factor)’ (ojatthamakakalàpa),
also called the ‘pure eightfold unit’ (suddhatthaka-
kalàpa), being the most primitive material combination.
For further details, s. råpa-kalàpa.
okkanti: ‘conception’, lit. ‘descent’, designates the
appearance of the embryo in the mother’s womb,
i.e. the beginning of the birth process (jàti, q.v.).
“Through the concurrence of 3 circumstances arises the
embryo. When father and mother have united,… and
the mother has her time, and the ‘genius’ (metaphorically
for the karma energy) is ready; under these
3 circumstances does the embryo appear” (M. 38).
– 214 –
old age: jarà (q.v.), is one of the 3 divine messengers
(s. devadåta).
olfactory organ: s. àyatana.
omàna: ‘inferiority-conceit’; s. màna.
once-eater, the practice of the: s. dhutanga.
one-group existence: eka-vokàra-bhava (q.v.).
one-pointedness of mind (citt’ekaggatà): a name for
mental concentration (samàdhi, q.v.).
opapàtika: lit. ‘accidental’ (from upapàta, accident; not
from upapatti, as PTS Dict. has); ‘spontaneously born’,
i.e. born without the instrumentality of parents. This
applies to all heavenly and infernal beings. “After the
disappearing of the 5 lower fetters (saüyojana, q.v.), he
(the Anàgàmi) appears in a spiritual world (opapàtika)….”
open air, practice of living in the: s. dhutanga.
opposite: ‘overcoming by the opposite,’ s. pahàna.
orambhàgiya-saüyojana: the ‘lower fetters’, i.e. the
first 5 fetters that bind to lower existence; s. saüyojana.
origination, dependent: pañiccasamuppàda (q.v.).
origination of corporeality: s. samutthàna.
ottappa: ‘moral dread’; s. hiri-ottappa.
overcoming, the 5 kinds of: s. pahàna. – Full understanding
consisting in o.; s. pari¤¤à – the effort to
overcome, s. padhàna. – Overcoming doubt, the purification
by; s. visuddhi, IV.
– 215 –
P
pabbajjà: lit. ‘the going forth’, or more fully stated, ‘the
going forth from home to the homeless life’ of a monk
(agàrasmà anagàriyaü pabbajjà), consists in severing
all family and social ties to live the pure life of a monk,
in order to realize the goal of final deliverance pointed
out by the Enlightened One. Thus, p. has become the
name for admission as a sàmaõera, or novice, i.e. as a
candidate for the Order of Bhikkhus, or monks.
See Going Forth, by Sumana Samanera (Wheel 27/28) –
Ordination in Theravàda Buddhism (Wheel 56).
paccavekkhaõa-¤àõa: ‘retrospective knowledge’,
refers to the recollected mental image obtained in
concentration, or to any inner experience just passed,
as for instance, any absorption (jhàna q.v.), or any
supermundane path, or fruition of the path, etc.
(s. ariya-puggala). As it is said: “At the end of fruitional
consciousness, consciousness sinks into the subconscious
stream of existence (bhavanga-sota, q.v.). Then,
breaking off the stream of existence, mental advertence
(manodvàràvajjana) arises at the mind-door, for the
purpose of retrospecting the (just passed) pathmoment.
Now, as soon as this stage has passed,
7 moments of impulsive consciousness (javana-citta),
one after the other, flash up while retrospecting the
path. After they again have sunk into the subconscious
stream, there arise, for the purpose of retrospecting the
– 216 –
fruition of the path the moments of advertence and
impulsion, during whose arising the monk is retrospecting
the path, retrospecting the fruition, retrospecting
the abandoned defilements, retrospecting the still
remaining defilements, retrospecting Nibbàna as
object…. ‘This blessing have I attained’…. ‘This and that
defilement still remains in me’…. ‘This object have I
beheld in my mind’, etc.” (Vis.M. XXII).
paccavekkhaõa-suddhi: ‘purity of reflection’, is a
name for wise consideration in using the 4 requisites
allowed to the monk, i.e. robes, food, dwelling, and
medicine; s. sãla (4).
paccaya: ‘condition’, is something on which something
else, the so-called ‘conditioned thing’, is dependent,
and without which the latter cannot be. Manifold are
the ways in which one thing, or one occurrence, may be
the condition for some other thing, or occurrence. In
the Paññhàna, the last book of the Abhidhamma Piñaka
(comprising 6 large vols. in the Siamese edition), these
24 modes of conditionality are enumerated and explained,
and then applied to all conceivable mental
and physical phenomena and occurrences, and thus
their conditioned nature is demonstrated.
The first two volumes of the Paññhàna have been
translated into English by the Venerable U Nàrada
(Målapatthàna Sayadaw) of Burma, under the title
Conditional Relations (Published by the Pali Text
Society, London 1969, 1981). For a synopsis of this
work, see Guide VII.
– 217 –
The 24 modes of conditionality are:
1. Root condition : hetu paccaya
2. Object ” : àrammaõa “
3. Predominance ” : adhipati “
4. Priority ” : anantara “
5. Contiguity ” : samanantara “
6. Co-nascence ” : sahajàta “
7. Mutuality ” : a¤¤ama¤¤a “
8. Support ” : nissaya “
9. Decisive Support ” : upanissaya “
10. Pre-nascence ” : purejàta “
11. Post-nascence ” : pacchàjàta “
12. Repitition ” : àsevana “
13. Karma ” : kamma “
14. Karma-result ” : vipàka “
15. Nutriment ” : àhàra “
16. Faculty ” : indriya “
17. Jhàna ” : jhàna “
18. Path ” : magga “
19. Association ” : sampayutta “
20. Dissociation ” : vippayutta “
21. Presence ” : atthi “
22. Absence ” : natthi “
23. Disappearance ” : vigata “
24. Non- disappearance ” : avigata “
(1) Root-condition (hetu-paccaya) is that condition
that resembles the root of a tree. Just as a tree rests on
its root, and remains alive only as long as its root is not
destroyed, similarly all karmically wholesome and unwholesome
mental states are entirely dependent on the
simultaneity and presence of their respective roots,
– 218 –
i.e. of greed (lobha), hate (dosa), delusion (moha), or
greedlessness (alobha), hatelessness (adosa), undeludedness
(amoha). For the definition of these 6 roots,
s. måla.
“The roots are a condition by way of root for the
(mental) phenomena associated with a root, and for
the corporeal phenomena produced thereby (e.g. for
bodily expression)” (Paññh.).
(2) Object-condition (àrammaõa-paccaya) is called
something which, as object, forms the condition for
consciousness and mental phenomena. Thus, the physical
object of sight consisting in colour and light (‘lightwave’),
is the necessary condition and the sine qua non
for the arising of eye-consciousness (cakkhu-vi¤¤àõa),
etc.; sound (‘sound wave’) for ear-consciousness (sotàvi¤¤
àõa), etc.; further, any object arising in the mind is
the condition for mind-consciousness (mano-vi¤¤àõa).
The mind-object may be anything whatever, corporeal
or mental, past, present or future, real or imaginary.
(3) Predominance-condition (adhipati-paccaya) is
the term for 4 things, on the preponderance and predominance
of which are dependent the mental phenomena
associated with them, namely: concentrated
intention (chanda, q.v.), energy (viriya, q.v.), consciousness
(citta) and investigation (vãmamsà). In one and the
same state of consciousness, however, only one of these
4 phenomena can be predominant at a time. “Whenever
such phenomena as consciousness and mental
concomitants are arising by giving preponderance to
one of these 4 things, then this phenomenon is for the
– 219 –
other phenomena a condition by way of predominance”
(Paññh.). Cf. iddhi-pàda.
(4-5) Proximity and contiguity (or immediacy)
-condition (anantara and samanantara-paccaya) – both
being identical – refer to any state of consciousness and
mental phenomena associated with them, which are the
conditions for the immediately following stage in the
process of consciousness. For example, in the visual
process, eye-consciousness is for the immediately
following mind-element – performing the function of
receiving the visible object – a condition by way of
contiguity; and so is this mind-element for the next
following mind-consciousness element, performing the
function of investigating the object, etc. Cf. vi¤¤àõakicca.
(6) Co-nascence condition (sahajàta-paccaya),
i.e. condition by way of simultaneous arising, is a phenomenon
that for another one forms, a condition in such
a way that, simultaneously with its arising, also the
other thing must arise. Thus, for instance, in one and
the same moment each of the 4 mental groups (feeling,
perception, mental formations and consciousness) is for
the 3 other groups a condition by way of co-nascence
or co-arising; or again each of the 4 physical elements
(solid, liquid, heat, motion) is such a condition for the
other 3 elements. Only at the moment of conception in
the mother’s womb does corporeality (physical base of
mind) serve for the 4 mental groups as a condition by
way of conascence.
– 220 –
(7) Condition by way of mutuality (a¤¤àma¤¤apaccaya).
All the just mentioned associated and conascent
mental phenomena, as well as the 4 physical
elements, are, of course, at the same time also conditioned
by way of mutuality, “just like three sticks propped
up one by another.” The 4 mental groups are one
for another a condition by way of mutuality. So also
are the 4 elements, and also mentality and corporeality
at the moment of conception.
(8) Support-condition (nissaya-paccaya). This
condition refers either to a pre-nascent (s. 10) or
co-nascent (s. 6) phenomenon which is aiding other
phenomena in the manner of a foundation or base, just
as the trees have the earth as their foundation, or as the
oil-painting rests on the canvas. In this way, the 5 senseorgans
and the physical base of the mind are for the
corresponding 6 kinds of consciousness a prenascent,
i.e. previously arisen, condition by way of support.
Further all co-nascent (s. 6) phenomena are mutually
(s. 7) conditioned by each other by way of support.
(9) Decisive-support (or inducement) condition
(upanissaya-paccaya) is threefold, namely (a) by way
of object (àrammanåpanissaya-paccaya), (b) by way of
proximity (anantaråpanissaya), (c) natural decisive
support (pakatupanissaya). These conditions act as
strong inducement or cogent reason.
(a) Anything past, present or future, corporeal or
mental, real or imaginary, may, as object of our thinking,
become a decisive support, or strong inducement,
to moral, immoral or karmically neutral states of mind.
– 221 –
Evil things, by wrong thinking about them, become an
inducement to immoral life; by right thinking, an inducement
to moral life. But good things may be an
inducement not only to similarly good things, but also
to bad things, such as self-conceit, vanity, envy, etc.
(b) is identical with proximity condition (No. 4).
(c) Faith, virtue, etc., produced in one’s own mind,
or the influence of climate, food, etc., on one’s body
and mind, may act as natural and decisive supportconditions.
Faith may be a direct and natural inducement
to charity, virtue to mental training, etc.; greed to
theft, hate to murder; unsuitable food and climate to
ill-health; friends to spiritual progress or deterioration.
(10) Pre-nascence-condition (purejàta-paccaya)
refers to something previously arisen, which forms a
base for something arising later on. For example, the
5 physical sense-organs and the physical base of mind,
having already arisen at the time of birth, form the condition
for the consciousness arising later, and for the
mental phenomena associated therewith.
(11) Post-nascence-condition (pacchà-jàta-paccaya)
refers to consciousness and the phenomena therewith
associated, because they are – just as is the feeling of
hunger- a necessary condition for the preservation of
this already arisen body.
(12) Repetition-condition (àsevana-paccaya) refers
to the karmical consciousness, in which each time the
preceding impulsive moments (javana-citta, q.v.) are for
all the succeeding ones a condition by way of repetition
– 222 –
and frequency, just as in learning by heart, through
constant repetition, the later recitation becomes gradually
easier and easier.
(13) Karma-condition (kamma-paccaya). The prenatal
karma (i.e. karma-volitions, kamma-cetanà, in a
previous birth) is the generating condition (cause) of
the 5 sense-organs, the fivefold sense-consciousness,
and the other karma-produced mental and corporeal
phenomena in a later birth. – Karmical volition is also a
condition by way of karma for the co-nascent mental
phenomena associated therewith, but these phenomena
are in no way karma-results.
(14) Karma-result-condition (vipàka-paccaya). The
karma-resultant 5 kinds of sense-consciousness are a
condition by way of karma-result for the co-nascent
mental and corporeal phenomena.
(15) Nutriment-condition (àhàra-paccaya). For the
4 nutriments, s. àhàra.
(16) Faculty-condition (indriya-paccaya). This
condition applies to 20 faculties (indriya, q.v.), leaving
out No. 7 and 8 from the 22 faculties. Of these
20 faculties, the 5 physical sense-organs (1 – 5), in their
capacity as faculties, form a condition only for uncorporeal
phenomena (eye-consciousness etc.); physical
vitality (6) and all the remaining faculties, for the
co-nascent mental and corporeal phenomena.
(17) Jhàna-condition (jhàna-paccaya) is a name for
the 7 so-called jhàna-factors, as these form a condition
to the co-nascent mental and corporeal phenomena, to
– 223 –
wit: (1) thought-conception (vitakka), (2) discursive
thinking (vicàra), (3) interest (pãti), (4) joy (sukha),
(5) sadness (domanassa), (6) indifference (upekkhà),
(7) concentration (samàdhi). (For definition s. Pàli
terms.)
1, 2, 3, 4, 7 are found in 4 classes of greedy
consciousness (s. Tab. I. 22-25); 1, 2, 5, 7 in hateful
consciousness (ib. 30, 31); 1, 2, 6, 7 in the classes of
deluded consciousness (ib. 32, 33).
This condition does not only apply to jhàna alone,
but also to the general intensifying (‘absorbing’) impact
of these 7 factors.
(18) Path-condition (magga-paccaya) refers to the
12 path-factors, as these are for the karmically wholesome
and unwholesome mental phenomena associated
with them, a way of escape from this or that mental
constitution, namely: (1) knowledge (pa¤¤à = sammàdiññhi,
right understanding), (2) (right or wrong)
thought-conception (vitakka), (3) right speech
(sammà-vàcà), (4) right bodily action (sammàkammanta),
(5) right livelihood (sammà-àjãva),
(6) (right or wrong) energy (viriya), (7) (right or
wrong) mindfulness (sati), (8) (right or wrong)
concentration (samàdhi), (9) wrong views (micchàdiññhi),
(10) wrong speech (micchà-vàcà), (11) wrong
bodily action (micchà-kammanta), (12) wrong livelihood
(micchà-àjãva). Cf. magga.
(19) Association-condition (sampayutta-paccaya)
refers to the co-nascent (s. 6) and mutually (s. 7) conditioned
4 mental groups (khandha), “as they aid each
other by their being associated, by having a common
– 224 –
physical base, a common object, and by their arising
and disappearing simultaneously” (Paññh. Com.).
(20) Dissociation-condition (vippayutta-paccaya)
refers to such phenomena as aid other phenomena by
not having the same physical base (eye, etc.) and
objects. Thus corporeal phenomena are for mental
phenomena, and conversely, a condition by way of
dissociation, whether co-nascent or not.
(2l) Presence-condition (atthi-paccaya) refers to a
phenomenon – being pre-nascent or co-nascent – which
through its presence is a condition for other phenomena.
This condition applies to the conditions Nos. 6,
7, 8, 10, 11.
(22) Absence-condition (natthi-paccaya) refers to
consciousness, etc., which has just passed, and which
thus forms the necessary condition for the immediately
following stage of consciousness by giving it an
opportunity to arise. Cf. No. 4.
(23) Disappearance-condition (vigata-paccaya) is
identical with No. 22.
(24) Non-disappearance-condition (avigatapaccaya)
is identical with No. 21.
These 24 conditions should be known thoroughly
for a detailed understanding of that famous formula of
the dependent origination (pañiccasamuppàda, q.v.).
Cf. Fund. III, Guide p. 117 ff. (App.).
See The Significance of Dependent Origination, by
Nyanatiloka (Wheel 140).
– 225 –
paccaya-sannissita-sãla: ‘morality consisting in the
wise use of the monk’s requisites’; s. sãla (4).
pacceka-bodhi: ‘independent enlightenment’; s. the
foll. and bodhi.
pacceka-buddha: an ‘Independently Enlightened
One’; or Separately or Individually (=pacceka)
Enlightened One (renderings by ‘Silent’ or ‘Private
Buddha’ are not very apt). This is a term for an Arahat
(s. ariya-puggala) who has realized Nibbàna without
having heard the Buddha’s doctrine from others. He
comprehends the 4 Noble Truths individually
(pacceka), independent of any teacher, by his own
effort. He has, however, not the capacity to proclaim
the Teaching effectively to others, and therefore does
not become a ‘Teacher of Gods and Men’, a Perfect or
Universal Buddha (sammà-sambuddha). – Paccekabuddhas
are described as frugal of speech, cherishing
solitude. According to tradition, they do not arise while
the Teaching of a Perfect Buddha is known; but for
achieving their rank after many æons of effort, they
have to utter an aspiration before a Perfect Buddha.
Canonical references are few; Pug. 29 (defin.);
A. II, 56; in M. 116, names of many Paccekabuddhas
are given; in D. 16 they are said to be worthy of a thåpa
(dagoba); the Treasure-Store Sutta (Nidhikhandha
Sutta, Khp.) mentions pacceka-bodhi; the C. Nidd.
ascribes to individual Paccekabuddhas the verses of the
Rhinoceros Sutta (Khaggavisàõa Sutta, Sn.) – See
bodhi.
– 226 –
See The Paccekabuddha, by Ria Kloppenborg
(Wheel 305/307).
pacchàjàta-paccaya: ‘post-nascence-condition’, is one
of the 24 conditions (paccaya, q.v.).
pàdaka-jjhàna: ‘foundation-forming absorption’, is an
absorption used as a foundation, or starting point, for
the higher spiritual powers (abhi¤¤à, q.v.), or for insight
(vipassanà, q.v.), leading to the supermundane
paths (s. ariya-puggala). The foundation for the former
is the 4th absorption; for insight, however, any absorption
is suitable. For details, s. samatha-vipassanà. –
(App.).
pada-parama: ‘one for whom the words are the utmost
attainment’. “Whoever, though having learned
much, speaking much, knowing many things by heart,
and discoursing much, has not penetrated the truth,
such a man is called by that name” (Pug. 163).
padhàna: ‘effort.’ The 4 right efforts (sammapadhàna),
forming the 6th stage of the 8-fold Path
(i.e. sammà-vàyàma, s. magga) are: (1) the effort to
avoid (samvara-padhàna), (2) to overcome (pahànapadhàna),
(3) to develop (bhàvanà-padhàna), (4) to
maintain (anurakkhana-padhàna), i.e. (1) the effort to
avoid unwholesome (akusala) states, such as evil
thoughts, etc. (2) to overcome unwholesome states,
(3) to develop wholesome (kusala) states, such as the
7 elements of enlightenment (bojjhanga, q.v.), (4) to
maintain the wholesome states.
– 227 –
“The monk rouses his will to avoid the arising of
evil, unwholesome things not yet arisen… to overcome
them… to develop wholesome things not yet arisen…
to maintain them, and not to let them disappear, but to
bring them to growth, to maturity and to the full perfection
of development. And he makes effort, stirs up
his energy, exerts his mind and strives” (A. IV, 13).
(1) “What now, O monks, is the effort to avoid?
Perceiving a form, or a sound, or an odour, or a taste,
or a bodily or mental impression, the monk neither
adheres to the whole nor to its parts. And he strives to
ward off that through which evil and unwholesome
things might arise, such as greed and sorrow, if he remained
with unguarded senses; and he watches over
his senses, restrains his senses. This is called the effort
to avoid.
(2) “What now is the effort to overcome? The
monk does not retain any thought of sensual lust, or
any other evil, unwholesome states that may have
arisen; he abandons them, dispels them, destroys them,
causes them to disappear. This is called the effort to
overcome.
(3) “What now is the effort to develop? The monk
develops the factors of enlightenment, bent on solitude,
on detachment, on extinction, and ending in
deliverance, namely: mindfulness (sati), investigation
of the law (dhamma-vicaya), energy (viriya), rapture
(pãti), tranquillity (passaddhi), concentration
(samàdhi), equanimity (upekkhà). This is called the
effort to develop.
– 228 –
(4) “What now is the effort to maintain? The monk
keeps firmly in his mind a favourable object of concentration,
such as the mental image of a skeleton, a corpse
infested by worms, a corpse blueblack in colour, a
festering corpse, a corpse riddled with holes, a corpse
swollen up. This is called the effort to maintain”
(A. IV, 14).
padhàniyanga: ‘elements of effort’, are the following
5 qualities: faith, health, sincerity, energy, and wisdom
(M. 85, 90; A. V. 53). See pàrisuddhi-padhàniyanga.
pàgu¤¤atà: ‘proficiency’, namely, of mental concomitants
(kàya-pàgu¤¤atà), and of consciousness (cittapàgu¤¤
atà), are 2 mental phenomena associated with
all wholesome consciousness. Cf. Tab. II.
pahàna: ‘overcoming’, abandoning. There are 5 kinds
of overcoming: (1) overcoming by repression
(vikkhambhana-pahàna), i.e. the temporary suspension
of the 5 hindrances (nãvaraõa, q.v.) during the absorptions,
(2) overcoming by the opposite (tadangapahàna),
(3) overcoming by destruction (samucchedapahàna),
(4) overcoming by tranquillization
(pañipassaddhi-pahàna), (5) overcoming by escape
(nissaraõa-pahàna).
(1) “Among these, ‘overcoming by repression’ is the
pushing back of adverse things, such as the 5 mental
hindrances (nãvaraõa, q.v.), etc., through this or that
mental concentration (samàdhi, q.v.), just as a pot
thrown into moss-clad water pushes the moss aside….
– 229 –
(2) “ ‘Overcoming by the opposite’ is the overcoming
by opposing this or that thing that is to be overcome,
by this or that factor of knowledge belonging to
insight (vipassanà q.v.), just as a lighted lamp dispels
the darkness of the night. In this way, the personalitybelief
(sakkàyadiññhi, s. diññhi) is overcome by determining
the mental and corporeal phenomena… the
view of uncausedness of existence by investigation into
the conditions… the idea of eternity by contemplation
of impermanency… the idea of happiness by contemplation
of misery….
(3) “If through the knowledge of the noble path
(s. ariyapuggala) the fetters and other evil things cannot
continue any longer, just like a tree destroyed by
lightning, then such an overcoming is called ‘overcoming
by destruction’ “ (Vis.M. XXII, 110f.).
(4) When, after the disappearing of the fetters at
the entrance into the paths, the fetters, from the moment
of fruition (phala) onwards, are forever extinct and
stilled, such overcoming is called the ‘overcoming by
tranquillization’.
(5) “The ‘overcoming by escape’ is identical with
the extinction and Nibbàna” (Pts.M. I. 27). (App.).
pahàna-pari¤¤à; s. pari¤¤à.
pain, feeling of: s. vedanà.
pakati-sãla: ‘natural or genuine morality’, is distinct
from those outward rules of conduct laid down for
either laymen or monks. Those later are the so-called
‘prescribed morality’ (pa¤¤àttisãla). Cf. sãla.
– 230 –
pakati-upanissaya: ‘direct inducement’; s. paccaya.
palibodha: ‘obstacles’, is the term for the following
things if they obstruct the monk in the strict practice of
a subject of meditation: a crowded monastery, travelling,
relatives, association with lay folk, gifts, pupils,
repairs in the monastery, sickness, study, magical
power. The latter, however, may become an obstacle
only in developing insight (vipassanà, q.v.). See
Vis.M. III, 29ff. – (App.)
paüsukålik’anga: the ‘vow to wear only robes made
from picked-up rags’, is one of the ascetic rules of
purification; s. dhutanga.
pànàtipàtà veramaõã: ‘abstaining from the killing of
living beings’, is the first of the 5 moral rules binding
upon all Buddhists; s. sikkhàpada.
pa¤cadvàràvajjana: ‘advertence to the 5-sense-doors’;
s. vi¤¤àõa-kicca.
pa¤ca-sãla: s. sikkhàpada.
pa¤ca-vokàra-bhava: ‘five-group existence’, is a name
for existence in the sensuous sphere (kàmàvacara), or
in the fine-material sphere (råpàvacara, s. avacara),
since all the 5 groups of existence (khandha, q.v.) are
found there. In the immaterial sphere (aråpàvacara,
s. avacara), however, only the 4 mental groups are
found, and in the world of unconscious beings (asa¤¤àsatta,
q.v.) only the one corporeality group. Cf. ekavokàra-
bhava and catu-pa¤ca-vokàra-bhava; further
s. avacara. – (App.: vokàra).
– 231 –
pa¤hà-byàkaraõa: ‘answering questions’. “There are,
O monks, 4 ways of answering questions: there are
questions requiring a direct answer; questions requiring
an explanation; questions to be answered by counterquestions;
questions to be rejected (as wrongly put).”
See D. 33; A. III, 68; A. IV, 42.
pa¤¤à: ‘understanding, knowledge, wisdom, insight’,
comprises a very wide field. The specific Buddhist
knowledge or wisdom, however, as part of the Noble
Eightfold Path (magga, q.v.) to deliverance, is insight
(vipassanà, q.v.), i.e. that intuitive knowledge which
brings about the 4 stages of holiness and the realization
of Nibbàna (s. ariyapuggala), and which consists in the
penetration of the impermanency (anicca, q.v.), misery
(dukkha, s. sacca) and impersonality (anattà) of all
forms of existence. Further details, s. under tilakkhaõa.
With regard to the condition of its arising one
distinguishes 3 kinds of knowledge: knowledge based
on thinking (cintà-mayà-pa¤¤à), knowledge based on
learning (suta-mayà-pa¤¤à), knowledge based on
mental development (bhàvanà-mayà-pa¤¤à) (D. 33).
“ ‘Based on thinking’ is that knowledge which one
has acquired through one’s own thinking, without
having learnt it from others. ‘Based on learning’ is that
knowledge which one has heard from others and thus
acquired through learning. ‘Based on mental development’
is that knowledge which one has acquired
through mental development in this or that way, and
which has reached the stage of full concentration”
(appanà, q.v.) (Vis.M. XIV).
– 232 –
Wisdom is one of the 5 mental faculties (s. bala),
one of the 3 kinds of training (sikkhà, q.v.), and one of
the perfections (s. pàramã). For further details,
s. vipassanà, and the detailed exposition in Vis.M. XIV,
1-32.
pa¤¤atti-sãla: ‘prescribed morality’, is a name for the
disciplinary rules of the monk or layman prescribed by
the Buddha, as distinguished from natural or genuine
morality (pakati-sãla; s. sãla).
pa¤¤à-vimutti: ‘deliverance through wisdom’ (or
understanding’), signifies, according to Com. to
A.V, 142, the wisdom associated with the fruition of
holiness (arahatta-phala). In Pug. 31 and similarly in
M. 70, it is said: “A monk may not have reached in his
own person the 8 liberations (=jhàna, q.v.), but
through his wisdom the cankers have come to extinction
in him. Such a person is called wisdom-liberated”
(pa¤¤à-vimutta). – Com. to Pug.: “He may be one of
five persons: either a practiser of bare insight (sukkhavipassako,
q.v.), or one who has attained to Holiness
after rising from one of the absorptions.” See S. XII, 70.
The term is often linked with ceto-vimutti (q.v.),
‘deliverance of mind’.
papa¤ca: (Sanskrit prapa¤ca): In doctrinal usage, it
signifies the expansion, differentiation, ‘diffuseness’ or
‘manifoldness’ of the world; and it may also refer to the
‘phenomenal world’ in general, and to the mental
attitude of ‘worldliness’. In A. IV, 173, it is said: “As far
as the field of sixfold sense-impression extends, so far
reaches the world of diffuseness (or the phenomenal
– 233 –
world; papa¤cassa gati); as far as the world of diffuseness
extends, so far extends the field of sixfold senseimpression.
Through the complete fading away and
cessation of the field of sixfold sense-impression, there
comes about the cessation and the coming-to-rest of the
world of diffuseness (papa¤ca-nirodho papa¤cavupasamo).”
The opposite term nippapa¤ca is a name
for Nibbàna (S. LIII), in the sense of ‘freedom from
samsaric diffuseness’. – Dhp. 254: “Mankind delights in
the diffuseness of the world, the Perfect Ones are free
from such diffuseness” (papa¤càbhiratà pajà,
nippapa¤ca tathàgatà). – The 8th of the ‘thoughts of a
great man’ (mahà-purisa-vitakka; A. VIII, 30) has: “This
Dhamma is for one who delights in non-diffuseness (the
unworldly, Nibbàna); it is not for him who delights in
worldliness (papa¤ca).” – For the psychological sense
of ‘differentiation’, see M. 18 (Madhupiõóika Sutta):
“Whatever man conceives (vitakketi) that he differentiates
(papa¤ceti); and what he differentiates, by reason
thereof ideas and considerations of differentiation
(papa¤ca-sa¤¤à-sankhà) arise in him.” On this text and
the term papa¤ca, see Dr. Kurt Schmidt in German
Buddhist Writers (Wheel 74/75) p. 61ff. – See D. 21
(Sakka’s Quest; Wheel 10, p.
In the commentaries, we often find a threefold
classification taõhà-, diññhi-, màna-papa¤ca, which
probably means the world’s diffuseness created by
craving, false views and conceit. – See M. 123;
A. IV, 173; A. VI, 14, Sn. 530, 874, 916.
¥ànananda Bhikkhu, in Concept and Reality: An Essay on
Papa¤ca and Papa¤ca-sa¤¤à-sankhà (Kandy 1971, Buddhist
Publication Society), suggests that the term refers to man’s
– 234 –
“tendency towards proliferation in the realm of concepts”
and proposes a rendering by “conceptual proliferation,”
which appears convincing in psychological context, e.g. in
two of the texts quoted above, A. IV, 173 and M. 18. – The
threefold classification of papa¤ca, by way of craving, false
views and conceit, is explained by the author as three
aspects, or instances, of the foremost of delusive
conceptualisations, the ego-concept.
paràmàsa: ‘adherence’, attachment, ‘misapprehension’,
is according to Vis.M. XXII a name for wrong views; in
that sense it occurs in Dhs. 1174 ff. – See sãlabbataparàmàsa.
paramattha (-sacca, -vacana, -desanà): ‘truth (or term,
exposition) that is true in the highest (or ultimate)
sense’, as contrasted with the ‘conventional truth’
(vohàra-sacca), which is also called ‘commonly accepted
truth’ (sammuti-sacca; in Skr: saüvrti-satya). The
Buddha, in explaining his doctrine, sometimes used
conventional language and sometimes the philosophical
mode of expression which is in accordance with
undeluded insight into reality. In that ultimate sense,
existence is a mere process of physical and mental
phenomena within which, or beyond which, no real
ego-entity nor any abiding substance can ever be
found. Thus, whenever the suttas speak of man, woman
or person, or of the rebirth of a being, this must not be
taken as being valid in the ultimate sense, but as a mere
conventional mode of speech (vohàra-vacana).
It is one of the main characteristics of the Abhidhamma
Piñaka, in distinction from most of the Sutta
Piñaka, that it does not employ conventional language,
but deals only with ultimates, or realities in the highest
– 235 –
sense (paramattha-dhammà). But also in the Sutta
Piñaka there are many expositions in terms of ultimate
language (paramattha-desanà), namely, wherever these
texts deal with the groups (khandha), elements (dhàtu)
or sense-bases (àyatana), and their components; and
wherever the 3 characteristics (ti-lakkhana, q.v.) are
applied. The majority of Sutta texts, however, use the
conventional language, as appropriate in a practical or
ethical context, because it “would not be right to say
that ‘the groups’ (khandha) feel shame, etc.”
It should be noted, however, that also statements
of the Buddha couched in conventional language, are
called ‘truth’ (vohàra-sacca), being correct on their own
level, which does not contradict the fact that such statements
ultimately refer to impermanent and impersonal
processes.
The two truths – ultimate and conventional –
appear in that form only in the commentaries, but are
implied in a sutta-distinction of ‘explicit (or direct)
meaning’ (nãtattha, q.v.) and ‘implicit meaning (to be
inferred)’ (neyyattha). Further, the Buddha repeatedly
mentioned his reservations when using conventional
speech, e.g. in D. 9: “These are merely names, expressions,
turns of speech, designations in common use in
the world, which the Perfect One (Tathàgata) uses
without misapprehending them.” See also S. I. 25.
The term paramattha, in the sense here used,
occurs in the first para. of the Kathàvatthu, a work of
the Abhidhamma Piñaka (s. Guide, p. 62). (App:
vohàra).
The commentarial discussions on these truths
(Com. to D. 9 and M. 5) have not yet been translated in
– 236 –
full. On these see K N. Jayatilleke, Early Buddhist
Theory of Knowledge (London, 1963), pp. 361ff.
In Mahàyana, the Màdhyamika school has given a
prominent place to the teaching of the two truths.
paramã = pàramità: ‘perfection’. Ten qualities leading
to Buddhahood: (1) perfection in giving (or liberality;
dàna-pàramã), (2) morality (sãla-p.), (3) renunciation
(nekkhamma-p.), (4) wisdom (pa¤¤à-p.), (5) energy
(viriya-p.), (6) patience (or forbearance; khanti-p.),
(7) truthfulness (sacca-p.), (8) resolution
(adhiññhàna-p.), (9) loving-kindness (mettà-p.),
(10) equanimity (upekkhà-p.).
These qualities were developed and brought to
maturity by the Bodhisatta in his past existences, and
his way of practising them is illustrated in many of the
Birth Stories (Jàtaka), of which, however, only the verses
are regarded as canonical. Apart from the latter, the
10 pàramã are mentioned in only two other canonical
works which are probably apocryphal, the Buddhavaüsa
(in the Story of Sumedha) and the Cariyapiñaka.
A long and methodical exposition of the pàramã is given
in the concluding Miscellaneous Section
(pakiõõakakathà) of the Com. to Cariyapiñaka
In Vis.M. IX it is said that through developing the
4 sublime states (loving-kindness, compassion, altruistic
joy, equanimity; s. brahma-vihàra), one may reach
these 10 perfections, namely:
“As the Great Beings (mahà-satta; a synonym often
found in the Mahàyana scriptures for Bodhisatta (q.v.),
i.e. ‘Enlightenment Being or Being destined for Buddha-
237 –
hood) are concerned about the welfare of living beings,
not tolerating the suffering of beings, wishing long duration
to the higher states of happiness of beings, and
being impartial and just to all beings, therefore (1) they
give alms (dàna, q.v.) to all beings so that they may be
happy, without investigating whether they are worthy
or not. (2) By avoiding to do them any harm, they observe
morality (sãla q.v.). (3) In order to bring morality
to perfection, they train themselves in renunciation
(nekkhamma). (4) In order to understand clearly what
is beneficial and injurious to beings, they purify their
wisdom (pa¤¤à). (5) For the sake of the welfare and
happiness of others they constantly exert their energy
(viriya). (6) Though having become heroes through
utmost energy, they are nevertheless full of forbearance
(khanti) towards the manifold failings of beings.
(7) Once they have promised to give or do something,
they do not break their promise (‘truthfulness’; sacca).
(8) With unshakable resolution (adhiññhàna) they work
for the weal and welfare of beings. (9) With unshakable
kindness (mettà) they are helpful to all. (10) By
reason of their equanimity (upekkhà) they do not expect
anything in return” (Vis.M. IX. 24).
In the Mahàyana scriptures, where the pàramã
occupy a much more prominent place, a partly differing
list of six is given: liberality, morality, patience, energy,
meditation. and wisdom.
Literature: Ten Jataka Stories (illustrating the
10 pàramã), by I. B. Horner (London 1957, Luzac & Co.);
Buddhavamsa & Cariyapitaka. tr. by I. B. Horner (Minor
Anthologies III, Sacred Books of the Buddhists. PTS). –
Narada Thera, The Buddha & His Teachings, Ch. 41; Parami
– 238 –
(BPS) – The treatise on the perfections from the Com. to
Cariyapitaka has been translated in The Discourse on the
All-Embracing Net of Views (Brahmajala Sutta, with Com.).
tr. by Bhikkhu Bodhi (BPS).
paranimmita-vasavatti-deva: ‘heavenly beings with
power over the productions of others’, constitute a class
of heavenly beings in the sensuous sphere (kàma-loka).
Màra (q.v.) is said to be their ruler. Cf. loka, deva I.
parassa ceto-pariya-¤àõa: ‘penetration of the mind of
others’, is one of the higher powers (abhi¤¤à, q.v.).
paricchinnàkàsa-kasiõa: ‘limited-space kasina’ =
space kasina; s. kasiõa. (App.).
parihàna-dhamma: ‘liable to decline’. “Now, someone
reaches the attainments (absorptions: jhàna, q.v.) of the
fine-material or immaterial sphere (s. avacara). But he
does not reach them according to his wish, and not
without trouble and exertion; and not according to his
wish with regard to place, object and duration, does he
enter them, or rise therefrom. Therefore it is well possible
that such a monk, through negligence, may lose
these attainments. Such a person is said to be liable to
decline” (Pug. 5).
parikamma: ‘preparatory-moment’: s. javana.
parikamma-nimitta: ‘preparatory image’; s. nimitta,
kasiõa.
parikamma-samàdhi: ‘preparatory concentration’,
is the initial and still undeveloped concentration of
mind; s. samàdhi.
– 239 –
parinibbàna: ‘full Nibbàna’, is a synonym for Nibbàna;
this term, therefore, does not refer exclusively to the
extinction of the 5 groups of existence at the death of
the Holy One, though often applied to it. Cf. nibbàna.
pari¤¤à: ‘full understanding’, full comprehension.
There are 3 kinds of mundane f.u. (lokiya-p.), namely:
full understanding of the known (¤àta-p.), f.u. as
investigating (tãraõa-p.), and f.u. as overcoming
(pahàna-p.) In Vis.M. XX, 3 it is said:
“Full understanding of the known is the knowledge
consisting in the discernment of the specific characteristics
of such and such phenomena, as: ‘Corporeality
has the characteristic of being oppressed; feeling has
the characteristic of being felt, etc.’
“Full understanding by investigating is that insightwisdom
(vipassanà-pa¤¤à; s. vipassanà), which has the
3 general characteristics (impermanence, suffering, notself)
as its objects, and which arises when attributing a
general characteristic to (physical and mental) phenomena,
as for instance: ‘Corporeality is impermanent,
feeling is impermanent, etc.’
“Full understanding by overcoming is that insightwisdom
which has the above mentioned general characteristics
as its objects, and arises after overcoming the
idea of permanence, etc.” – (App.).
pàrisuddhi-padhàniyanga: the 4 ‘elements of the
effort for purity’, are: effort for purity of morality (sãlaparisuddhi-
padhàniyanga), for purity of mind (citta), of
view (diññhi), of deliverance (vimutti). Cf. A. IV, 194. –
Another 9 factors are enumerated in D. 34, namely the
– 240 –
7 ‘stages of purification (s. visuddhi) and the effort for
purity of (higher) knowledge (vijjà-p.-p.) and of
deliverance (vimutti-p.-p.).
pàrisuddhi-sãla: ‘morality consisting in purity’, is
fourfold: restraint with regard to the monks’
Disciplinary Code, sense restraint, purity of livelihood,
morality with regard to the monks’ 4 requisites; for
details, s. sãla.
parittàbha and paritta-subha are 2 classes of heavenly
beings of the fine-material sphere; s. deva (II).
pariyatti: ‘learning the doctrine’, the ‘wording of the
doctrine’. In the ‘progress of the disciple’ (q.v.), 3 stages
may be distinguished: theory, practice, realization,
i.e. (1) learning the wording of the doctrine (pariyatti),
(2) practising it (pañipatti), (3) penetrating it
(pañivedha) and realising its goal. (App.).
pasàda-råpa: ‘sensitive corporeality’, is a name for the
5 physical sense-organs responding to sense-stimuli.
Cf. àyatana.
passaddhi-sambojjhanga: ‘tranquillity, as factor of
enlightenment’, consists in tranquillity of mental factors
(kàya-passaddhi) and tranquillity of consciousness
(citta-passaddhi). Cf. bojjhanga; further Tab. II.
patched-up robes, the practice of wearing: is one of
the ascetic rules of purification (dhutanga, q.v.).
path and not-path, the knowledge and vision regarding:
s. visuddhi (V).
– 241 –
pathavã-dhàtu: ‘earth-element’. or ‘solid element’. It is
cognizable through the sensations of pressure, touch,
cold, heat. pain, etc. – About the 4 elements. s. dhàtu,
khandha (I. A.).
pathavã-kasiõa: ‘earth-kasina’ (s. kasiõa).
path-condition: magga-paccaya, is one of the
24 conditions (paccaya, q.v.).
path-knowledge, the 4 kinds of: s. visuddhi (VII).
path-result (fruition): phala (q.v.).
pañibhàga-nimitta: s. nimitta, kasiõa, samàdhi.
pañibhàna-pañisambhidà: the ‘analytical knowledge
of ready wit’: s. pañisambhidà.
pañiccasamuppàda: ‘dependent origination’, is the
doctrine of the conditionality of all physical and
psychical phenomena, a doctrine which, together with
that of impersonality (anattà q.v.), forms the indispensable
condition for the real understanding and realization
of the teaching of the Buddha. It shows the conditionality
and dependent nature of that uninterrupted
flux of manifold physical and psychical phenomena of
existence conventionally called the ego, or man, or
animal, etc.
Whereas the doctrine of impersonality, or anattà,
proceeds analytically, by splitting existence up into the
ultimate constituent parts, into mere empty, unsubstantial
phenomena or elements, the doctrine of dependent
origination, on the other hand, proceeds synthetically,
by showing that all these phenomena are, in some way
– 242 –
or other, conditionally related with each other. In fact,
the entire Abhidhamma Piñaka, as a whole, treats really
of nothing but just these two doctrines: phenomenality
– implying impersonality and conditionality of all
existence. The former or analytical method is applied in
Dhammasangani, the first book of the Abhidhamma
Piñaka; the latter or synthetical method, in Paññhàna,
the last book of the Abhidhamma Piñaka. For a synopsis
of these two works, s. Guide I and VII.
Though this subject has been very frequently treated
by Western authors, by far most of them have completely
misunderstood the true meaning and purpose of
the doctrine of dependent origination, and even the
12 terms themselves have often been rendered
wrongly.
The formula of dependent origination runs as
follows:
1. Avijià-paccayà sankhàrà: “Through ignorance are
conditioned the sankhàras,” i.e. the rebirth-producing
volitions (cetanà), or ‘karma-formations’.
2. Sankhàra-paccayà vi¤¤àõaü: “Through the karmaformations
(in the past life) is conditioned consciousness
(in the present life).”
3. Vi¤¤àõa-paccayà nàma-råpaü: “Through consciousness
are conditioned the mental and physical phenomena
(nàma-råpa),” i.e. that which makes up our socalled
individual existence.
4. Nàma-råpa-paccayà saëàyatanaü: “Through the
mental and physical phenomena are conditioned the
6 bases,” i.e. the 5 physical sense-organs, and consciousness
as the sixth.
– 243 –
5. Saëàyatana-paccayà phasso: “Through the six bases
is conditioned the (sensorial mental) impression.”
6. Phassa-paccayà vedanà: “Through the impression is
conditioned feeling.”
7. Vedanà-paccayà taõhà: “Through feeling is conditioned
craving.”
8. Taõhà-paccayà upàdànam: “Through craving is conditioned
clinging.”
9. Upàdàna-paccayà bhavo: “Through clinging is conditioned
the process of becoming,” consisting in the
active and the passive life process, i.e. the rebirth-producing
karma-process (kamma-bhava) and, as its result,
the rebirth-process (upapatti-bhava).
10. Bhava-paccayà jàti: “Through the (rebirth-producing
karma-) process of becoming is conditioned rebirth.”
11. Jàti-paccayà jaràmaraõaü, etc.: “Through rebirth
are conditioned old age and death (sorrow, lamentation,
pain, grief and despair). Thus arises this whole
mass of suffering again in the future.”
The following diagram shows the relationship of
dependence between three successive lives:
Past
1 Ignorance (avijjà)
2 Karma-formations
(sankhàrà)
Karma-Process
(kammabhava)
5 causes: 1,2,8,9,10
– 244 –
3 Consciousness
(vi¤¤àõa)
4 Mind & Matter
(nàma-råpa)
5 Six Bases (àyatana)
6 Impression (phassa)
7 Feeling (vedanà)
Rebirth-Process
(upapattibhava)
5 results: 3-7
Present
8 Craving (taõhà)
9 Clinging (upàdàna)
10 Process of Becoming
(bhava)
Karma-Process
(kammabhava)
5 causes: 1,2,8,9,10
Future
11 Rebirth (jàti)
12 Old Age and Death
(jarà-maraõa)
Rebirth-Process
(upapattibhava)
5 results: 3-7
Before taking up the study of the following
exposition, it is suggested that the reader first goes
thoroughly through the article on the 24 conditions
(s. paccaya). For a thorough understanding of the
pañiccasamuppàda he should know the main modes of
conditioning, as decisive support, co-nascence, prenascence,
etc.
For a closer study of the subject should be consulted:
Vis.M. XVII; Fund. III; Guide (Ch. VII and
Appendix); Dependent Origination, by Piyadassi Thera
(Wheel 15); The Significance of Dependent Origination
(Wheel 140).
@
– 245 –
(1.) “Through ignorance are conditioned the
karma-formations” (avijjà-paccayà sankhàrà), i.e. all
wholesome and unwholesome actions (karma, q.v.) of
body, speech and mind, are conditioned through ignorance.
By ‘karma-formations’ are meant karmically
wholesome and unwholesome volitions (cetanà), or
volitional activities, in short karma (q.v., and Fund. II).
In view of the many misconceptions current in the
West, it is necessary to repeat here that karma (q.v.), as
a technical term, never signifies anything but moral or
immoral action, i.e. the above mentioned volitional
activities, or karma-formations, as either causing results
in the present life or being the causes of future destiny
and rebirth. Thus karma, as a philosophical term, never
means the result of action, as often wrongly conceived
by Western authors.
Now, in what way are the karma-formations conditioned
through ignorance? As concerns the unwholesome
karma-formations associated with greed, hate or
delusion (lobha, dosa, moha), these are always and in
all circumstances, conditioned through the simultaneous
ignorance inseparably associated therewith. Thus,
ignorance is for the unwholesome karma-formations a
condition by way of conascence (sahajàta-paccaya),
association (sampayutta-paccaya), presence (atthipaccaya),
etc. Ignorance further may be for them a
condition by way of decisive support or inducement
(upanissaya-paccaya), if, for instance, ignorance
coupled with greed induces a man to commit evil
deeds, such as killing, stealing, unlawful sexual intercourse,
etc. In these cases, therefore, ignorance is a
‘natural decisive support’ or ‘direct inducement’ (pakati–
246 –
upanissaya-paccaya). It also may become an indirect
inducement, by way of object (àrammaõåpanissayapaccaya)
of our thinking. This takes place, if, for
example, someone remembers a former state of
ignorance combined with sensual enjoyment, and in
doing so karmically unwholesome states spring up,
such as sensual desire, grief, etc.
For the wholesome (kusala) karma-formations,
ignorance can only be a condition by way of decisive
support (upanissaya), never by way of co-nascence
(sahajàta), etc., since wholesome consciousness at that
very moment, of course, cannot be associated with any
unwholesome phenomenon, such as ignorance. Ignorance
is a ‘natural decisive support’ or ‘direct inducement’
(pakatupanissaya), for example, if, induced by
ignorance and vanity, one exerts oneself to attain the
absorptions, and thus finally, through perseverance,
reaches these wholesome states of mind. Ignorance
may also be for wholesome karma-formations a
‘decisive support’ or ‘inducement by way of object’
(àrammaõåpanissaya), if, for example, one reflects on
ignorance as the root of all misery in the world, and
thus finally attains insight and entrance into one of the
4 supermundane paths of holiness.
For ignorance, s. avijjà; for karma-formations,
s. sankhàra.
@
(2.) “Through the karma-formations is conditioned
consciousness” (sankhàra-paccayà vi¤¤àõaü). This proposition
teaches that the wholesome and unwholesome
karma-formations are the causes of future rebirth in an
– 247 –
appropriate sphere (gati). The karma-formations of the
previous life condition the budding in a new mother’s
womb of a fresh psycho-physical aggregation of the
5 groups of existence (s. khandha), which here are
represented by consciousness (vi¤¤àõa). All such
karma-resultant (vipàka) consciousness, however, such
as eye-consciousness (seeing), etc., as well as all the
mental phenomena associated therewith (feeling, etc.),
are karmically neutral. It should be understood that
already from the very first moment of conception in the
mother’s womb, this karma resultant consciousness of
the embryonic being is functioning.
Against Dr. Paul Dahlke’s misconception of the
pañiccasamuppàda as “one single karmical moment of
personal experience,” and of the ‘simultaneity’ of all the
12 links of this formula, I should like to state here distinctly
that the interpretation of the p. given here as
comprising 3 successive lives not only agrees with all
the different schools of Buddhism and all the ancient
commentaries, but also is fully identical with the explanations
given already in the canonical suttas. Thus,
for example, it is said verbatim in Nidàna-Saüyutta
(S. XII, 51): “Once ignorance (1) and clinging (9) are
extinguished, neither karmically meritorious, nor
demeritorious, nor imperturbable karma-formations
(2=10) are produced, and thus no consciousness
(3=11) will spring up again in a new mother’s womb.”
And further: “For, if consciousness were not to appear
in the mother’s womb, would in that case mentality and
corporeality (4) arise?” Cf. above diagram.
The purpose of the Buddha in teaching the p. was
to show to suffering mankind how, depending on ignor-
248 –
ance and delusion, this present existence and suffering
has come about, and how through extinction of ignorance,
and of the craving and clinging conditioned thereby,
no more rebirth will follow, and thus the standstill
of the process of existence will have been realized and
therewith the extinction of all suffering.
@
(3.) “Through consciousness are conditioned corporeality
and mentality” (vi¤¤àõa-paccayà nàmaråpaü).
This proposition implies that without consciousness
there can be no mental and physical process
of existence. By mentality (nàma) is here to be understood
the karma-resultant (vipàka) mental phenomena,
such as feeling (vedanà), perception (sa¤¤à), volition
(cetanà: non-karmical volition is here meant), consciousness-
impression (phassa), advertence
(manasikàra) (M. 9; S. XII, 2). For the basic 7 mental
phenomena inseparably associated with every state of
consciousness, s. nàma. By corporeality (råpa) is meant
the 4 physical elements (s. dhàtu) and the corporeality
dependent thereon (s. khandha, I).
Mentality is always conditioned through consciousness;
i.e. consciousness (vi¤¤àõa) is for mentality
(nàma) a condition by way of conascence (sahajàta),
mutuality (a¤¤ama¤¤a), association (sampayutta), etc.,
since the 4 mental groups at all times form an inseparable
unit.
Consciousness (vi¤¤àõa) is for corporeality (råpa)
a condition by way of co-nascence only at the moment
of conception, thereafter a condition by way of post-
249 –
nascence (pacchàjàta-paccaya; paccaya 11) and nutriment
(àhàra), i.e. as a support. Just as the repeatedly
arising hunger is a condition and support for the prearisen
body, so is the consciousness arising afterwards a
condition and support for the maintenance of this prearisen
body.
@
(4.) “Through mentality and corporeality are
conditioned the 6 bases (nàma-råpa paccayà
saëàyatanaü). The 6 bases are a name for the
5 physical sense-organs and, as 6th, the mind-base
(manàyatana), i.e. consciousness.
Mentality (nàma; s. 3) is for the 5 physical bases
(àyatana), or sense-organs, a condition by way of postnascence.
Cf. end of 3.
Mentality (nàma), i.e. feeling, etc., is for the
6th base, or consciousness – as being always inseparably
associated therewith a condition by way of conascence,
etc.
Corporeality (råpa), here the 4 elements, are for
the 5 physical bases (àyatana), or sense-organs, a
condition by way of support (nissaya).
Corporeality (råpa), here the 5 physical senseorgans,
are for the 6th base (àyatana), i.e. consciousness,
a condition by way of support and pre-nascence
(purejàta-paccaya).
@
– 250 –
(5.) “Through the 6 bases is conditioned the
(sensorial and mental) impression” (saëàyatana-paccayà
phasso), for without the 5 physical bases, or senseorgans,
there can be no sense-impressions; and without
the 6th base, or consciousness, there can be no mental
impression.
Thus, the 5 physical bases, eye, etc., are for the
corresponding 5 sense-impressions (visual impression,
etc.) a condition by way of support (nissaya) and
pre-nascence (purejàta), whereas the 6th, the mindbase
(consciousness), is for the mental impression a
condition by way of co-nascence, association,
mutuality, etc.
@
(6.) “Through impression is conditioned feeling”
(phassa-paccayà vedanà), i.e. the sensorial and the
mental impressions are for the feeling associated
therewith a condition by way of co-nascence, association,
mutuality, etc.
@
(7.) “Through feeling is conditioned craving”
(vedanà-paccayà taõhà). Any (karma-resultant) feeling,
whether agreeable, disagreeable or neutral, bodily or
mental, past or expected, may become for craving a
condition of decisive support by way of object
(àrammaõåpanissaya). Even physically and mentally
painful feeling may, through the desire to be released
– 251 –
therefrom, become for craving a condition of decisive
support by way of object (àrammaõupanissaya).
@
(8.) “Through craving is conditioned clinging”
(taõhà-paccayà upàdànam). ‘Clinging’ is explained as an
intensified form of craving. It is of 4 kinds: (1) clinging
to sensuality, (2) to erroneous views, (3) to rules and
ritual, (4) to personality-belief. Sensuous craving is to
(1) a condition of natural decisive support
(pakatupanissaya). For (2-4), craving is a condition by
way of co-nascence, mutuality, root (hetu), etc. It also
may be a condition of natural decisive support. For
example, through craving for heavenly rebirth, etc.
people often may be induced to cling to certain rules
and rituals, with the hope of reaching thereby the
object of their desires.
@
(9.) “Through clinging is conditioned the process of
becoming” (upàdàna-paccayà bhavo), i.e. the wholesome
and unwholesome active karma-process of becoming
(kamma-bhava), as well as the karma-resultant
(vipàka) passive process, the so-called ‘rebirth-process’
(upapatti-bhava). The karma-process (kammabhava)
comprises the 5 karmical causes: ignorance, karmaformations,
craving, clinging, karma-process (s. 1, 2, 8,
9, 10, of the diagram); the rebirth-process (upapattibhava)
comprises the 5 karma-results (s. 3-7 of the
diagram).
– 252 –
The karma-process is here, correctly speaking, a
collective name for generative karmic volition (kammacetanà)
and all the mental phenomena associated
therewith, whilst the 2nd link (karma-formations)
designates only karmic volition (s. àyåhana). Both,
however, i.e. the 2nd and 10th proposition, practically
state one and the same thing, namely, that karma is the
cause of rebirth, as we shall see under 10.
Clinging (upàdàna) may be an inducement of decisive
support (upanissaya) to many kinds of wholesome
and unwholesome karma. Sensuous clinging
(kàmåpàdàna), i.e. clinging to sensuous objects, for
example, may be a direct inducement to murder, theft,
unlawful intercourse with the other sex, evil words and
thoughts, etc. Clinging to rules and ritual
(sãlabbatåpàdàna) may lead to self-complacency,
fanaticism, cruelty, etc. Clinging is also for the evil
karma associated therewith, a condition by way of
co-nascence, association, etc.
@
(10.) “Through the process of becoming is conditioned
rebirth” (bhava-paccayà jàti), i.e. through the
wholesome and unwholesome karma-process (kammabhava)
is conditioned the rebirth-process (upapattibhava).
The 2nd and 10th propositions, as already
pointed out, practically teach one and the same thing,
namely, that karma is the cause of rebirth; in other
words, that the karmical volition (cetanà) is the seed
out of which springs the new life, just as from the
mango-seed is generated the new mango-tree.
– 253 –
Hence, the 5 karmical causes (ignorance, etc.) of
the past birth are the condition for the karma-results of
the present birth; and the 5 karmical causes of the
present birth are the condition for the 5 karma-results
of the next birth (s. diagram). As it is said in Vis.M. XVII:
“ Five causes were there in the past,
Five fruits we find in present life;
Five causes do we now produce,
Five fruits we reap in future life.”
Now, just as in this process of continually changing
mental and bodily phenomena, nothing can be found
that would pass from one moment to the next moment,
so also there is no enduring entity, ego, or personality,
within this process of existence that would transmigrate
from one life to the next (s. nàma-råpa, anattà,
pañisandhi, khandha). “No being and no living soul
passed from the former life to this life, and yet this
present embryo could not have entered into existence
without the preceding causes” (Vis.M. XVII). “Many
things may serve to illustrate this fact, as for example
the echo, the light of a lamp, the impression of a seal,
or the image produced by a mirror” (ib.).
“Whosoever is in the dark with regard to the conditionally
arisen things, and does not understand that
karma originates from ignorance, etc., he thinks that it
must be his ego that knows or does not know, acts and
causes to act, and that arises at rebirth. Or he thinks
that the atoms, or a creator, with the help of this embryonic
process, must have formed this body, or that it
is the ego endowed with faculties that has impressions,
– 254 –
feels, desires, clings, continues and enters again into
existence in a new birth. Or he thinks that all beings
have been born through fate, or fortuitously”
(Vis.M. XVII).
Now, on hearing that Buddhism teaches that everything
whatever in the world is determined by conditions
some might come to the conclusion that Buddhism
teaches some sort of fatalism, and that man has no free
will, or that will is not free.
The problem ‘whether man has a free will’ does not
exist for, the Buddhist, since he knows that, apart from
these ever-changing mental and physical phenomena,
no such entity as ‘man’ can be found, and that ‘man’ is
merely a name not relating to any reality. And the
question, ‘whether will is free’, must be rejected for the
reason that ‘will’, or volition, is a mental phenomenon
flashing forth only for a moment, and that as such it
had not any existence at the preceding moment. For of
a thing which is not, or is not yet, one cannot, properly
speaking, ask whether it is free or unfree. The only
admissible question would be whether the arising of
‘will’ is independent of conditions, or whether it is
conditioned. But the same question would equally
apply also to all the other mental phenomena, as well
as to all physical phenomena, in other words: to everything
and every occurrence whatever. And the answer
would be: whether will arises, or whether feeling
arises, or whether any other mental or any physical
phenomenon arises, the arising of anything whatsoever
is dependent on conditions, and without conditions
nothing ever can arise or enter into existence.
– 255 –
According to Buddhism, everything mental or
physical happens in accordance with laws and conditions;
and if it were otherwise, chaos and blind chance
would reign. But such a thing is impossible and
contradicts all laws of thinking. Cf. Fund. III (end).
@
(11.) “Through rebirth are conditioned old age and
death” (jàtipaccayà jarà-maraõaü). Without birth there
can be no old age and death, no suffering and misery.
Thus rebirth is to old age and death, etc. a condition by
way of decisive support (upanissaya).
The Buddha has said (D. 15): “Profound, Ananda.
is this dependent origination, and profound does it
appear. It is through not understanding, not penetrating,
this law that this world resembles a tangled ball of
thread, a bird’s nest, a thicket of sedge or reed, and that
man does not escape from the lower states of existence,
from the course of woe and perdition, suffering from
the round of rebirth.” And further (M. 28): ‘Whoso
understands the dependent origination understands the
Dhamma; and whoso understands the Dhamma understands
the dependent origination.”
patience, or forbearance (khanti): one of the
10 perfections (pàramã, q.v.).
pañigha: – 1. In an ethical sense, it means: ‘repugnance’,
grudge, resentment, anger, and is a synonym of
vyàpàda, ‘ill-will’ (s. nãvaraõa) and dosa, ‘hate’
(s. måla). It is one of the proclivities (anusaya, q.v.).
– 256 –
2. ‘(Sense-) reaction’. Applied to five-sense cognition,
p. occurs in the following contexts:
(a) as pañigha-sa¤¤à, ‘perception of sense-reaction’,
said to be absent in the immaterial absorptions
(s. jhàna 5). Alternative renderings: resistance-perception,
reflex-perception;
(b) as pañigha-samphassa, ‘(mental) impression
caused by 5-fold sensorial reaction’ (D. 15); s. phassa;
(c) as sappañigha-råpa, ‘reacting corporeality’, and
appañigha, ‘not reacting’, which is an Abhidhammic
classification of corporeality, occurring in Dhs. 659,
1050. Sappañigha are called the physical sense-organs
as reacting (or responding) to sense stimuli; and also
the physical sense-objects as impinging (or making an
impact) on the sense-organs. All other corporeality is
appañigha, non-reacting and non-impinging. These
2 terms have been variously rendered as resistant and
not, responding and not, with and without impact.
pàñihàriya: ‘miracle’, marvel. Three marvels are
ascribed to the Buddha: the marvel of magic (iddhi-p.),
the marvel of mind-reading (àdesanà-p.) and the
marvel of instruction (anusàsanã-p.). In D. 11, the
Buddha says that he sees danger in the first two and
therefore abhors them. In A. III, 61, the ‘marvel of
instruction’ is called the one ‘more noble and sublime’.
For iddhi-pàñihàriya, see D. 25. See also yamakapàñihàriya.
pañikkåla-sa¤¤à: s. kàyagatà-sati.
pàtimokkha: ‘Disciplinary Code’, is the name of the
code of monk’s rules, which on all full-moon and new
– 257 –
moon days is recited before the assembled community
of fully ordained monks (bhikkhu).
See The Patimokkha, Romanized Pàli text and transl. by
¥ànamoli Thera (Bangkok 1966, Mahàmakut Buddhist
Bookshop).
pàtimokkha-saüvara-sãla: ‘morality consisting in
restraint with regard to the Disciplinary Code’
(Pàtimokkha, s. prec.). For details, s. sãla.
pañinissaggànupassanà: ‘contemplation on
abandonment’, is one of the 18 kinds of insight
(vipassanà q.v.). Further cf. the 16th exercise of
ànàpàna-sati (q.v.).
pañipadà: 1. ‘Road’, ‘path’; for instance in
dukkhanirodha-gàminã-pañipadà, ‘the road leading to
the extinction of suffering’ (= 4th Noble Truth);
majjhima-pañipadà, ‘the Middle Way’.
2. ‘Progress’ (see also the foll. article). There are
4 modes of progress to deliverance: (1) painful
progress with slow comprehension (dukkhà pañipadà
dandhàbhi¤¤à), (2) painful progress with quick
comprehension, (3) pleasant progress with slow
comprehension, (4) pleasant progress with quick
comprehension. In A. IV, 162 it is said:
(1) “Some person possesses by nature excessive
greed, excessive hate, excessive delusion, and thereby
he often feels pain and sorrow; and also the 5 mental
faculties, as faith, energy, mindfulness, concentration
and wisdom (s. indriya 15-19) are dull in him; and by
reason thereof he reaches only slowly the immediacy
(ànantariya, q.v.) to the cessation of all cankers.
– 258 –
(2) “Some person possesses by nature excessive
greed, etc., but the 5 mental faculties are sharp in him
and by reason thereof he reaches quickly the
immediacy to the cessation of all cankers….
(3) “Some person possesses by nature no excessive
greed, etc., but the 5 mental faculties are dull in him,
and by reason thereof he reaches slowly the immediacy
to the cessation of all cankers….
(4) ‘Some person possesses by nature no excessive
greed, etc., and the mental faculties are sharp in him,
and by reason thereof he reaches quickly the
immediacy to the cessation of all cankers….
See A. IV, 162, 163, 166-169; Dhs. 176ff;
Atthasàlini Tr. I, 243; 11, 291, 317.
pañipadà-¤àõadassana-visuddhi: ‘purification by
knowledge and vision of the path-progress’ forms the
6th stage of purification (visuddhi, q.v.).
pañipannaka: ‘path-attainer’, is he who had reached
one of the 4 supermundane paths of holiness (s. ariyapuggala).
– (App.)
pañipatti: practice, or ‘pursuance’ of the teaching, as
distinguished from the mere theoretical knowledge of
its wording (pariyatti, q.v.).
pañipassaddhi-pahàna: ‘overcoming (of
defilements) by tranquillization’ (s. pahàna).
pañisambhidà: ‘analytical knowledge’ or ‘discrimination’,
is of 4 kinds: analytical knowledge of the true
meaning (attha-pañisambhidà), of the law (dhamma–
259 –
pañisambhidà), of language (nirutti-pañisambhidà), of
ready wit (pañibhàna-pañisambhidà).
As an alternative rendering of the fourth term
(pañibhàna), Bhikkhu ¥àõamoli proposes: perspicuity
(in expression and knowledge).
1. The analytical knowledge of the meaning
(attha-p.) is the knowledge with regard to the sense.
2. The analytical knowledge of the law
(dhamma-p.) is the knowledge with regard to the law.
3. The analytical knowledge of language
(nirutti-p.) is the knowledge of the language with
regard to those former 2 things.
4. The analytical knowledge of ready-wit
(patibhàna-p.) is the knowledge about the (former 3)
kinds of knowledge” (Vibh. XV).
“(1) attha (Sanskrit artha, √ ar, to reach; result,
meaning, purpose, true substance) designates, in short,
the fruit (phala) of a cause (hetu); for since the fruit of
a cause results from adhering to the cause, and is
reached and effected thereby, therefore it is called
result (attha). In particular, however, 5 things are
considered as attha, namely: everything dependent on
conditions, Nibbàna, the meaning of words, karmaresult,
and functional consciousness. When anyone
reflects on that meaning any knowledge of his, falling
within the category concerned with meaning (or
result), is the ‘analytical knowledge’ of meaning.
“(2) dhamma (Sanskrit dharma, √ dhar, to bear;
bearer, condition, law, phenomenon, thing) is, in short,
a name for condition (paccaya)…. In particular, how-
260 –
ever, 5 things are considered as dhamma, namely:
every cause (hetu) producing a result, the noble path,
the spoken word, the karmically wholesome, the karmically
unwholesome. When anyone reflects on that
law, any knowledge of his, falling within the category
concerned with law (or cause), is the ‘analytical knowledge’
of the law.
In Vibh. it is further said: ‘The knowledge of suffering
is the ‘analytical knowledge’ of the true meaning
(attha-pañisambhidà), the knowledge of its origin is the
‘analytical knowledge’ of the law (dhammapañisambhidà).
The knowledge of the cause is the
‘analytical knowledge’ of the law (dhammapañisambhidà),
the knowledge of the result of the cause
is the ‘analytical knowledge’ of the true meaning (atthapañisambhidà)….
That the monk knows the law, the
sunas etc. this is called the ‘analytical knowledge’ of the
law (dhamma-pañisambhidà); if however, he understands
the meaning of this or that speech… it is called
the ‘analytical knowledge’ of the true meaning (atthapañisambhidà).’
(3) “ ‘The knowledge of the language concerning
those things’ means: the language corresponding to
reality, and the unfailing mode of expression concerning
the true meaning and the law.
(4) “ ‘Knowledge about the kinds of knowledges’ is
that knowledge which has all knowledges as object and
considers them. Or, the analytical knowledge of ready
wit (patibhàna-pañisambhidà) means the knowledge of
the above mentioned 3 kinds of knowledge, in all their
details, with their objects, functions, etc.” (Vis.M. XIV).
– 261 –
On the 7 qualities leading to the attainment of the
4 ‘analytical knowledge’, s. A. VII, 37 – See Vis.M. XIV,
21ff; Vibh. XV; Pts.M. Pañisambhidà Kathà.
pañisandhi: lit. ‘reunion, relinking’, i.e. rebirth, is one
of the 14 functions of consciousness (vi¤¤àõakicca,
q.v.). It is a karma-resultant type of consciousness
and arises at the moment of conception i.e. with the
forming of new life in the mother’s womb. Immediately
afterwards it sinks into the subconscious stream of
existence (bhavangasota, q.v.), and conditioned thereby
ever and ever again corresponding states of subconsciousness
arise. Thus it is really rebirth-consciousness
that determines the latent character of a person.
“Neither has this (rebirth-) consciousness transmigrated
from the previous existence to this present existence,
nor did it arise without such conditions, as karma,
karma-formations, propensity, object, etc. That this consciousness
has not come from the previous existence to
this present existence, yet that it has come into existence
by means of conditions included in the previous
existence, such as karma (q.v.), etc., this fact may be
illustrated by various things, such as the echo, the light
of a lamp, the impression of a seal, or the image produced
by a mirror. For just as the resounding of the
echo is conditioned by a sound, etc., and nowhere a
transmigration of sound has taken place, just so it is
with this consciousness. Further it is said: ‘In this continuous
process, no sameness and no otherness can be
found.’ For if there were full identity (between the different
stages), then also milk never could turn into
curd. And if there were a complete otherness, then curd
– 262 –
could never come from milk…. If in a continuity of existence
any karma-result takes place, then this karmaresult
neither belongs to any other being, nor does it
come from any other (kamma), because absolute sameness
and otherness are excluded here” (Vis, XVII 164ff).
In Mil. it is said:
“Now, Venerable Nàgasena, the one who is reborn,
is he the same as the one who has died, or is he
another?”
“Neither the same, nor another” (na ca so na ca
a¤¤o).
“Give me an example.”
“What do you think, O King: are you now, as a
grown-up person, the same that you had been as a
little, young and tender babe? “
“No, Venerable Sir. Another person was the little,
young and tender babe, but quite a different person am
I now as a grown-up man.”…
“…Is perhaps in the first watch of the night one
lamp burning, another one in the middle watch, and
again another one in the last watch?”
“No, Venerable Sir. The light during the whole
night depends on one and the same lamp.’’
“Just so, O King, is the chain of phenomena linked
together. One phenomenon arises, another vanishes,
yet all are linked together, one after the other, without
interruption. In this way one reaches the final state of
consciousness neither as the same person. nor as
another person.’’
According to the nature of their rebirth consciousness,
beings divide into the following 3 groups:
– 263 –
1. ahetu-pañisandhika: a ‘being reborn without rootconditions’,
is a being whose consciousness at the moment
of rebirth was not accompanied by any of the
3 noble root-conditions, viz. greedlessness, hatelessness,
undeludedness (s. måla), i.e. selflessness, kindness,
intelligence. Such beings are found in the 4 lower
worlds (apàya, q.v.), in which case the function of rebirth
is exercised by the class of consciousness listed in
Tab. I as No. 56. But if such beings are born in the sensuous
sphere as humans, they will be crippled, blind,
deaf, mentally deficient, etc. (Rebirth-consciousness =
Tab. I, No. 41)
2. dvihetu (or duhetu)-pañisandhika: a ‘being
reborn with only 2 (noble) root-conditions’,
i.e. greedlessness and hatelessness. (Rebirthconsciousness
= Tab. I, Nos. 44, 45, 48 or 49.)
3. tihetu-pañisandhika: a ‘being reborn with
3 (noble) root-conditions’. Such a being can be found
only among men. (Rebirth-consciousness = Tab. 1,
Nos. 42, 43, 46, or 47) and higher heavenly beings.
On these 3 types of rebirth, See Atthasàlini Tr. 11,
354 – 379. (App.: pañisandhika).
In the suttas, the terms for rebirth are chiefly
punabbhava (q.v.), ‘renewed existence’, and
abhinibbatti ‘arising’; or both combined as
punabbhavàbhinibbatti. – (App.: pañisandhi).
Literature: Vis.M. XVII, 133f, 164f, 189f, 289f;
Vis.M. XIX, 22f. – Karma and Rebirth, by Nyanatiloka Thera
(Wheel 9). – The Case for Rebirth, by Francis Story
(Wheel 12/13). – Survival and Karma in Buddhist
Perspective, by K. N. Jayatilleke (Wheel 141/143). –
Rebirth Explained, by V. F. Gunaratna (Wheel 167/169).
– 264 –
pañisankhàna-bala and bhàvanà-bala: ‘power of
reflection’, and ‘power of mental development’. About
these 2 powers it is said in A. II, 10:
“What, O monks, is the power of reflection? If,
O monks, someone thinks thus: ‘Bad conduct in deeds,
words and thoughts verily bears bad fruits both in this
life, as well as in the next life’, and in consequence of
this consideration, he abandons bad conduct in deeds,
words and thoughts, follows good conduct, and keeps
his heart pure, this, O monks, is the power of reflection.
“What, O monks, is the power of mental
development? If, O monks, a monk develops the factors
of enlightenment (bojjhanga, q.v.), bent on solitude, on
detachment, on extinction, and ending in deliverance,
namely: mindfulness, investigating of the law, energy,
rapture, tranquillity, concentration, and equanimity,
this, O monks, is the power of mental development.”
pañisankhànupassanà-¤àõa: ‘knowledge consisting in
reflective contemplation”; is one of the 9 knowledges
constituting the ‘purification by knowledge and vision
of the path-progress’ (pañipadà-¤àõadassanavisuddhi;
s. visuddhi VI), and one of the 18 chief kinds of insight
(mahàvipassanà; s. vipassanà).
pañivedha: ‘penetration’, signifies the realization of the
truth of the Dhamma, as distinguished from the mere
acquisition of its wording (pariyatti), or the practice
(pañipatti) of it, in other words, realization as distinguished
from theory and practice. Cf. pariyatti.
patta-piõóik’anga: the ‘exercise of the bowl-eater’, is
one of the 13 ascetic purification-exercises
– 265 –
(dhutanga, q.v.), consisting in the vow of using only the
alms-bowl for eating, and the rejection of any other
vessel.
patti-dàna: lit. ‘giving of the acquired’, i.e. ‘transference
of merit.’ Though in the older texts very seldom mentioned
(e.g. A. VII, 50), it is, however, a widespread
custom in all Buddhist countries. It is presumed that
moral merit, especially that acquired through giving
alms, can be transferred to others, apparently for the
reason that one’s own good deeds may become to
others, especially to departed relatives and friends
reborn in the ghost realm, an inducement to a happy
and morally wholesome state of mind. Transference of
merit is advocated (though without mentioning the
term patti-dàna) in the Tirokuóóa Sutta (Khp. and
Petavatthu) and its Com. (Khp. Tr.). It is one of the ten
‘bases of meritorious action’ (pu¤¤akiriyavatthu, q.v.),
called there pattànuppadàna. (App.).
See ‘The Doctrine of Reversible Merit’ by F. L.
Woodward. Buddhist Review (London), Vol. I (1914), p. 38.
penetration s. pañivedha, pariyatti. – For the power of
penetrating (vipphàra) knowledge and concentration,
s. iddhi. – For morality combined with penetration
(nibbedha), s. hàna-bhàgiya-sãla, etc. – For penetration
(pariya) of the mind of others, s. abhi¤¤à.
perfections, the 10: pàramã (q.v.).
perfect one, the: tathàgata (q.v.).
performance and avoidance: càritta-vàritta (q.v.).
– 266 –
permanency, idea of: s. vipallàsa.
personality: s. sakkàya. For personality-belief,
s. sakkàya diññhi, diññhi, attà, satta, puggala, vipallàsa.
perversions, the 4: vipallàsa (q.v.).
peta (Sanskrit preta): lit. ‘departed spirit’, ghost; s. loka.
petti-visaya: ‘ghost realm’; s. loka.
phala: lit. ‘fruit’. – 1. result, effect (often together with
hetu, cause); 2. benefit (e.g. in Sàma¤¤a-phala Sutta,
‘The Results, or Benefits, of Recluseship’; D. 2).
2. As ‘path-result’, or ‘fruition’, it denotes those
moments of supermundane consciousness which flash
forth immediately after the moment of path-consciousness
(s. ariya-puggala) and which, till the attainment of
the next higher path, may during the practice of insight
(vipassanà, q.v.) still recur innumerable times. If thus
repeated, they are called the ‘attainment of fruition
(phalasamàpatti), which is explained in detail in
Vis.M. XXIII.
phassa (fr. phusati, to touch): ‘sense-impression’,
contact. The term samphassa is used in compounds,
e.g. in the following: “There are 6 classes of senseimpression:
visual impression (cakkhu-samphassa),
impressions of hearing, smelling, tasting, bodily
(tactile) impression and mental impression” (M. 9).
A twofold division occurs in D. 15: pañigha (q.v.)
-samphassa, ‘impression by sensorial reaction’, and
adhivacana-samphassa, ‘verbal (or conceptual,
i.e. mental) impression’.
– 267 –
Phassa does not signify physical impact, but is one
of the 7 constant mental concomitants of consciousness
(cetasika) and belongs to the group of mental formations
(sankhàra-kkhandha). In lists of both these
categories it is generally mentioned first (e.g. Dhs. 1:
M. 9), due to its fundamental position in the cognitive
process In M. 18 it is thus defined: “Dependent on the
eye and the forms, eye-consciousness arises; the
coming-together of the three is sense-impression”
(similarly stated in the case of the other 5 senses,
including mind). In the dependent origination, it is
conditioned by the six sense-bases and is a conditioning
factor of feeling (s. pañicca-samuppàda 5, 6). Its relation
to mind-and-body (nàma-råpa) is described in D. 15,
and its influence on feeling and wrong views, in D. 1 (at
the end). – It is one of the 4 nutriments (àhàra, q.v.),
and the first factor in the pentad of sense-impression
(phassa-pa¤camaka), together with feeling, perception,
volition and consciousness (see Abh. St., p. 47ff).
Being a key function in the mind’s contact with the
world of objects and being a potential source of defilements,
sense-impression is an important subject for reflective
insight contemplation as succinctly formulated
in many verses of the Sn.: 736/7, 778, 851, 870/72, 923.
picked-up rags, wearing robes made from:
s. dhutanga.
piõóapàtik’anga: The ‘practice of going for alms’, is
one of the 13 ascetic purification-exercises
(s. dhutanga).
– 268 –
pãta-kasiõa: ‘yellow-kasiõa’, is one of the kasinaexercises;
s. kasiõa.
pãti: rapture, enthusiasm (rendered also by joy, happiness);
interest it is one of the mental factors or concomitants
(cetasika) and belongs to the group of mental
formations (sankhàra-kkhandha). As, in sutta texts, it is
often linked in a compound word. with ‘gladness’
(pàmojja) or ‘happiness’ (sukha), some Western translations
have wrongly taken it as a synonym of these two
terms. Pãti, however, is not a feeling or a sensation, and
hence does not belong to the feeling-group (vedanàkkhandha),
but may be described psychologically as
‘joyful interest’. As such it may be associated with
wholesome as well as with unwholesome and neutral
states of consciousness.
A high degree of rapture is characteristic of certain
stages in meditative concentration, in insight practice
(vipassanà) as well as in the first two absorptions
(jhàna, q.v.). In the latter it appears as one of the factors
of absorption (jhànanga; s. jhàna) and is strongest
in the 2nd absorption. Five degrees of intensity in meditative
rapture are described in Vis.M. IV. 94ff. It is one
of the factors of enlightenment (bojjhanga, q.v.).
planes of existence, the 3: s. avacara.
pleasantness, idea of: s. vipallàsa, subhanimitta.
pondering: s. vãmamsà.
post-nascence: pacchàjàta-paccaya, one of the
24 conditions (paccaya, q.v.).
postures, the 4 bodily: iriyàpatha (q.v.).
– 269 –
powers, the 5 spiritual: s. bala. – For the 6 higher p.,
s. abhi¤¤na. For the 10 p. of a Buddha, s. dasabala. –
For the 4 roads to p., s. iddhipàda. For magical p.,
s. iddhi.
practice: For theory, practice and realization,
s. pariyatti.
predominance and pre-nascence: adhipati, purejàta,
are 2 of the 24 conditions (paccaya, q.v.).
preparatory concentration (and preparatory
image, etc.): s. samàdhi, javana.
prescribed moral rules: pa¤¤atti-sãla (q.v.).
proclivities: s. anusaya.
produced corporeality: nipphanna-råpa (q.v.).
productive (or regenerative) karma; s. karma.
proficiency (of mental factors and consciousness):
pàgu¤¤atà (q.v.)
progress: s. pañipadà, abhabbagamana – p. in morality,
etc., s. hànabhàgiya, etc. – Purification by knowledge
and vision of path-progress, s. visuddhi (VI). – p. of the
disciple, s. foll.
progress of the disciple, Gradual development of the
Eightfold Path in the: In many suttas occurs an identical
passage that outlines the gradual course of development
in the progress of the disciple. There it is shown
how this development takes place gradually, and in
conformity with laws, from the very first hearing of the
– 270 –
doctrine, and from germinating faith and dim comprehension,
up to the final realization of deliverance.
“After hearing the law, he is filled with confidence,
and he thinks: ‘Full of hindrances is household life, a
refuse heap; but the homeless life (of a monk) is like
the open air. Not easy is it, when one lives at home, to
fulfill in all points the rules of the holy life. How if now
I were to cut off hair and beard, put on the yellow
robe, and go forth from home to the homeless life?’
And after a short time, having given up his possessions,
great or little, having forsaken a circle of relations,
small or large, he cuts off hair and beard, puts on the
yellow robe, and goes forth from home to the homeless
life.
Having thus left the world, he fulfills the rules of
the monks. He avoids the killing of living beings and
abstains from it; without stick or sword, conscientious,
full of sympathy, he is desirous of the welfare of all
living beings. He avoids stealing… avoids unchastity…
avoids lying… tale-bearing… harsh language… vain
talk.
“He abstains from destroying vegetal germs and
plants; eats only at one time of the day; keeps aloof
from dance, song, music and the visiting of shows;
rejects floral adornment, perfumes, ointment, as well as
any other kind of adornment and embellishment. High
and gorgeous beds he does not use. Gold and silver he
does not accept… keeps aloof from buying and selling
things….
“He contents himself with the robe that protects his
body, and with the alms-bowl with which he keeps himself
alive. Wherever he goes, he is provided with these
– 271 –
two things, just as a winged bird in flying carries its
wings along with him.
“By fulfilling this noble domain of morality (sãla)
he feels in his heart an irreproachable happiness.”
In what follows thereafter it is shown how the disciple
watches over his 5 senses and his mind, and by
this noble restraint of the senses (indriya-samvara)
feels in his heart an unblemished happiness; how in all
his actions he is ever mindful and clearly conscious;
and how, being equipped with this lofty morality (sãla),
and with this noble restraint of the senses (indriyasaüvara),
and with mindfulness and clear consciousness
(sati-sampaja¤¤a), he chooses a secluded dwelling,
and freeing his mind from the 5 hindrances
(nãvaraõa, q.v.) he reaches full concentration
(samàdhi, q.v.); and how thereafter, by developing
insight (vipassanà q.v.) with regard to the impermanency
(anicca), misery (dukkha) and impersonality
(anattà, q.v.) of all phenomena of existence, he finally
realizes deliverance from all cankers and defilements,
and thus the assurance arises in him:
“For ever am I liberated,
This is the last time I am born,
No new existence waits for me.”
Cf. D.1, 2f; M. 27, 38, 51, 60, 76; A. IV, 198; X, 99:
Pug. 239, etc.
proximity: anantara, is one of the 24 conditions
(paccaya, q.v.).
– 272 –
pubbenivàsànussati: ‘remembrance of former births’,
is one of the higher powers (abhi¤¤à, q.v.), and a factor
of threefold knowledge (tevijja, q.v.).
puggala: ‘individual’, ‘person’, as well as the synonyms:
personality, individuality, being (satta), self (attà), etc.,
in short all terms designating a personal entity, hence
also: I, you, he, man, god, etc., all these, according to
Buddhism, are mere names for certain combinations of
material and mental processes, and apart from them
they have no real existence. They are to be considered
as mere ‘conventional modes of expression’ (vohàravacana),
and on that level they may be used, and are so
used in the sutta texts, if taken “without misapprehending
them” (s. quote from D. 9 under paramattha). With
such tacit reservations, the term puggala occurs quite
frequently in the suttas.
In the ultimate sense (paramattha, q.v.), however,
there exist only ever-changing physical and mental
phenomena, flashing up and dying every moment. –
Kath., in its first section, discusses the question whether
“in the absolute sense, any personality (puggala) can be
found” (s. Guide, pp. 62ff). – See paramattha, anattà.
påjà: (1) honour, respect, homage, (2) worship,
devotional observances, devotional offerings; also
offerings to monks.
(1) The Mahà-mangala Sutta (Sn. 259) says that
“Honour and respect towards those worthy of it, is
conducive to great blessing” (påjà ca påjaniyesu etaü
mangalam uttamaü). See Dhp. 195f.
– 273 –
(2) The Buddha did not think much of mere outer
worship. “Not thus, Ananda, is the Tathàgata respected,
venerated, esteemed, worshipped and honoured in the
highest degree. But, Ananda, whatsoever bhikkhu or
bhikkhuni, lay man or lay woman, abides by the
Teaching, lives uprightly in the Teaching, walks in the
way of the Teaching, it is by him that the Tathàgata is
respected, venerated, esteemed, worshipped and
honoured in the highest degree” (D. 16). – “There are
two kinds of worship: in a material way (àmisa-påjà)
and through (practice of) the Dhamma (dhamma-påjà).
The worship through (practice of) the Dhamma is the
better of the two” (A. II).
punabbhava: lit.: re-becoming; ‘renewed existence’, is
a sutta term for ‘rebirth’, which, in later literature mostly
is called pañisandhi (q.v.). The attainment of Sainthood
(arahatta), implying the end of future rebirths, is
often expressed in the words: “This is the last birth.
Now there is no more a renewed existence!” (natthi
’dàni punabbhavo) (M. 26; D. 15; Therag. 87, 339;
Sn. 502). – The term is often linked with abhinibbatti
(‘arising’).
“But how, O brother, does it come to renewed
existence and arising in the future (àyatiü
punabbhavàbhinibbatti)? Because beings, obstructed by
ignorance and fettered by craving, find ever fresh
delight now here, now there, for this reason there is
renewed existence and arising in the future” (M. 43).
See also S.XII. 38. Abhinibbatti also stands sometimes
alone in signifying ‘rebirth’, e.g. in A. VI, 61; X, 65.
Cf., in the 2nd Truth, the adj. ponobhavika, ‘leading
to renewed existence’.
– 274 –
See A. III, 76; Sn. 163, 273, 514, 733; S. VII, 12;
X, 3.
pu¤¤a: merit, meritorious, is a popular term for karmically
wholesome (kusala) action. Opposite terms:
apu¤¤a, ‘demerit’; pàpa, ‘bad’, ‘evil’, The value of meritorious
action is often stressed, e.g., in the Treasure
Store Sutta (s. Khp. Tr.), Dhp 18, 118, 122. – The
Community of Holy Monks (ariya-sangha), the third
Refuge (s. ti-sarana), is said to be “the incomparable
field of merit in the world” (anuttaraü pu¤¤akkhettaü
lokassa); s. anussati 3. The Arahats, however, having
transcended all life-affirming and rebirth-producing
actions, are said to be “beyond merit and demerit”; see
Sn. 520, 547, 636, 790. – See foll. 3 articles.
pu¤¤àbhisankhàra: ‘meritorious karma-formations’ of
the sensuous and fine-material sphere; s. sankhàra I. 1.
pu¤¤à-dhàrà: ‘streams of merit’. It is said that one
produces 4 streams of merit by offering the 4 requisites
(robes, almsfood, dwelling, medicine) to a monk who
has reached the conditionless deliverance of mind;
further by being filled with unshakable faith in the
Buddha, his doctrine and community of disciples, and
by being perfect in morality (A. IV, 51, 52). A. VIII, 39
describes 4 further streams of merit.
pu¤¤a-kiriya-vatthu: ‘bases of meritorious action’. In
the suttas, 3 are mentioned consisting of giving
(liberality; dàna-maya-p.), of morality (sãla-maya-p.)
and of mental development (meditation; bhàvanàmaya-
p.). See D. 33; It. 60; expl. in A. VIII, 36.
– 275 –
Commentaries have a list of ten (dasa p.) which is
very popular in Buddhist countries: (1)-(3) as above,
(4) reverence (apaciti), (5) service (veyyàvacca),
(6) transference of merit (pattànuppadàna),
(7) rejoicing in others’ merit (abbhànumodana),
(8) expounding the Doctrine (desanà), (9) listening to
the Doctrine (savana), (10) straightening one’s right
views (rectification of views; diññhujukamma). – Expl. in
Atthasàlini Tr. 209ff.
See ‘The Advantages of Merit’, by Bhikkhu Khantipalo
(Bodhi Leaves B. 38).
pure abodes: suddhàvàsa (q.v.).
purejàta-paccaya: ‘pre-nascence’, is one of the
24 conditions (paccaya, q.v.).
purification, the 7 stages of; s. visuddhi.
purisindriya: ‘Virility’; s. bhàva, khandha.
purity, the elements of the effort for:
pàrisuddhipadhàniyanga (q.v.).
puthujjana: lit.: ‘one of the many folk’, ‘worldling’,
ordinary man, is any layman or monk who is still possessed
of all the 10 fetters (saüyojana, q.v.) binding to
the round of rebirths, and therefore has not yet reached
any of the 4 stages of holiness (s. ariya-puggala).
“Whoso is neither freed from the 3 fetters (personality-
belief, sceptical doubt, attachment to mere rule
and ritual), nor is on the way to lose these 3 things,
such a one is called a worldling” (Pug. 9).
– 276 –
According to Com. to M. 9, a ‘worldling’ may be
(1) an outsider (a non-Buddhist) who, if he believed in
moral causation, may be said to have right view to that
extent; but he has not the ‘knowledge conforming to
the Truths’ (saccànulomika-¤àõa), as has (2) the
‘worldling inside the Buddha’s Dispensation’ (sàsanika).
A worldling who professes Buddhism, may be either a
‘blind worldling’ (andha-p.) who has neither knowledge
of, nor interest in the fundamental teaching (the
Truths, groups, etc.); or he is a ‘noble worldling’
(kalyàna-p.), who has such knowledge and earnestly
strives to understand and practise the Teaching. – See
Atthasàlini Tr. II, 451 (tr. by ‘average man’); Com. to
M. 1, D. 1.
– 277 –
Q
questions and answers: pa¤hà-byàkarana (q.v.).
R
radiant gods: àbhassara; cf. deva.
ràga: ‘lust’, ‘greed’, is a synonym of lobha (s. måla),
taõhà (q.v.) and abhijjhà (s. kammapatha). For kàma-,
råpa-, aråpa-ràga, s. saüyojana.
ràga-carita: the ‘greedy-natured’; s. carita.
rapture: pãti (q.v.); further s. bojjhanga.
reaction, sense-: s. pañigha.
ready-wit: s. pañisambhidà.
reality: s. paramattha. – Vision and knowledge according
to r.- s. vipassanà 15.
realization: For theory, practice and r., s. pariyatti.
rebirth: s. pañisandhi, pañiccasamuppàda (3,10), karma,
punabbhava.
– 278 –
receptive consciousness: sampañicchana-citta
(s. vi¤¤àõakicca).
recollections: s. anussati.
red-kasina exercise: s. kasiõa.
reflecting contemplation: pañisankhànupassanà
(s. vipassanà, 17).
reflection, power of: pañisankhàna-bala (q.v.).
reflex-perceptions: s. pañigha (2a).
refuge-formula, the 3-fold: ti-saraõa (q.v.).
regenerating process: upapatti-bhava (s. bhava).
regenerative karma: janaka-kamma (s. karma).
registering consciousness: tadàrammaõa-citta
(s. vi¤¤àõa-kicca).
relative truth: cf. puggala, paramattha-sacca, desanà,
anattà, satta.
remembrance, of former existences: s. abhi¤¤à 4.
remorse: kukkucca (q.v.).
repetition: àsevana-paccaya, is one of the 24 conditions
(paccaya, q.v.).
repression, overcoming by: vikkhambhana-pahàna
(s. pahàna).
repugnance: pañigha (q.v.).
resistance-perceptions: s. pañigha (2a).
– 279 –
restlessness: uddhacca (q.v.).
retrospective knowledge: paccavekkhaõa-¤àõa (q.v.).
reversible merit: patti-dàna (q.v.).
right understanding (or r. view), r. thought, etc.:
s. magga.
rise and fall (of phenomena): the knowledge consisting
in the contemplation of r. and f., s. visuddhi VI, 1.
round of rebirth: s. vañña (2), saüsàra. – The 3-fold
r. of r. (s. vañña, 1).
rukkha mulik’anga: s. dhutanga.
rules and ritual, clinging to mere: (s. saüyojana,
upàdàna).
ruminating-natured: vitakka-carita (s. carita).
råpa: (1) corporeality (s. khandha 1); (2) visual object
(s. àyatana); (3) fine-material (s. avacara, jhàna).
råpa-jjhàna: s. jhàna.
råpa-kalàpa: ‘corporeal group’, material unit, designates
a combination of several physical phenomena
constituting a temporary unity. Thus, for instance, the
so-called ‘dead matter’ forms the most primitive group,
consisting only of 8 physical phenomena, called the
‘pure eightfold unit’ or ‘octad’ (suddhaññhakakalàpa), to
wit: the 4 elements (the solid, fluid, heat, motion);
colour, smell, taste, nutriment (pañhavã, àpo, tejo, vàyo;
vaõõa, gandha, rasa, ojà). In Vis.M., and elsewhere, it is
– 280 –
also called ojaññhamaka-kalàpa, ‘the octad with nutriment
as the 8th factor’.
The simplest form of living matter is the ‘9-fold
vitality unit’ or ‘life-ennead’ (jãvita-navaka-kalàpa),
formed by adding ‘vitality’ to the octad. Seven decades,
or units of ten (dasaka-kalàpa), are formed by adding to
the 9-fold unit one of the following corporeal phenomena:
heart (physical seat of mind), sex, eye, ear, nose,
tongue or body. – See Vis.M. XVIII, 4; Compendium of
Buddhist Philosophy (PTS), p. 164, 250; Atthasàlini Tr.,
II, 413f.
råpa-kàya: ‘body-group’, as distinguished from nàmakàya,
‘mind-group’ (q.v.). See nàma-råpa.
råpa-kkhandha: ‘corporeality group’; s. khandha (1).
råpa loka: ‘fine-material world’; s. loka.
råpàrammaõa: ‘visual object’, designates the external
of visual physical phenomenon (‘light wave’) that forms
the base consciousness. Cf. àyatana (2).
råpa-råpa = nipphanna-råpa (q.v.).
råpàvacara: s. avacara.
råpàyatana: s. àyatana (2).
– 281 –
S
sabba-loke anabhirati-sa¤¤à: ‘contemplation on disinterestedness
regarding the whole world’, described in
A. X., 60 in the following words: “If, Ananda, the monk
gives up his tenacious clinging to the world, his firm
grasping and his biases and inclinations of the mind,
and turns away from these things, does not cling to
them, this, Ananda, is called the contemplation on
disinterestedness regarding the whole world.”
sabbåpadhi-pañinissagga: s. upadhi.
sacca: ‘Truth’. – 1. On the ‘two truths’, conventional
and ultimate, see paramattha.
2. ‘The Four Noble Truths’ (ariya-sacca) are the
briefest synthesis of the entire teachings of Buddhism,
since all those manifold doctrines of the threefold
canon are, without any exception, included therein.
They are: the truth of suffering, of the origin of suffering,
of the extinction of suffering, and of the Eightfold
Path leading to the extinction of suffering.
I. The 1st truth, briefly stated, teaches that all forms
of existence whatsoever are unsatisfactory and subject
to suffering (dukkha).
– 282 –
II. The 2nd truth teaches that all suffering, and all
rebirth, is produced by craving (taõhà).
III. The 3rd truth teaches that extinction of craving
necessarily results in extinction (nirodha) of rebirth and
suffering, i.e. nibbàna (q.v.).
IV. The 4th truth of the Eightfold Path (magga)
indicates the means by which this extinction is attained.
The stereotype text frequently recurring in the
Sutta Piñaka, runs as follows:
I. “But what, O monks, is the noble truth of suffering?
Birth is suffering, decay is suffering, death is suffering;
sorrow, lamentation, pain, grief and despair are
suffering; in short, the 5 groups of existence connected
with clinging are suffering (cf. dukkha, dukkhata).
II. ‘‘But what, O monks, is the noble truth of the
origin of suffering? It is that craving which gives rise to
fresh rebirth and, bound up with lust and greed, now
here, now there, finds ever fresh delight. It is the
sensual craving (kàma-taõhà), the craving for existence
(bhava-taõhà), the craving for non-existence or selfannihilation
(vibhava-taõhà).
III. “But what, O monks, is the noble truth of the
extinction of suffering? It is the complete fading away
and extinction of this craving, its forsaking and giving
up, liberation and detachment from it.
IV. “But what, O monks, is the noble truth of the
path leading to the extinction of suffering? It is the
Noble Eightfold Path (ariya-aññhangika-magga) that
leads to the extinction of suffering, namely:
– 283 –
1. Right view (sammà-diññhi)
2. Right thought (sammà-sankappa)
III. Wisdom
(pa¤¤à)
3. Right speech (sammà-vàcà)
4. Right action (sammà-kammanta)
5. Right livelihood (sammà-àjiva)
I. Morality
(sãla)
6. Right effort (sammà-vàyàma)
7. Right mindfulness (sammà-sati)
8. Right concentration (sammà-samàdhi)
II. Concentration
(samàdhi)
1. “What now, O monks, is right view (or right
understanding)? It is the understanding of suffering, of
the origin of suffering, of the extinction of suffering,
and of the path leading to the extinction of suffering.
2. “What now, O monks, is right thought? It is a
mind free from sensual lust, ill-will and cruelty.
3. “What now, O monks, is right speech? Abstaining
from lying, tale-bearing, harsh words, and foolish
babble (cf. tiracchànakathà).
4. “What now, O monks, is right action? Abstaining
from injuring living beings, from stealing and from
unlawful sexual intercourse (s. kàmesu micchàcàra).
5. “What now, O monks, is right livelihood? If the
noble disciple rejects a wrong living, and gains his
living by means of right livelihood (s. magga, 5).
6. “What now, O monks, is right effort? If the disciple
rouses his will to avoid the arising of evil, demeritorious
things that have not yet arisen;… if he rouses
his will to overcome the evil, demeritorious things that
have already arisen;… if he rouses his will to produce
– 284 –
meritorious things that have not yet arisen;… if he
rouses his will to maintain the meritorious things that
have already arisen and not to let them disappear, but
to bring them to growth, to maturity and to the full
perfection of development; he thus makes effort, stirs
up his energy, exerts his mind and strives (s. padhàna).
7. “What now, O monks is right mindfulness? If the
disciple dwells in contemplation of corporeality… of
feeling… of mind… of the mind-objects, ardent, clearly
conscious, and mindful after putting away worldly
greed and grief (s. satipaññhàna).
8. “What now, O monks, is right concentration? If
the disciple is detached from sensual objects, detached
from unwholesome things, and enters into the first
absorption… the second absorption… the third absorption…
the fourth absorption” (s. jhàna).
In the Buddha’s first sermon, the Dhammacakkappavattana
Sutta, it is said that the first truth (suffering)
is to be fully understood; the second truth (craving) to
be abandoned; the third truth (Nibbàna) to be realized;
the fourth truth (the path) to be cultivated.
“The truth of suffering is to be compared with a
disease, the truth of the origin of suffering with the
cause of the disease, the truth of extinction of suffering
with the cure of the disease, the truth of the path with
the medicine” (Vis.M. XVI).
“In the ultimate sense, all these 4 truths are to be
considered as empty of a self, since there is no feeling
agent, no doer, no liberated one. no one who follows
along the path. Therefore it is said:
– 285 –
‘Mere suffering exists, no sufferer is found.
The deed is, but no doer of the deed is there.
Nibbàna is, but not the man that enters it.
The path is, but no traveller on it is seen.
‘The first truth and the second truth are empty
Of permanency, joy, of self and beauty;
The Deathless Realm is empty of an ego,
And free from permanency, joy and self, the path.’
(Vis.M. XVI)
It must be pointed out that the first truth does not
merely refer to actual suffering, i.e. to suffering as
feeling, but that it shows that, in consequence of the
universal law of impermanency, all the phenomena of
existence whatsoever, even the sublimest states of
existence, are subject to change and dissolution, and
hence are miserable and unsatisfactory; and that thus,
without exception, they all contain in themselves the
germ of suffering. Cf. Guide, p. 101f.
Regarding the true nature of the path, s. magga.
Literature: Dhammacakkappavattana Sutta (in
Wheel 17 and Bodhi Leaves); M. 141; Sacca-Saüyutta
(S. LVI); Sacca Vibhanga; W. of B.; Vis.M. XVI: The Four
Noble Truths by Francis Story (Wheel 34/35); The
Significance of the 4 Noble Truths by V. F. Gunaratna
(Wheel 123).
sacca-¤àõa: ‘knowledge of the truth’ (s. prec.), may be
of 2 kinds: (1) knowledge consisting in understanding
(anubodha-¤àõa) and (2) knowledge consisting in
penetration (pativedha-¤àõa), i.e. realization.
Cf. pariyatti.
– 286 –
“Amongst these, (1) ‘knowledge consisting in
understanding’ is mundane (lokiya, q.v.), and its arising
with regard to the extinction of suffering, and to the
path, is due to hearsay etc. (therefore not due to one’s
realization of the supermundane path; s. ariya-puggala)
(2) ‘Knowledge consisting in penetration’, however, is
supermundane (lokuttara), with the extinction of
suffering (= nibbàna) as object, it penetrates with its
functions the 4 truths (in one and the same moment),
as it is said (S. LVI, 30): whosoever, O monks, understands
suffering, he also understands the origin of
suffering, the extinction of suffering, and the path leading
to the extinction of suffering’ ” (Vis.M. XVI, 84). See
visuddhi (end of article).
“Of the mundane kinds of knowledge, however, the
knowledge of suffering by which (various) prejudices
are overcome, dispels the personality-belief (sakkàyadiññhi,
s. diññhi). The knowledge of the origin of suffering
dispels the annihilation-view (uccheda-diññhi,
s. diññhi); the knowledge of extinction of suffering, the
eternity-view (sassata-diññhi, s. diññhi); the knowledge
of the path, the view of inefficacy of action (akiriyadiññhi,
s. diññhi)” (Vis.M. XVI, 85).
saccànulomika-¤àõa: anuloma-¤àõa (q.v.),
puthujjana.
sacchikaraõãyà dhammà: ‘things to be realized’.
Recollection of former states of existence is to be realized
through remembrance (abhi¤¤à 4; q.v.). The
vanishing and reappearing of beings is to be realized
through the divine eye (abhi¤¤à 5; q.v.). The 8 deliver-
287 –
ances (vimokkha, q.v.) are to be realized through the
mental group (kàya, here feeling, perception, mental
formations; s. kàya). The extinction of cankers is to be
realized through insight (vipassanà).
saddhà: faith, confidence. A Buddhist is said to have
faith if “he believes in the Perfect One’s (the Buddha’s)
Enlightenment” (M 53; A.V, 2), or in the Three Jewels
(s. ti-ratana), by taking his refuge in them (s. ti-sarana).
His faith, however, should be “reasoned and rooted in
understanding” (àkàravatà saddhà dassanamålika;
M. 47), and he is asked to investigate and test the object
of his faith (M. 47, 95). A Buddhist’s faith is not in
conflict with the spirit of inquiry, and “doubt about
dubitable things” (A. II, 65; S. XLII, 13) is admitted and
inquiry into them is encouraged. The ‘faculty of faith’
(saddhindriya) should be balanced with that of wisdom
(pa¤¤indriya; s. indriya-samatta). It is said: “A monk
who has understanding, establishes his faith in accordance
with that understanding” (S. XLVIII, 45). Through
wisdom and understanding, faith becomes an inner certainty
and firm conviction based on one’s own
experience.
Faith is called the seed (Sn. v. 77) of all wholesome
states because, according to commentarial
explanations, it inspires the mind with confidence
(okappana, pasàda) and determination (adhimokkha),
for ‘launching out’ (pakkhandhana; s. M. 122) to cross
the flood of saüsàra.
Unshakable faith is attained on reaching the first
stage of holiness, ‘stream-entry’ (sotàpatti,
s. ariyapuggala), when the fetter of sceptical doubt
(vicikicchà; s. saüyojana) is eliminated. Unshakable
– 288 –
confidence (avecca-pasàda) in the Three Jewels is one
of the characteristic qualities of the Stream-winner
(sotàpannassa angàni, q.v.).
Faith is a mental concomitant, present in all karmically
wholesome, and its corresponding neutral, consciousness
(s. Tab. II). It is one of the 4 streams of merit
(pu¤¤adhàrà, q.v.), one of the 5 spiritual faculties
(indriya, q.v.), spiritual powers (bala, q.v.), elements of
exertion (padhàniyanga, q.v.) and one of the
7 treasures (dhana, q.v.).
See Faith in the Buddha’s Teaching, by Soma Thera
(Wheel 262). “Does Saddhà mean Faith?’’ by ¥ànamoli
Thera (in Wheel 52/53).
saddhànusàri and saddhà-vimutta: the ‘faithdevoted
and the ‘faith-liberated’, are two of the 7 kinds
of noble disciples (s. ariya-puggala, B.).
sagga: ‘heaven’; s. deva (heavenly beings).
sahajàta-paccaya: ‘co-nascence’, is one of the
24 conditions (paccaya, q.v.).
sahetuka-citta: s. hetu.
sakadàgàmã: the ‘Once-returner’: s. ariya-puggala, A.
sakka: the ‘King of Gods’ (devànam-inda), is the lord
over the celestial beings in the heaven of the Thirty-
Three’ (tàvatiüsa, s. deva).
sakkàya: ‘existing group’. ‘this word is usually translated
by ‘personality’, but according to the commentaries
it corresponds to sat-kàya, ‘existing group’, hence
not to Sanskrit sva-kàya, ‘own group’ or ‘own body’. In
– 289 –
the suttas (e.g. M. 44) it is said to be a name for the
5 groups of existence (khandha): “Sakkàya, O Brother
Visàkha, is said by the Blessed One to be a name for the
5 ‘groups as objects of clinging’ (upàdàna-kkhandha), to
wit: corporeality, feeling, perception, mental formations,
and consciousness.” – See foll.
sakkàya-diññhi: ‘personality-belief’, is the first of the
10 fetters (saüyojana). It is entirely abandoned only on
reaching the path of Stream-winning (sotàpatti-magga;
s. ariya-puggala). There are 20 kinds of personalitybelief,
which are obtained by applying 4 types of that
belief to each of the 5 groups of existence
(khandha, q.v.): (1-5) the belief to be identical with
corporeality, feeling, perception, mental formations or
consciousness; (6-10) to be contained in them; (11-15)
to be independent of them; (16-20) to be the owner of
them (M. 44; S. XXII. 1). See prec., diññhi, upàdàna 4.
salàyatana: the ‘6 bases’ (of mental activity);
s. àyatana, pañiccasamuppàda.
samàdhi: ‘concentration’; lit. ‘the (mental) state of
being firmly fixed’ (sam+à+√ dhà), is the fixing of the
mind on a single object. “One-pointedness of mind
(cittass’ ekaggatà), Brother Visakha, this is called concentration”
(M. 44). Concentration – though often very
weak – is one of the 7 mental concomitants inseparably
associated with all consciousness. Cf. nàma, cetanà.
Right concentration (sammà-samàdhi), as the last
link of the 8-fold Path (s. magga), is defined as the
4 meditative absorptions (jhàna, q.v.). In a wider sense,
comprising also much weaker states of concentration, it
– 290 –
is associated with all karmically wholesome (kusala)
consciousness. Wrong concentration (micchà-samàdhi)
is concentration associated with all karmically unwholesome
(akusala, q.v.) consciousness. Wherever in
the texts this term is not differentiated by ‘right’ or
‘wrong’, there ‘right’ concentration is meant.
In concentration one distinguishes 3 grades of
intensity:
(1) ‘Preparatory concentration’ (parikammasamàdhi)
existing at the beginning of the mental
exercise.
(2) ‘Neighbourhood concentration’ (upacàrasamàdhi),
i.e. concentration ‘approaching’ but not yet
attaining the 1st absorption (jhàna, q.v.), which in
certain mental exercises is marked by the appearance of
the so-called ‘counter-image’ (pañibhàga-nimitta).
(3) ‘Attainment concentration’ (appanà-samàdhi),
i.e. that concentration which is present during the
absorptions. (App.)
Further details, s. bhàvana, Vis.M. III and Fund. IV.
Concentration connected with the 4 noble pathmoments
(magga), and fruition-moments (phala), is
called supermundane (lokuttara), having Nibbàna as
object. Any other concentration, even that of the
sublimest absorptions is merely mundane (lokiya, q.v.).
According to D. 33, the development of concentration
(samàdhi-bhàvanà) may procure a 4-fold blessing:
(1) present happiness through the 4 absorptions;
(2) knowledge and vision (¤àõa-dassana) – here
probably identical with the ‘divine eye’ (s. abhi¤¤à)
through perception of light (kasiõa); (3) mindfulness
and clear comprehension through the clear knowledge
– 291 –
of the arising, persisting and vanishing of feelings, perceptions
and thoughts; (4) extinction of all cankers
(àsavakkhaya) through understanding the arising and
passing away of the 5 groups forming the objects of
clinging (s. khandha).
Concentration is one of the 7 factors of enlightenment
(bojjhanga, q.v.), one of the 5 spiritual faculties
and powers (s. bala), and the last link of the 8-fold
Path. In the 3-fold division of the 8-fold Path (morality,
concentration and wisdom), it is a collective name for
the three last links of the path (s. sikkhà).
samàdhi-parikkhàra: ‘means, or requisites of concentration’,
are the 4 foundations of mindfulness
(satipaññhàna q.v.). See M. 44.
samàdhi-samàpatti-kusalatà, -ñhiti-kusalatà,
-uññhànakusalatà: skillfulness in entering into
concentration, in remaining in it, and in rising from it.
Cf. S.XXXIV, llff.
samàdhi-sambojjhanga: ‘concentration as factor of
enlightenment’ (s. bojjhanga).
samàdhi-vipphàrà iddhi: the ‘power of penetrating
concentration’, is one of the magical faculties
(iddhi, q.v.).
samanantara-paccaya: ‘contiguity’, is one of the
24 conditions (paccaya, q.v.).
sàma¤¤a-phala; the ‘fruits of monkhood’, is the name
of a famous sutta (D. 2) and also, according to D. 33,
a name for the 4 supermundane fruitions: Stream-
292 –
entrance, Once-return, Non-return, and Perfect
Holiness (s. ariya-puggala).
samàpatti: ‘attainments’, is a name for the 8 absorptions
of the fine-material and immaterial spheres to
which occasionally is added as 9th attainment,
attainment of extinction (nirodhasamàpatti) Cf. jhàna.
sama-sãsã: one ‘who attains two ends simultaneously’,
namely: the extinction of cankers and the end of life
(s. Pug. 19). In A. VIII, 6 it is said: “Such is the case with
a monk who dwells in the contemplation of impermanency
of all forms of existence, keeping before his eyes
their impermanency, perceiving their impermanency,
perseveringly, steadfastly, undisturbed, of firm mind,
wisely absorbed; and in whom at one and the same
time the extinction of cankers and the end of like take
place.” (App.)
samatha: ‘tranquillity’, serenity, is a synonym of
samàdhi (concentration), cittekaggatà (one-pointedness
of mind) and avikkhepa (undistractedness). It is one of
the mental factors in ‘wholesome consciousness.
Cf. foll. and bhàvanà.
samatha-vipassanà: ‘tranquillity and insight’, are
identical with concentration (samàdhi, q.v.; s. prec.)
and wisdom (pa¤¤à, q.v.), and form the two branches
of mental development (bhàvanà, q.v.).
(1) ‘Tranquillity’ is all unperturbed, peaceful and
lucid state of mind attained by strong mental concentration.
Though as a distinct way of practice
(s. samatha-yànika), it aims at the attainment of the
– 293 –
meditative absorptions (jhàna, q.v.), a high degree of
tranquil concentration (though not necessarily that of
the absorptions) is indispensable for insight too.
Tranquillity frees the mind from impurities and inner
obstacles, and gives it greater penetrative strength.
‘‘What now is the power of tranquillity (samathabala)?
It is the one-pointedness and non-distraction of
the mind due to freedom from desire (renunciation)…
to freedom from ill-will… to the perception of light
(s. aloka-sa¤¤à)… to non-distraction… to the defining
of phenomena… to knowledge, gladness, the 8 attainments,
the 10 kasinas, the 10 recollections, the 9 cemetery
contemplations, the 32 kinds of respiration-mindfulness…
the one-pointedness and non-distraction of
the mind of one contemplating abandonment (relinquishment)
while inhaling and exhaling (s. ànàpànasati).
“The power of tranquillity consists of the freedom
from perturbation; in the 1st absorption, from the
5 hindrances (nãvaraõa, (q.v.); in the 2nd absorption,
from thought-conception and discursive thinking;… in
the sphere of neither-perception-nor-non-perception it
consists of the freedom from perturbation by the perception
of the sphere of nothingness (s. anupubbanirodha),
which is no longer agitated and irritated by defilements
associated with restlessness, nor by the groups of
existence” (Pts.M. 1. p. 97)
(2) ‘Insight’ (s. vipassanà) is the penetrative understanding
by direct meditative experience of the impermanency,
unsatisfactoriness and impersonality of all
material and mental phenomena of existence. It is
– 294 –
insight that leads to entrance into the supermundane
states of holiness and to final liberation.
‘‘What now is the power of insight? It is the contemplation
of impermanency (aniccànupassanà), of misery
(dukkhanupassanà), impersonality’ (anattànupassanà),
of aversion (nibbidanupassanà), detachment
(viràganupassanà), extinction (nirodha), abandonment
(pañinissagga), with regard to corporeality, feeling,
perception, mental formations and consciousness….
That in contemplating the impermanency one is no
more agitated by the idea of grasping… no more by
ignorance and the defilements associated therewith and
no more by the groups of existence: this is called the
power of insight” (Pts.M. p. 97).
“Two things are conducive to knowledge: tranquillity
and insight. If tranquillity is developed, what
profit does it bring? The mind is developed. If the mind
is developed, what profit does it bring? All lust is
abandoned.
“If insight is developed, what profit does it bring?
Wisdom is developed. If wisdom is developed, what
profit does it bring? All ignorance is abandoned”
(A. II, 2.7).
There is a method of meditative practice where, in
alternating sequence, tranquillity-meditation and insight-
meditation are developed. It is called ‘tranquillity
and insight joined in pairs’ (samatha-vipassanàyuganaddha),
the coupling or yoking of tranquillity and
insight. He who undertakes it, first enters into the 1st
absorption. After rising from it, he contemplates the
– 295 –
mental phenomena that were present in it (feeling, perception,
etc.) as impermanent, painful and not-self, and
thus he develops insight. Thereupon he enters into the
2nd absorption; and after rising from it, he again considers
its constituent phenomena as impermanent, etc.
In this way, he passes from one absorption to the next,
until at last, during a moment of insight, the intuitive
knowledge of the path (of Stream-entry, etc.) flashes
forth – See A. IV, 170; A.IX, 36; Pts: Yuganaddha Kathà.
samatha-yànika: ‘one who takes tranquillity as his
vehicle’. This is a name for a person who not only has
reached insight but also one or the other of the absorptions,
to distinguish him from one ‘who practises only
insight’ (sukkha-vipassaka, q.v.).
sambodhi = bodhi (q.v.).
sambojjhanga = bojjhanga (q.v.).
sammà-diññhi, –sankappa, –vaca, etc: see magga.
sammà-magga: see micchà-magga.
sammà-ppadhàna: ‘right exertion’, is identical with the
6th link of the 8-fold path (s. magga, padhàna).
sammà-sambodhi: ‘Perfect Enlightenment’, Universal
Buddhahood, is the state attained by a Universal
Buddha (sammà-sambuddha), i.e. one by whom the
liberating law (dhamma) which had become lost to the
world, has again been discovered, realized and clearly
proclaimed to the world.
– 296 –
“Now, someone, in things never heard before,
understands by himself the truth, and he therein attains
omniscience, and gains mastery in the powers. Such a
one is called a Universal Buddha, or Enlightened One”
(Pug. 29).
The doctrine characteristic of all the Buddhas, and
each time rediscovered by them and fully explained to
the world, consists in the 4 Truths (sacca, q.v.) of
suffering, its origin, its extinction and the way to its
extinction (s. magga). See bodhi.
sammasana: ‘comprehension’, exploring, ‘determining’
(vavatthàna, q.v.) is a name for the determining of all
phenomena of existence as impermanent, miserable
and impersonal (anicca, dukkha, anattà), etc., which is
the beginning of insight (s. Pts.M. I, p. 53; Vis.M. XX);
also called kalàpa-s. (q.v.), ‘comprehension by groups
(of existence – khandha).’ (App.).
sammatta: the ‘state of rightness’, are the 8 links of the
8-fold Path (D. 33). Cf. micchàtta.
sammuti-sacca: ‘conventional truth’, is identical with
vohàra-sacca (s. paramattha-sacca).
sampadà: ‘attainment, blessing’. The 5 blessings are
said to be faith, morality, learning, liberality, wisdom
(A. V, 91). Further: morality, concentration, wisdom,
deliverance, the eye of knowledge connected with
deliverance (A. V, 92).
sampaja¤¤a: ‘clarity of consciousness’, clear comprehension.
This term is frequently met with in combination
with mindfulness (sati). In D. 22, M. 10 it is said:
– 297 –
“Clearly conscious is he in going and coming, clearly
conscious in looking forward and backward, clearly
conscious in bending and stretching his body; clearly
conscious in eating, drinking, chewing and tasting,
clearly conscious in discharging excrement and urine;
clearly conscious in walking, standing, sitting, falling
asleep and awakening; clearly conscious in speaking
and keeping silent.” – For a definition of the term satisampaja¤¤
a, s. Pug. 86.
According to the Com., ‘clarity of consciousness’ is
of 4 kinds: regarding the purpose, the suitability,
(inclusion in the meditative) domain, and the undeluded
conception of the activity concerned. Explained in
detail in Com. to Satipaññhàna Sutta. (tr. in The Way of
Mindfulness, by Soma Thera; BPS).
sampañicchana-citta: ‘receptive consciousness’, is the
mind-element (mano-dhàtu) that follows immediately
upon the arising of sense-consciousness (visual consciousness,
etc.), performing on that occasion the
function of receiving the sense-object. Regarding the
other functions of consciousness, s. vi¤¤àõa-kicca.
sampayutta-paccaya: ‘condition of association’, is one
of the 24 conditions (paccaya, q.v.).
samphassa = phassa (q.v.).
saüsàra: ‘round of rebirth’, lit. perpetual wandering’,
is a name by which is designated the sea of life ever
restlessly heaving up and down, the symbol of this
continuous process of ever again and again being born,
growing old, suffering and dying. More precisely put,
– 298 –
saüsàra is the unbroken chain of the five-fold khandhacombinations,
which, constantly changing from moment
to moment follow continuously one upon the other
through inconceivable periods of time. Of this saüsàra,
a single lifetime constitutes only a tiny and fleeting fraction;
hence to be able to comprehend the first noble
truth of universal suffering, one must let one’s gaze rest
upon the saüsàra, upon this frightful chain of rebirths,
and not merely upon one single life-time, which, of
course, may be sometimes less painful. – Cf. tilakkhaõa,
anattà, paramattha, pañisandhi.
saüseva: ‘companionship’. (1) “Through companionship
with bad men (asappurisa-s.) comes listening to
bad advice, thereby unwise reflection, thereby inattention
and mental confusion, thereby lack of sensecontrol,
thereby 3-fold bad conduct in bodily action,
speech and mind, thereby the 5 hindrances
(nãvaraõa, q.v.), thereby craving for existence.
(2) Through companionship with good men
(sappurisa-s.) comes listening to good advice, thereby
faith, thereby wise reflection, thereby mindfulness and
clarity of consciousness, thereby sense-control, thereby
3-fold good conduct, thereby the 4 foundations of
mindfulness (satipaññhàna, q.v), thereby the 7 factors of
enlightenment (bojjhanga, q.v.), thereby liberation
through wisdom (pa¤¤à-vimutti, q.v.).” Cf. A. X. 62.
samuccheda-pahàna: ‘overcoming by destruction’, is
the absolute extinction of certain fetters of existence
(saüyojana, q.v.), which takes place by entering into
one of the 4 supermundane paths of holiness (s. ariya–
299 –
puggala). – Regarding the 5 kinds of overcoming,
s. pahàna.
samudaya-sacca: ‘truth of the origin’, i.e. the origin of
suffering, is the 2nd of the 4 Noble Truths (sacca, q.v.).
samuññhàna: ‘origination’. There are 4 kinds of origination
of corporeal phenomena, namely: through
karma, consciousness, temperature, nutriment. For
example, ‘karma-produced’ (kamma-s. = kammaja,
karma-born) are the sense organs, sexual characteristics,
etc., which, according to their nature, are conditioned
either through wholesome or unwholesome
karma formations (volitional actions;
s. pañiccasamuppàda, 2) in a previous existence. ‘Mindproduced’,
i.e. consciousness-produced (cittasamuññhàna
= cittaja) are bodily and verbal expression
(vi¤¤atti, q.v.). For a detailed exposition, see
Vis.M. XX. – (App.).
saüvara-padhàna: ‘effort to avoid’; s. padhàna.
saüvara-sãla: ‘indriya-s.’; s. sãla.
saüvara-suddhi: ‘purity of control’, is another name
for morality consisting of restraint of the senses
(indriya-saüvara-sãla; s. sãla).
saüvañña-kappa: s. kappa.
saüvega-vatthu: ‘the sources of emotion’, or of a
sense of urgency, are 8: “birth, old age, disease, death,
being 4; the suffering in the lower states of existence
being the 5th; further, the misery of the past rooted in
the cycle of rebirth, the misery of the future rooted in
– 300 –
the cycle of rebirth, the misery of the present rooted in
the search after food” (Vis.M. III.).
saüvejanãya-ññhàna: ‘places rousing emotion’, are 4:
the place where the Perfect One was born, (i.e. the
Lumbini-grove near Kapilavatthu, at the present
frontier of Nepal); the place where he reached Full
Enlightenment (i.e. Uruvela, the modern Ureli, and
Buddhagayà, on the Nera¤jara-river; the modern
Lilanja); the place where he, for the first time, unveiled
the Dhamma to the world (i.e. the deer-park at Isipatana
near Benares); the place where he entered the
final Nibbàna (i.e. Kusinàra). (A. IV, 118).
saüyojana: ‘fetters’. There are 10 fetters tying beings
to the wheel of existence, namely: (1) personalitybelief
(sakkàya-diññhi, q.v.), (2) sceptical doubt
(vicikicchà q.v.), (3) clinging to mere rules and ritual
(sãlabbata-paràmàsa; s. upàdàna), (4) sensuous craving
(kàma-ràga, 4.v.), (5) ill-will (vyàpàda), (6) craving for
fine-material existence (råpa-ràga), (7) craving for
immaterial existence (aråpa-ràga), (8) conceit
(màna, q.v.), (9) restlessness (uddhacca, q.v.),
(10) ignorance (avijjà, q.v.). The first five of these are
called ‘lower fetters’ (orambhàgiya-saüyojana), as they
tie to the sensuous world. The latter 5 are called
‘higher fetters’ (uddhambhàgiya-saüyojana), as they tie
to the higher worlds, i.e. the fine-material and immaterial
world (A. IX, 67, 68; X. 13; D. 33, etc.).
He who is free from 1-3 is a Sotàpanna, or Streamwinner,
i.e. one who has entered the stream to
Nibbàna, as it were. He who, besides these 3 fetters, has
– 301 –
overcome 4 and 5 in their grosser form, is called a
Sakadàgàmi, a ‘Once-returner’ (to this sensuous world).
He who is fully freed from 1-5 is an Anàgàmã, or ‘Nonreturner’
(to the sensuous world). He who is freed from
all the 10 fetters is called an Arahat, i.e. a perfectly
Holy One.
For more details, s. ariya-puggala.
The 10 fetters as enumerated in the Abhidhamma,
e.g. Vibh. XVII, are: sensuous craving, ill-will, conceit,
wrong views, sceptical doubt, clinging to mere rules
and ritual, craving for existence, envy, stinginess,
ignorance.
sa¤cetanà = cetanà, q.v.
sangaha-vatthu: the 4 ‘ways of showing favour’ are
liberality, kindly speech, beneficial actions, impartiality
(A. IV, 32; VIII, 24).
sangha (lit.: congregation), is the name for the
Community of Buddhist monks. As the third of the
Three Gems or Jewels (ti-ratana, q.v.) and the Three
Refuges (ti-sarana, q.v.), i.e. Buddha, Dhamma and
Sangha, it applies to the ariya-sangha, the community
of the saints, i.e. the 4 Noble Ones (ariya-pugga, q.v.),
the Stream-winner, etc.
sankappa: ‘thought’, is a synonym of vitakka (q.v.). For
sammà-s., or right thought, s. magga (2).
sankhàra: This term has, according to its context,
different shades of meaning, which should be carefully
distinguished.
– 302 –
(I) To its most frequent usages (s. foll. 1-4) the
general term ‘formation’ may be applied, with the
qualifications required by the context. This term may
refer either to the act of ‘forming or to the passive state
of ‘having been formed’ or to both.
1. As the 2nd link of the formula of dependent
origination, (pañiccasamuppàda, q.v.), sankhàra has the
active aspect, ‘forming, and signifies karma (q.v.),
i.e. wholesome or unwholesome volitional activity
(cetanà) of body (kàya-s.), speech (vacã-s.) or mind
(citta- or mano-s.). This definition occurs, e.g. at
S. XII, 2, 27. For s. in this sense, the word ‘karmaformation’
has been coined by the author. In other
passages, in the same context, s. is defined by reference
to (a) meritorious karma-formations
(pu¤¤’àbhisankhàra), (b) demeritorious k.
(apu¤¤’abhisankhàra), (c) imperturbable k.
(àne¤j’àbhisankhàra), e.g. in S. XII, 51; D. 33. This
threefold division covers karmic activity in all spheres
of existence: the meritorious karma-formations extend
to the sensuous and the fine-material sphere, the
demeritorious ones only to the sensuous sphere, and
the ‘imperturbable’ only to the immaterial sphere.
2. The aforementioned three terms, kàya-, vacã- and
citta-s. are sometimes used in quite a different sense,
namely as (1) bodily function, i.e. in-and-out-breathing
(e.g. M. 10), (2) verbal function, i.e. thought-conception
and discursive thinking, (3) mental-function,
i.e. feeling and perception (e.g. M. 44). See
nirodhasamàpatti.
– 303 –
3. It also denotes the 4th group of existence
(sankhàrakkhandha), and includes all ‘mental formations’
whether they belong to ‘karmically forming’
consciousness or not. See khandha, Tab. II. and
S. XXII, 56, 79.
4. It occurs further in the sense of anything formed
(sankhata, q.v.) and conditioned, and includes all
things whatever in the world, all phenomena of existence.
This meaning applies, e.g. to the well-known
passage, “All formations are impermanent… subject to
suffering” (sabbe sankhàra aniccà… dukkhà). In that
context, however, s. is subordinate to the still wider and
all-embracing term dhamma (thing); for dhamma
includes also the Unformed or Unconditioned Element
(asankhata-dhàtu), i.e. Nibbàna (e.g. in sabbe dhammà
anattà, “all things are without a self”).
(II) Sankhàra also means sometimes ‘volitional
effort’, e.g. in the formula of the roads to power (iddhipàda,
q.v.); in sasankhàra– and asankhàra-parinibbàyã
(s. anàgàmã, q.v.); and in the Abhidhamma terms
asankhàrika- (q.v.) and sasankhàrika-citta, i.e. without
effort = spontaneously, and with effort = prompted.
In Western literature, in English as well as in
German, sankhàra is sometimes mistranslated by
‘subconscious tendencies’ or similarly (e.g. Prof Beckh:
“unterbewußte Bildekräfte,” i.e. subconscious formative
forces). This misinterpretation derives perhaps from a
similar usage in non-Buddhist Sanskrit literature, and is
entirely inapplicable to the connotations of the term in
Pàli Buddhism, as listed above under I, 1-4. For
– 304 –
instance, within the dependent origination, s. is neither
subconscious nor a mere tendency, but is a fully conscious
and active karmic volition. In the context of the
5 groups of existence (s. above I, 3), a very few of the
factors from the group of mental formations (sankhàrakkhandha)
are also present as concomitants of subconsciousness
(s. Tab. I-III), but are of course not restricted
to it, nor are they mere tendencies.
sankhàrupekkhà-¤àõa: the ‘equanimity-knowledge
with regard to the formations of existence’, is one of
those kinds of knowledge which form the ‘purification
by knowledge and vision of the path-progress’
(s. visuddhi, VI, 8). “It is known by 3 names: in the
lowest stage it is called ‘knowledge consisting in the
desire for deliverance’ (muccitu-kamyatà-¤àõa); in the
middle stage it is called the ‘reflecting contemplation’
(pañisankhànupassanà¤àõa); in the last stage, however,
i.e. after attaining the summit, it is called the ‘equanimity-
knowledge with regard to the formations of
existence’ ” (Vis.M. XXI).
sankhata: the ‘formed’, i.e. anything originated or
conditioned, comprises all phenomena of existence.
Cf. sankhàra I, 4; asankhata.
sankhitta citta: in the Satipaññhàna Sutta, signifies the
‘contracted’ or ‘cramped’ mind, not the concentrated
(samàhita) mind, as often translated by Western
authors. Cf. Satipaññhàna (3).
sa¤¤à: 1. ‘perception’, is one of the 5 groups of
existence (khandha, q.v.), and one of the 7 mental
factors (cetasika) that are inseparably bound up with
– 305 –
all consciousness (s. cetanà). It is sixfold as perception
of the 5 physical sense-objects and of mental objects. It
is the awareness of an object’s distinctive marks (“one
perceives blue, yellow, etc.,” S. XXII, 79). If, in repeated
perception of an object, these marks are recognized,
sa¤¤à functions as ‘memory’ (s. Abh. St., p. 68f.).
2. sa¤¤à stands sometimes for consciousness in its
entirety, e.g. in n’eva-sa¤¤à-n’àsa¤¤àyatana, ‘the realm
of neither-perception-nor- non-perception’; further, in
asa¤¤à-satta, ‘unconscious beings’. In both cases
reference is not to ‘perception’ alone, but also to all
other constituents of consciousness. Cf. D. 9.
3. sa¤¤à may also refer to the ‘ideas’, which are
objects of meditation, e.g. in a group of 7 ideas, of
impermanence (anicca-s.), etc. (A. VII, 46); of 10:
impurity (asubha-s.), etc. (A. X, 56), and another set of
10 in A. X. 60; or to wrong notions, as in nicca-, subha-s.
(the notion of permanence, beauty), etc.
sa¤¤à-vedayita-nirodha = nirodha-samàpatti (q.v.).
sa¤¤à-vipallàsa: ‘perversion of perception’
(s. vipallàsa).
sa¤¤ojana = saüyojana (q.v.).
santàna = santati: ‘continuity’, may refer to the continuity
of consciousness (citta-s.), of the groups of existence
(khandha-s.), of sub-consciousness (bhavanga-s.),
of corporeality (råpa-s.), to the uninterrupted
continuity of the pañiccasamuppàda (q.v.), etc. (App.).
– 306 –
santãraõa-citta: ‘investigating consciousness’, is one of
the stages in the cognitive series. For the 14 functions of
consciousness. s. vi¤¤àõakicca.
santuññhità: ‘contentedness’; s. ariya-vaüsa.
sapadànik’anga: s. dhutanga.
sappañigha-råpa: ‘corporeality reacting to sense
stimuli’, refers to the 5 sense-organs (àyatana, q.v.). –
Cf. Vibh. II (s. Guide II, Chap. II) and Vis.M. XIV;
further s. pañigha 2.
sarana: s. ti-saraõa.
sàsana (lit. ‘message’): the Dispensation of the
Buddha, the Buddhist religion; teaching, doctrine.
Navanga-Buddha (or satthu)-sàsana, the ninefold
Dispensation of the Buddha (or the Master) consists of
suttas (sutta), mixed prose (geyya), exegesis
(veyyàkaraõa), verses (gàthà), solemn utterances
(udàna), sayings of the Blessed One (itivuttaka), birth
stories (jàtaka), extraordinary things (abbhutadhamma),
and analysis (vedalla). This classification is
often found in the suttas (e.g. M. 22). According to the
commentaries, also the Vinaya and the Abhidhamma
Piñaka are comprised in that ninefold division (see
Atthasàlini Tr., I, 33). It is a classification according to
literary styles, and not according to given texts or
books.
sasankhàra-parinibbàyã: ‘one who reaches Nibbàna
with exertion’, is a name of one of the 5 kinds of Nonreturners
(anàgàmã, q.v.).
– 307 –
sasankhàrika-citta (in Dhs.: sasankhàrena): a
prepared, or prompted. state of consciousness, arisen
after prior deliberation (e.g. weighing of motives) or
induced by others (command, advice, persuasion) –
See Tab. I; exemplified in Vis.M. XIV, 84f. – Opposite:
asankhàrika-citta, q.v.
sassata-diññhi (-vàda): ‘eternity-belief’, is the belief in
a soul or personality existing independently of the
5 groups of existence, and continuing after death eternally,
as distinguished from the ‘annihilation-belief’
(uccheda-diññhi), i.e. the belief in a personality falling at
death a prey to absolute annihilation. For more details,
s. diññhi.
sati: ‘mindfulness’, is one of the 5 spiritual faculties and
powers (s. bala), one of the 7 factors of enlightenment
(bojjhanga, q.v.), and the 7th link of the 8-fold Path
(magga, q.v.), and is, in its widest sense, one of those
mental factors inseparably associated with all karmically
wholesome (kusala, q.v.) and karma-produced
lofty (sobhana) consciousness (Cf. Tab. II). – For the
4 foundations of mindfulness s. foll.
satipaññhàna: the 4 ‘foundations of mindfulness’,
lit. ‘awarenesses of mindfulness’ (sati-upaññhàna), are:
contemplation of body, feeling, mind and mind-objects.
– For sati, s. prec.
A detailed treatment of this subject, so important
for the practice of Buddhist mental culture, is given in
the 2 Satipaññhàna Suttas (D. 22; M. 10), which at the
start as well as the conclusion, proclaim the weighty
words: “The only way that leads to the attainment of
– 308 –
purity, to the overcoming of sorrow and lamentation, to
the end of pain and grief, to the entering of the right
path, and to the realization of Nibbàna is the 4 foundations
of mindfulness.”
After these introductory words, and upon the question
which these 4 are, it is said that the monk dwells in
contemplation of the body, the feelings, the mind, and
the mind-objects, “ardent, clearly conscious and
mindful, after putting away worldly greed and grief.”
These 4 contemplations are in reality not to be
taken as merely separate exercises, but on the contrary,
at least in many cases, especially in the absorptions, as
things inseparably associated with each other. Thereby
the Satipaññhàna Sutta forms an illustration of the way
in which these 4 contemplations relating to the
5 groups of existence (khandha, q.v.) simultaneously
come to be realized, and finally lead to insight into the
impersonality of all existence.
(1) The contemplation of the body
(kàyanupassanà) consists of the following exercises:
mindfulness with regard to in-and-outbreathing
(ànàpànasati, q.v.), minding the 4 postures
(iriyàpatha, q.v.), mindfulness and clarity of consciousness
(satisampaja¤¤a, q.v.), reflection on the 32 parts
of the body (s. kàyagatàsati and asubha), analysis of
the 4 physical elements (dhàtuvavatthàna, q.v.),
cemetery meditations (sãvathikà q.v.).
(2) All feelings (vedanànupassanà) that arise in the
meditator he clearly perceives, namely: agreeable and
disagreeable feeling of body and mind, sensual and
super-sensual feeling, indifferent feeling.
– 309 –
(3) He further clearly perceives and understands
any state of consciousness or mind (cittànupassanà),
whether it is greedy or not, hateful or not, deluded or
not, cramped or distracted, developed or undeveloped,
surpassable or unsurpassable, concentrated or unconcentrated,
liberated or unliberated.
(4) Concerning the mind-objects (dhammànupassanà),
he knows whether one of the five hindrances
(nãvaraõa, q.v.) is present in him or not, knows how it
arises, how it is overcome, and how in future it does no
more arise. He knows the nature of each of the five
groups (khandha, q.v.), how they arise, and how they
are dissolved. He knows the 12 bases of all mental
activity (àyatana q.v.): the eye and the visual object,
the ear and the audible object,… mind and mindobject,
he knows the fetters (saüyojana, q.v.) based on
them, knows how they arise, how they are overcome,
and how in future they do no more arise. He knows
whether one of the seven factors of enlightenment
(bojjhanga, q.v.) is present in him or not, knows how it
arises, and how it comes to full development. Each of
the Four Noble Truths (sacca, q.v.) he understands
according to reality.
The 4 contemplations comprise several exercises,
but the Satipaññhàna should not therefore be thought of
as a mere collection of meditation subjects, any one of
which may be taken out and practised alone. Though
most of the exercises appear also elsewhere in the
Buddhist scriptures, in the context of this sutta they are
chiefly intended for the cultivation of mindfulness and
insight, as indicated by the repetitive passage conclud-
310 –
ing each section of the sutta (see below). The 4 contemplations
cover all the 5 groups of existence
(khandha, q.v.), because mindfulness is meant to encompass
the whole personality. Hence, for the full
development of mindfulness, the practice should extend
to all 4 types of contemplation, though not every
single exercise mentioned under these four headings
need be taken up. A methodical practice of Satipaññhàna
has to start with one of the exercises out of
the group ‘contemplation of the body’, which will serve
as the primary and regular subject of meditation: The
other exercises of the group and the other contemplations
are to be cultivated when occasion for them
arises during meditation and in everyday life.
After each contemplation it is shown how it finally
leads to insight-knowledge: “Thus with regard to his
own body he contemplates the body, with regard to the
bodies of others he contemplates the body, with regard
to both he contemplates the body. He beholds how the
body arises and how it passes away, beholds the arising
and passing away of the body. ‘A body is there’ (but no
living being, no individual, no woman, no man, no self,
nothing that belongs to a self; neither a person, nor
anything belonging to a person; Com.): thus he has established
his attentiveness as far as it serves his knowledge
and mindfulness, and he lives independent, unattached
to anything in the world.’’
In the same way he contemplates feeling, mind and
mind-objects.
In M. 118 it is shown how these four foundations of
mindfulness may be brought about by the exercise of
– 311 –
mindfulness on in-and-out breathing (ànàpànasati,
q.v.).
Literature: The Way of Mindfulness, tr. of Sutta and
Com., by Soma Thera (3rd ed; Kandy 1967, BPS). –
The Heart of Buddhist Meditation, by Nyanaponika Thera
(3rd ed.; London. Rider & Co.). The Foundations of
Mindfulness (tr. of M. 10), Nyanasatta Thera (Wheel 19).
The Satipaññhàna Sutta and its Application to Modern Life,
V. F. Gunaratna (Wheel 60). – The Power of Mindfulness by
Nyanaponika Thera (Wheel 121/122).
sati-sambojjhanga: ‘mindfulness as factor of
enlightenment’ s. bojjhanga.
sati-sampaja¤¤a: ‘mindfulness and clarity of
consciousness, s. sampaja¤¤a.
satta: ‘living being’. This term, just like attà, puggala,
jãva, and all the other terms denoting ‘ego-entity’, is to
be considered as a merely conventional term (vohàravacana),
not possessing any reality-value. For the
impersonality of all existence. s. anattà, paramattha,
puggala, jãva, satta, pañiccasamuppàda.
sattakkhattu-parama: ‘one with only 7 further
rebirths at the utmost’, is one of the 3 kinds of Streamwinners
(sotàpanna, q.v.).
sattàvàsa, nava: ‘abodes of beings’. In the sutta-texts
(e.g. D. 33; A.IX, 24) 9 such abodes are mentioned:
“There are, O monks, 9 abodes of beings, namely:
(1) “There are beings who are different in body
and different in perception, such as the human beings,
some heavenly beings, and some beings living in the
world of suffering (vinipàtika, q.v.).
– 312 –
(2) “There are beings who are different in body but
equal in perception, such as the first-born gods of the
Brahma-world (i.e. at the beginning of each new worldformation;
s. deva II).
(3) “There are beings who are equal in body but
different in perception, such as the Radiant Gods
(àbhassara, s. deva II).
(4) “There are beings who are equal in body and
equal in perception, such as the All-Illuminating Gods
(subha-kinha; s. deva II).
(5) “There are beings without perception and
feeling, such as the unconscious beings (asa¤¤asatta,
q.v.).
(6) “There are beings who, through the complete
overcoming of perceptions of matter (råpa-sa¤¤a), the
disappearance of perceptions of sense-reaction
(pañigha-sa¤¤a), and the non-attention to perceptions
of variety thinking: ‘Boundless is space’, are reborn in
the sphere of boundless space (s. deva, III; jhàna, 5).
(7) “There are beings who, through the complete
overcoming of the sphere of boundless space, thinking:
‘Boundless is consciousness’, are reborn in the sphere of
boundless consciousness (s. jhàna 6).
(8) “There are beings who, through the complete
overcoming of the sphere of boundless consciousness,
thinking: ‘Nothing is there, are reborn in the sphere of
nothingness (s. jhàna, 7).
(9) “There are beings who, through the complete
overcoming of the sphere of nothingness, are reborn in
the sphere of neither-perception-nor-non-perception
(s. jhàna, 8)” (A. IX, 24).
– 313 –
According to the Com. to A., the beings of the Pure
Abodes (suddhàvàsa, q.v.) are not mentioned here, for
the reason that they exist only in those world-periods in
which Buddhas appear. Cf. vi¤¤àõa-ññhiti.
Sa-upàdisesa-nibbàna: s. nibbàna, upàdi.
sàvaka: ‘hearer’, i.e. ‘disciple’, refers, in a restricted
sense (then mostly ariya-sàvaka, ‘noble disciple’), only
to the 8 kinds of noble disciples (ariya-puggala, q.v.).
sàvaka-bodhi: ‘enlightenment of the disciple’, designates
the holiness of the disciple, as distinguished from
the holiness of the Pacceka-Buddha (q.v.) and the
Sammà-sambuddha (q.v.).
sceptical doubt: vicikicchà (q.v.). Cf. kankhà.
scruples: kukkucca (q.v.).
sekha: a ‘noble learner’, a disciple in higher training,
i.e. one who pursues the 3 kinds of training
(sikkhà, q.v.), is one of those 7 kinds of noble disciples
who have reached one of the 4 supermundane paths or
the 3 lower fruitions (s. ariya-puggala), while the one
possessed of the 4th fruition, or Arahatta-phala, is
called ‘one beyond training’ (asekha, lit. ‘no more
learner’). The worldling (puthujjana, q.v.) is called
‘neither a noble learner, nor perfected in learning’
(n’eva-sekha-nàsekha). Cf. Pug. 23-25.
self: attà (q.v.).
self-annihilation, craving for: vibhava-taõhà
(s. taõhà).
– 314 –
self-confidence: vesàrajja (q.v.).
self-mortification: atta-kilamatha (q.v.).
senàsana: ‘dwelling place’, is one of the 4 requisites of
the monk’s life (s. sãla 4). To be suitable for spiritual
training, it should possess 5 advantages. As it is said
(A. X, 11): “But how, O monks, does the dwelling place
possess 5 advantages? Such a dwelling place is not too
far, nor too near (to the village), is suitable for going
(on almsround) and returning. In the daytime it is not
much crowded, and at night without noise and bustle.
One is not much molested there by gadflies, mosquitoes,
wind, sun and creeping things. While living there,
the monk without difficulty obtains robes, almsfood,
dwelling, and the necessary medicines. There are elder
monks living there, with great learning, well versed in
the Message, masters of the Law (dhamma), of the
Discipline (vinaya) and of the Tables of Contents
(i.e. either the twofold Abhidhamma Matrix, or the
Bhikkhu and Bhikkhuni Pàtimokkha; s. pàtimokkha).
And he approaches them from time to time, questions
them, asks them for explanations, etc.
sense-organs and objects: s. àyatana, dhàtu.
sense-stimuli, corporeality responding to: s. àyatana.
sensitive corporeality: pasàda-råpa (q.v.).
sensuality (subj. & obj.): kàma (q.v.).
sensuous clinging: kàmåpàdàna; s. upàdàna.
– 315 –
sensuous craving: kàma-taõhà (-ràga), is one of the
10 fetters (saüyojana, q.v.), and one of the 3 kinds of
craving (taõhà, q.v.).
sensuous sphere (-world): s. avacara, loka.
serenity: s. samatha.
seven rebirths at the utmost: s. sotàpanna.
sex: s. bhàva.
sexual intercourse, unlawful: s. kàmesu micchàcàra.
shame: hiri (q.v.).
shamelessness: ahirika (q.v.).
signless (animitta): s. ceto-vimutti, vimokkha,
vipassanà.
sikkhà: the ‘training’, which the Buddha’s disciple has
to undergo, is 3-fold: training in higher morality
(adhisãla-sikkhà), in higher mentality (adhicittasikkhà),
and in higher wisdom (adhipa¤¤à-sikkhà). This
3-fold training refers to the 3-fold division of the 8-fold
Path (magga, q.v.) in morality, concentration and wisdom
(sãla, samàdhi, pa¤¤à). In D. 16 and A.IV,1 it is
said:
“It is through not understanding, not penetrating
noble morality… noble concentration… noble
wisdom… noble deliverance that I, as well as you, have
had for such a long time to pass through this round of
rebirths.’’
“This then is morality, this concentration, this
wisdom, this deliverance. Being endowed with
– 316 –
morality, concentration brings high fruit and blessing.
Being endowed with concentration, wisdom brings high
fruit and blessing. Being endowed with wisdom, the
mind becomes freed from all cankers (àsava q.v.)
namely, from the sensuous canker (kàmàsava), from
the canker of existence (bhavasava) from the canker of
opinions (diññhisava) from the canker of ignorance
(avijjàsava).
sikkhàpada: ‘steps of training’, moral rules.
The 5 moral rules, also called pa¤ca-sãla which are
binding on all Buddhist laymen, are: (1) abstaining
from killing any living being, (2) from stealing,
(3) from unlawful sexual intercourse, (4) from lying,
(5) from the use of intoxicants.(s. suràmeraya etc.)
The 10 rules (dasa-sãla) are binding on all novices
and monks, namely: (1) abstaining from killing,
(2) from stealing, (3) from unchastity, (4) from lying,
(5) from the use of intoxicants, (6) from eating after
midday, (7) from dancing, singing, music and shows,
(8) from garlands, scents, cosmetics and adornments,
etc., (9) from luxurious beds, (10) from accepting gold
and silver.
In the 8 rules (attha-sãla) which on full and new
moon days, and on the first and last quarter of the
moon, are observed by many lay-followers
(upàsaka, q.v.), the 7th and 8th of the above 10 rules
are fused into one as the 7th rule, while the 9th
becomes the 8th.
sãla: ‘morality’, ‘virtue’, is a mode of mind and volition
(cetana, q.v.) manifested in speech or bodily action
(s. karma). It is the foundation of the whole Buddhist
– 317 –
practice, and therewith the first of the 3 kinds of training
(sikkhà, q.v.) that form the 3-fold division of the
8-fold Path (s. magga), i.e. morality, concentration and
wisdom.
Buddhist morality is not, as it may appear from the
negative formulations in the Sutta-texts, something
negative. And it does not consist in the mere not committing
of evil actions, but is in each instance the clearly
conscious and intentional restraint from the bad actions
in question and corresponds to the simultaneously
arising volition.
Morality of the 8-fold Path, namely, right speech,
right action and right livelihood, is called ‘genuine or
natural morality’ pakatisãla), as distinguished from the
external rules for monks or laymen, the so-called
‘prescribed morality’ (pa¤¤atti-sãla, q.v.), which, as
such, is karmically neutral.
“What now is karmically wholesome morality
(kusala-sãla)? It is the wholesome bodily action (kàyakamma,
s. karma), wholesome verbal action (vacãkamma,
s. karma), and also the purity with regard to
livelihood which I call morality” (M. 78).
Cf. magga, 3-5.
For the 5, 8 and 10 rules, s. sikkhàpada. Further
cf. càritta- and vàritta-sãla.
The 4 kinds of morality consisting of purification
(catupàrisuddhi-sãla) are: (1) restraint with regard to
the monks’ Disciplinary Code, (2) restraint of the
senses, (3) purification of livelihood, (4) morality with
regard to the 4 requisites (of the monk).
– 318 –
(1) Restraint with regard to the Disciplinary Code
(pàtimokkha-saüvara-sãla). “Here the monk is restrained
in accordance with the monks’ Disciplinary Code, is
perfect in conduct and behaviour, and perceiving danger
even in the least offences, he trains himself in the
rules he has taken upon him” (A. V, 87, 109, 114, etc.).
(2) Restraint of the senses (indriya-saüvara-sãla).
“Whenever the monk perceives a form with the eye, a
sound with the ear, an odour with the nose, a taste with
the tongue, an impression with the body, an object with
the mind, he neither adheres to the appearance as a
whole, nor to its parts. And he strives to ward off that
through which evil and unwholesome things, greed and
sorrow, would arise, if he remained with unguarded
senses; and he watches over his senses, restrains his
senses” (M. 38).
(3) Purification of livelihood (àjãva-pàrisuddhisãla).
It consists therein that the monk does not acquire
his livelihood in a way unbefitting to a monk.
(4) Morality with regard to the 4 requisites
(paccaya-sannissita-sãla). It consists therein that the
monk is guided by the right mental attitude when making
use of the 4 requisites: robes, almsfood, dwelling
and medicine. “Wisely reflecting he makes use of his
robes… merely to protect himself against cold and
heat, etc. Wisely reflecting he makes use of his almsfood…
merely as a prop and support to this body….
Wisely reflecting he makes use of his dwelling… merely
to keep off the dangers of weather and to enjoy solitude….
Wisely reflecting he makes use of the necessary
– 319 –
medicines, merely to suppress feelings of sickness that
arise, and to reach perfect freedom from suffering”
(cf. M. 2).
About these 4 kinds of morality, Vis.M. I gives a
detailed exposition.
sãlabbata-paràmàsa and –upàdàna: ‘attachment (or
clinging) to mere rules and ritual’, is the 3rd of the
10 fetters (saüyojana, q.v.), and one of the 4 kinds of
clinging (upàdàna, q.v.). It disappears on attaining to
Stream-entry (sotàpatti). For definition, s. upàdàna.
sãla-samàdhi-pa¤¤à: s. sikkhà, magga.
silent buddha: pacceka-buddha (q.v.).
sitting position, sleeping in: s. dhutanga.
sãvathikà: ‘cemetery contemplations’, as described in
D. 22 and M. 10, have as their objects a corpse one or
two or three days old, swollen up, blue-black in colour,
full of corruption; a corpse eaten by crows, etc.; a
framework of bones; flesh hanging from it, bespattered
with blood, held together by the sinews; without flesh
and blood, but still held together by the sinews; bones
scattered in all direction; bleached and resembling
shells; heaped together after the lapse of years; weathered
and crumbled to dust. At the end of each of these
contemplations there follows the conclusion: “This
body of mine also has this nature, has this destiny, cannot
escape it.” Similar are the 10 objects of loathsomeness
(asubha q.v.).
skilful: kusala (q.v.).
– 320 –
sloth: middha, s. nãvaraõa.
sobhana: ‘lofty’, beautiful, pure, are called, in Abh. S.,
all states of consciousness excepting the unwholesome
and those without roots (ahetuka). Sobhana-sàdhàraõa
are called the mental factors (cetasika) common to all
lofty consciousness; s. Tab. II.
somanassa: lit ‘glad-minded-ness’ (su+ manas+ ya),
gladness, joy; identical with ‘mentally agreeable feeling’
(cetasikà sukhà vedanà), belongs to the feelinggroup
(vedanà-kkhandha, s. khandha II), and is enumerated
amongst the 22 faculties (indriya, q.v.). It may
or may not be associated with karmically wholesome
consciousness (s. Tab. I. 1-4, 9-12, 18-21), with karmically
unwholesome consciousness (greedy c. ib. 22-25),
and with karmically neutral consciousness (ib. 40,
42-45, 57-60, 66-69, 72-76, 81-84), – Somanassa is not
identical with pãti (q.v.).
somanassåpavicàra: ‘indulging in gladness’; s. manopavicàra.
something: ki¤cana (q.v.).
sotàpanna: the ‘Stream-winner’, is the lowest of the
8 noble disciples (s. ariya-puggala). Three kinds are to
be distinguished: the one ‘with 7 rebirths at the utmost’
(sattakkhattu-parama), the one ‘passing from one noble
family to another’ (kolankola), the one ‘germinating
only once more’ (eka-bãjã). As it is said (e.g. Pug. 37-39;
A. III, 87):
(1) “If a man, after the disappearance of the
3 fetters (personality-belief, sceptical doubt, attach-
321 –
ment to rules and ritual; s. saüyojana), has entered the
stream (to Nibbàna), he is no more subject to rebirth in
lower worlds, is firmly established, destined to full
enlightenment. After having passed amongst the heavenly
and human beings only seven times more through
the round of rebirths, he puts an end to suffering. Such
a man is called ‘one with 7 births at the utmost’
(sattakkhattu-parama).
(2) “If a man, after the disappearance of the
3 fetters,… is destined to full enlightenment, he, after
having passed among noble families two or three times
through the round of rebirths, puts an end to suffering.
Such a man is called ‘one passing from one noble
family to another’ (kolankola).
(3) “If a man, after the disappearance of the
3 fetters,… is destined to full enlightenment, he, after
having only once more returned to human existence,
puts an end to suffering. Such a man is called ‘one
germinating only once more’ (eka-bãjã). See Sotàpatti-
Saüyutta (S. LV).
sotàpannassa angàni: the ‘characteristic qualities of a
Stream-winner’ are 4: unshakable faith towards the
Enlightened One, unshakable faith towards the
Doctrine, unshakable faith towards the Order, and
perfect morality. Explained in S. LV, I, D. 33, in
S. XLVII, 8 and in Netti-ppakaraõa these 4 qualities are
called sotàpattiyanga (q.v.).
sotàpatti: ‘Stream-entry’; s. sotàpanna; s. -magga,
-phala, ‘path and fruition of Stream-entry’;
s. ariyapuggala.
– 322 –
sotàpattiyanga: the 4 (preliminary) ‘conditions to
Stream-entry’ are: companionship with good persons,
hearing the Good Law, wise reflection, living in
conformity with the Law (S. LV, 5; D. 33).
Cf. sotàpannassa angàni.
space: s. àkàsa.
spheres (of existence): avacara (q.v.). – The
4 immaterial spheres (àyatana): s. jhàna (5-8).
spiritual faculties: s. indriya (15-19), indriya-samatta,
bala.
spontaneously born beings: opapàtika (q.v.).
stains, the 3: mala (q.v.).
standstill (of morality etc.): s. hàna-bhàgiya-sãla. S. of
existence: vivañña (q.v.).
stinginess: macchariya (q.v.); cf. Tab. II.
stored-up karma: kañattà; s. karma.
stream-entry: s. sotàpanna, ariya-puggala.
streams of merit: pu¤¤adhàrà (q.v.).
stream-winner: s. sotàpanna, ariya-puggala.
stupid-natured: s. carita.
subconscious stream (of existence): bhavangasota
(q.v.).
subha-kiõha (or –kiõõa): s. deva, II.
– 323 –
subha-nimitta: ‘beautiful (or attractive) object of
mind’; it may become an inducement to the arising of
sense-desire (kàmacchanda; s. nãvaraõa): “No other
thing do I know, O monks, through which in such a
degree sense-desire may arise, and once arisen will
continue to grow, as an attractive object. Whoso does
not wisely consider an attractive object, in him sensedesire
will arise, and once arisen will continue to grow”
(A. I, 2).
subha-sa¤¤à, -citta, -diññhi: ‘the perception (consciousness
or view) of beauty (or purity)’ in what is
actually devoid of it (asubhe subha-sa¤¤à), is one of the
4 perversions (vipallàsa, q.v.).
sublime abodes (or States): brahma-vihàra (q.v.).
substrata of existence: upadhi (q.v.).
sucarita: ‘good conduct’, is 3-fold, in body, speech and
mind, and comprises the 10 wholesome courses of
action (s. kammapatha). According to A. X, 61, it has
sense-control as its condition. See D. 33, A. II, 17; III, 2.
successive births, karma ripening in: s. karma.
suchness: tathatà (q.v.).
sudassa, sudassã: s. foll.
suddhàvàsa: the ‘Pure Abodes’, are a group of
5 heavens belonging to the fine-material world (råpaloka,
s. loka), where only the Non-returners
(s. anàgàmã, q.v.) are reborn, and in which they attain
Arahatship and Nibbàna (ariya-puggala). The names of
– 324 –
the inhabitants of these Pure Abodes are: âviha,
âtappa, Sudassa, Sudassã, Akaniññha. Cf. anàgàmã.
suddha-vipassanà-yànika = sukkha-vipassaka (q.v.).
suffering: For the 4 Truths of suffering, s. sacca; further
s. ti-lakkhaõa.
sugati: ‘happy course of existence’; s. gati.
sukha: pleasant, happy; happiness, pleasure, joy, bliss.
It is one of the three feelings (s. vedanà) and may be
either bodily or mental. The texts distinguish between
the happiness of the senses and the h. of renunciation
(A. II), worldly (carnal; sàmisa) and unworldly (noncarnal;
niràmisa) happiness (M. 10). See A. II, ch. VIII.
– Happiness is an indispensable condition for attaining
concentration of mind (samàdhi, q.v.), and therefore it
is one of the 5 factors (or constituents) of the 1st
absorption (jhànanga; s. jhàna) and is present up to the
3rd absorption inclusively. “The mind of the happy one
has concentration as its fruit and reward” (A.X,1). – “In
him who is filled with happiness, right concentration
has found a foundation” (A.X,3).
sukha-sa¤¤à, -citta, -diññhi: ‘the perception (consciousness
or view) of happiness’ in what is actually
suffering (dukkhe sukha-sa¤¤à), i.e. any form of
existence, it is one of the perversions (vipallàsa, q.v.).
sukkha-vipassaka: ‘one supported by bare insight’, is
the commentarial term for one who, without having
attained any of the meditative absorptions (jhàna, q.v.),
has realized only by the support of insight
(vipassanà, q.v.) one or several of the supermundane
– 325 –
paths (s. ariyapuggala). In Vis.M. XVIII, he is called
suddha-vipassanà-yànika, as distinguished from ‘one
who has tranquillity as vehicle’ (samathayànika, q.v.).
Though the primary meaning of sukkha as intended
here is as stated above, subcommentaries (e.g. D. Tãkà)
employ also the literal meaning of sukkha, i.e. ‘dry’:
“His insight is dry, rough, unmoistened by the moisture
of tranquillity meditation.” This justifies a frequent
rendering of this term by ‘dry-visioned’ or ‘having dry
insight’, which, however, should not lead to misconceptions
about the nature of insight meditation as being
‘dry’ or ‘merely intellectual’, while in fact the development
of insight will produce rapture (pãti) and a sense
of urgency (saüvega) in the meditator. – (App.).
su¤¤a (adj.), su¤¤atà (noun): void (ness), empty
(emptiness). As a doctrinal term it refers, in Theravàda,
exclusively to the anattà doctrine, .i.e. the unsubstantiality
of all phenomena: “Void is the world… because it
is void of a self and anything belonging to a self”
(su¤¤am attena và attaniyena và; S. XXXV, 85); also
stated of the 5 groups of existence (khandha, q.v.) in
the same text. See also M. 43, M. 106. – In CNidd.
(quoted in Vis.M. XXI, 55), it is said: “Eye… mind,
visual objects… mind-objects, visual consciousness…
mind-consciousness, corporeality… consciousness, etc.,
are void of self and anything belonging to a self; void
of permanency and of anything lasting, eternal or
immutable.. They are coreless: without a core of
permanency, or core of happiness or core of self.” – In
M. 121, the voiding of the mind of the cankers, in the
attainment of Arahatship, is regarded as the “fully
purified and incomparably highest (concept of)
– 326 –
voidness. – See Sn. v. 1119; M. 121; M. 122
(Wheel 87); Pts.M. II: Su¤¤a-kathà; Vis.M. XXI, 53ff.
su¤¤atànupassanà: ‘contemplation of emptiness’
(s. prec.), is one of the 18 chief kinds of insight
(vipassanà, q.v.). Cf. Vis.M. XXI.
su¤¤atà-vimokkha: ‘emptiness-deliverance’;
s. vimokkha.
superiority-conceit: s. màna.
supermundane: lokuttara (q.v.); -faculties, s. indriya
(20-22).
supernormal: mahaggata (q.v.); -knowledges,
s. abhi¤¤à.
support, decisive support: (nissaya, upanissaya) are
two of the 24 conditions (s. paccaya).
supportive karma: upatthambhaka-kamma; s. karma.
suppressive karma: upapãlaka-kamma; s. karma.
suràmeraya-majja-ppamàdaññhànà veramaõã
sikkhàpadaü samàdiyàmi: “I take upon myself the
vow to abstain from taking intoxicants and drugs such
as wine, liquor, etc. since they lead to moral carelessness.”
This is the wording of the last of the 5 moral
rules (s. sikkhàpada) binding on all Buddhists.
susànik’anga: s. dhutanga.
suta-mayà pa¤¤à: ‘knowledge based on learning’;
s. pa¤¤à.
– 327 –
T
tadanga-pahàna: ‘overcoming by the opposite’, is one
of the 5 kinds of overcoming (pahàna, q.v.).
tadàrammana-citta: ‘registering consciousness’
(s. Tab. I, 40-49, 56), is the last stage in the complete
process of cognition (citta-vãthi) immediately before
sinking into the subconscious. It does not occur with the
consciousness of the absorptions nor with supermundane
consciousness, but only with large or distinct
objects of the sensuous sphere. Cf. vi¤¤àõa-kicca.
taints: àsava (q.v.).
talk, low: tiracchàna-kathà (q.v.).
taõhà: (lit. ‘thirst’): ‘craving’, is the chief root of suffering,
and of the ever-continuing cycle of rebirths. “What,
O monks, is the origin of suffering? It is that craving
which gives rise to ever-fresh rebirth and, bound up
with pleasure and lust, now here, now there, finds ever
fresh delight. It is the sensual craving (kàma-taõhà), the
craving for existence (bhava-taõhà), the craving for
non-existence (vibhava-taõhà)’’ (D. 22). T. is the 8th
link in the formula of the dependent origination
(pañiccasamuppàda, q.v.). Cf. sacca.
Corresponding to the 6 sense-objects, there are
6 kinds of craving: craving for visible objects, for
sounds, odours, tastes, bodily impressions, mental
impressions (råpa-, sadda-, gandha-, rasa-, phoññhabba-,
dhamma-taõhà). (M. 9; D. 15)
– 328 –
Corresponding to the 3-fold existence, there are
3 kinds: craving for sensual existence (kàma-taõhà), for
fine-material existence (råpa-taõhà), for immaterial
existence (aråpa-taõhà). (D. 33)
There are 18 ‘thought-channels of craving’ (taõhàvicarita)
induced internally, and 18 induced externally;
and as occurring in past, present and future, they
total 108; see A. IV, 199; Vibh., Ch. 17
(Khuddakavatthu-Vibhanga).
According to the dependent origination, craving is
conditioned by feeling; on this see D. 22 (section on the
2nd Truth).
Of craving for existence (bhava-taõhà) it is said
(A. X, 62): “No first beginning of the craving for existence
can be perceived, O monks, before which it was
not and after which it came to be. But it can he perceived
that craving for existence has its specific condition.
I say, O monks, that also craving for existence has
its condition that feeds it (sàharaü) and is not without
it. And what is it? ‘Ignorance’, one has to reply.” –
Craving for existence and ignorance are called “the
outstanding causes that lead to happy and unhappy
destinies (courses of existence)” (s. Vis.M. XVII, 36-42).
The most frequent synonyms of taõhà are
ràga (q.v.) and lobha (s. måla).
taõhà-kkhaya: ‘extinction of craving’, is identical with
‘extinction of cankers’ (àsavakkhaya) and the attainment
of perfect Holiness or Arahatship. Cf. ariyapuggala.
– 329 –
taõhà-nissita-sãla: ‘morality based on craving’
(s. nissaya).
tathàgata: the ‘Perfect One’, lit. the one who has ‘thus
gone’, or ‘thus come’, is an epithet of the Buddha used
by him when speaking of himself.
To the often asked questions, whether the Tathàgata
still exists after death, or not, it is said (e.g. S. XXII,
85, 86) that, in the highest sense (paramattha, q.v.) the
Tathàgata cannot, even at lifetime, be discovered, how
much less after death, and that neither the 5 groups of
existence (khandha, q.v.) are to be regarded as the
Tathàgata, nor can the Tathàgata be found outside
these corporeal and mental phenomena. The meaning
intended here is that there exist only these ever-changing
corporeal and mental phenomena, arising and vanishing
from moment to moment, but no separate entity,
no personality.
When the commentaries in this connection explain
Tathàgata by ‘living being’ (satta), they mean to say
that here the questioners are using the merely conventional
expression, Tathàgata, in the sense of a really
existing entity.
Cf. anattà, paramattha, puggala, jãva, satta.
A commentarial treatise on “The Meaning of the Word
‘Tathàgata’ ” is included in The All-Embracing Net of Views
(Brahmajàla Sutta), tr. Bhikkhu Bodhi (BPS).
tathàgata-bala: the ‘ten powers of the Perfect One’;
s. dasa-bala.
– 330 –
tathatà: ‘Suchness’, designates the firmly fixed nature
(bhàva) of all things whatever. The only passage in the
Canon where the word occurs in this sense, is found in
Kath. 186 (s. Guide, p. 83). On the Mahàyana term
tathatà, s. Suzuki, Awakening of Faith, p. 53f. (App.).
tatra-majjhattatà: ‘equanimity, equipoise, mental
balance’ (lit., ‘remaining here and there in the middle’),
is the name for a high ethical quality belonging to the
sankhàra-kkhandha (s. khandha) and is mostly known
by the name upekkhà. In its widest sense it is associated
with all pure consciousness (s. Tab. II). “Tatramajjhattatà
is called the ‘keeping in the middle of all
things’. It has as characteristic that it effects the balance
of consciousness and mental factors; as nature
(function; rasa), that it prevents excessiveness and
deficiency, or that it puts an end to partiality; as manifestation,
that it keeps the proper middle” (Vis.M. XIV).
(App.).
tàvatiüsa: ‘the Thirty-three (Gods)’, a class of
heavenly beings in the sensuous sphere; s. deva (I).
te-cãvarik’anga: ‘practice of the three-rober’, is one of
the ascetical means for purification (dhutanga, q.v.).
tejo-dhàtu: ‘fire-element, heat-element’; s. dhàtu.
tejo-kasiõa: ‘fire-kasina’, is one of the 10 kasina
exercises; s. kasiõa.
temperature: utu (q.v.). – For corporeality produced
by temperature, s. samuññhàna.
tendencies: anusaya (q.v.).
– 331 –
terror, awareness of: one of the insight-knowledges;
s. visuddhi VI. 3.
te-vijja: ‘one endowed with the threefold (higher)
knowledge’. In Brahmanism means ‘knower of the
3 Vedas’ (tri-vidyà), in Buddhism means one who has
realised 3 kinds of knowledge, to wit: remembrance of
former rebirths, the divine eye, extinction of all
cankers. For details, s. abhi¤¤à, 4-6. Cf. Tevijjà Sutta,
D. 13 (Wheel 57/58).
theravàda: ‘Doctrine of the Elders’, is a name of the
oldest form of the Buddha’s teachings, handed down to
us in the Pàli language. According to tradition, its name
is derived from the fact of having been fixed by
500 holy Elders of the Order, soon after the death of
the Master.
Theravàda is the only one of the old schools of
Buddhism that has survived among those which
Mahàyànists have called ‘Hinayàna’. It is sometimes
called Southern Buddhism or Pàli Buddhism. It is found
today in Sri Lanka, Burma, Thailand, Cambodia, Laos
and Chittagong (East Bengal.) – Cf. Guide, p. 60. –
(App.).
thãna-middha: ‘sloth and torpor’, constitute the 3rd of
the 5 hindrances (nãvaraõa, q.v.). They may or may not,
be associated with greedy consciousness (s. Tab. 23, 25,
27, 29 and II).
thinking, wisdom based on: cintàmayapa¤¤à: s. pa¤¤à.
– 332 –
ñhiti-bhàgiya-sãla, -samàdhi, -pa¤¤à: ‘static morality,
static concentration, static wisdom’; s. hàna-bhàgiyasãla.
thought, thought-conception: s. vitakka.
thought, Right: sammà-sankappa; .s. sacca, magga.
ties, the 4: gantha (q.v.).
ti-hetu-pañisandhika: s. pañisandhi.
ti-lakkhaõa: the ‘3 characteristics of existence’, or
signata, are impermanency (anicca, q.v.), suffering or
misery (dukkha, q.v.; s. sacca, dukkhatà), not-self
(anattà, q.v.).
“Whether Perfect Ones appear in the world, or
whether Perfect Ones do not appear in the world, it still
remains a firm condition, an immutable fact and fixed
law: that all formations are impermanent, that all
formations are subject to suffering, that everything is
without a self’’ (A. III, 134).
“What do you think, O monks: Is corporeality
(råpa) permanent or impermanent? – Impermanent,
O Venerable One. – Are feeling (vedanà), perception
(sa¤¤à), mental formations (sankhàra) and consciousness
(vi¤¤àõa), permanent or impermanent? –
Impermanent, O Venerable One.
“But that which is impermanent, is it something
pleasant or painful? – It is painful, O Venerable One.
– 333 –
“But, of what is impermanent, painful and subject
to change, could it be rightly said, ‘This belongs to me,
this am I, this is my ego’? – No, Venerable One.
“Therefore, whatever there is of corporeality,
feeling, perception, mental formations and consciousness,
whether past, present or future, one’s own or
external, gross or subtle, lofty or low, far or near, of all
these things one should understand, according to
reality and true wisdom: ‘This does not belong to me,
this am I not, this is not my ego’ ” (S. XXII, 59).
“In one who understands eye, ear, nose, tongue,
body and all the remaining formations as impermanent,
painful and not-self, in him the fetters (saüyojana, q.v.)
are dissolved” (S. XXXV, 53).
It is the full comprehension of the 3 characteristics
by direct meditative experience which constitutes
liberating insight. About their relation to the three
gateways of liberation’, s. vimokkha I.
For further details, s. anicca, dukkha, anattà,
vipassanà.
Literature: The Three Signata, by Prof. O. H. de
A. Wijesekera (Wheel 20). – The Three Basic Facts of
Existence: I-III (Wheel BPS), Vis.M. XX, 13ff, 18ff; XXI,
47f, 67f.
ti-Piñaka: ‘The Three Baskets’, is the name for the
3 main divisions of the Pàli Canon: the Basket of
Discipline (Vinaya Piñaka), the Basket of Discourses
(Sutta Piñaka) and the Basket of Philosophy
(Abhidhamma Piñaka).
– 334 –
tiracchàna-kathà: ‘low talk’, lit. ‘beastly talk’, is the
name in the sutta-texts for the following: “Talk about
kings and robbers, ministers and armies, danger and
war, eating and drinking, clothes and dwellings,
garlands and scents, relations, chariots, villages and
markets, towns and districts, women and heroes, street
talks, talks by the well, talk about those departed in
days gone by, tittle-tattle, talks about world and sea,
about gain and loss” (A.X, 69 etc.).
In the commentaries 4 further kinds are enumerated,
thus bringing the number to 32, as mostly counted,
namely: talk about sensuous enjoyment, self-mortification,
eternity and self-annihilation.
tiracchàna-yoni: ‘animal womb’; birth as animal. The
animal kingdom belongs to the sensuous world
(s. loka), is one of the 4 lower worlds (s. apàya) and
one of the 3 woeful courses of existence (s. gati).
tãrana-pari¤¤à: ‘full understanding by investigating’;
s. pari¤¤à.
ti-ratana: ‘Three Jewels’ or Three Gems, which by all
Buddhists are revered as the most venerable things, are
the Buddha, the Dhamma and the Holy Sangha.’ i.e.:
the Enlightened One; the law of deliverance discovered,
realized and proclaimed by him; and the Community
of Holy Disciples and those who live in accordance
with the Law. – The contemplations of the 3 Jewels
belong to the 10 contemplations (anussati q.v.).
ti-sarana: ‘Threefold Refuge’, in which every faithful
adherent of the Buddha puts his whole trust, consists in
the Buddha, the Dhamma and the Sangha (s. prec.).
– 335 –
The Buddha, or Enlightened One, is the teacher
who by himself has discovered, realized and proclaimed
to the world the law of deliverance. The Dhamma is
the law of deliverance. The Sangha is the community of
the disciples, who have realized or are striving to realize
the law of deliverance.
The 3-fold Refuge in Pàli, by the uttering of which
one may also outwardly profess one’s faith, is still the
same as in the Buddha’s time, namely:
Buddhaü saraõaü gacchàmi
Dhammaü saraõaü gacchàmi
Sanghaü saraõaü gacchàmi
I take my refuge in the Buddha!
I take my refuge in the Dhamma!
I take my refuge in the Sangha!
Literature: The Threefold Refuge by Nyanaponika Thera
(Wheel 76). – Devotion in Buddhism (Wheel 18). Going for
Refuge, by Bhikkhu Bodhi (Wheel 282/284) – Khp. Tr.
pp. 4ff.
titthàyatana: the 3 ‘articles of (heretical) belief’.
which in A. III, 61 are declared as leading to inactivity,
are: (1) the belief that all happiness and woe are
produced through former karma (prenatal actions;
s. karma); (2) that everything is uncaused; (3) that
everything is created by God.
(1) is the teaching of Niggantha-Nàthaputta, the
leader of the Nigganthas, the modern Jains. The fault
with this doctrine is that it does not account for that
happiness and woe which either are the result of the
present life’s good or bad action, or are associated with
– 336 –
the corresponding action. (2) is the doctrine of
Makkhali Gosàla; s. diññhi.
According to the above 3 doctrines, man is not
responsible for his actions, so that all moral exertions
become useless.
torpor: thãna, s. thãna-middha (q.v.).
training, the 3-fold: sikkhà (q.v.). – The steps ofº:
sikkhàpada, (q.v.).
trance: jhàna (q.v.).
tranquillity (of mind): s. samatha, samatha-vipassanà,
bhàvanà, bojjhanga. – ‘One who has taken t. as his
vehicle’: samathayànika (q.v.).
tranquilisation, Overcoming (of defilements) by way
of: s. pahàna.
transference of merit: patti-dàna (q.v.).
transformation, power of: s. iddhi.
transitoriness: anicca (q.v.).
treasures, the 7: s. dhana (q.v.).
tree: Living under a tree is one of the ascetical practices
(dhutanga, q.v.).
truths, the 4 Noble: sacca (q.v.). – 2-fold knowledge of
the t.; s. sacca¤àõa.
turning away, contemplation of the:
vivaññanupassanà; s. vipassanà.
– 337 –
tusita: a class of heavenly beings in the sensuous
plane; s. deva (1).
twin miracle: yamaka-pàñihàriya (q.v.).
– 338 –
U
ubhato-bhàga-vimutta: the ‘both-ways-liberated one’,
is the name of one class of noble disciples (ariyapuggala,
q.v.). He is liberated in 2 ways, namely, by
way of all 8 absorptions (jhàna, q.v.) as well as by the
supermundane path (sotàpatti, etc.) based on insight
(vipassanà, q.v.). In M. 70 it is said:
‘‘Who, O monks, is a both-ways-liberated one? If
someone in his own person has reached the
8 liberations (absorptions), and through wise
penetration the cankers (àsava, q.v.) have become
extinguished, such a one is called a both-ways-liberated
one.’’ Cf. D. 15.
In the widest sense, one is both-ways-liberated if
one has reached one or the other of the absorptions,
and one or the other of the supermundane paths
(cf. A. IX, 44).
The first liberation is also called ‘liberation of mind’
(cetovimutti), the latter liberation through wisdom’
(pa¤¤à-vimutti).
The first liberation, however, is merely temporary,
being a liberation through repression (vikkhambhanavimutti
= vikkhambhana-pahàna: s. pahàna).
uccheda-diññhi: ‘annihilation-view’; s. diññhi.
udayabbayànupassanà-¤àõa: ‘knowledge consisting
in the contemplation of rise and fall’, is the first of the
9 insight-knowledges constituting the purification by
– 339 –
knowledge and vision of the path-progress’. For details,
s. visuddhi, VI. 1.
uddhacca: ‘restlessness’, belongs to the 10 fetters
(saüyojana, q.v.), and to the 5 hindrances
(nãvaraõa, q.v.). It is one of those 4 mental factors
inseparably associated with all unwholesome
consciousness (akusala-sàdhàrana, q.v.). Cf. Tab. II.
uddhambhàgiya-saüyojana: the 5 ‘higher fetters’;
s. saüyojana.
uddhaüsota-akaniññhagàmã: ‘passing upstream to
the highest gods’, is one of the 5 kinds of Non-returners
(anàgàmã, q.v.).
uggaha-nimitta: s. nimitta.
ugghañita¤¤u: ‘one who already during a given explanation
comes to penetrate the truth’ (Pug.). This is
one of four types of persons classified according to their
ability of acquiring insight, mentioned in A. IV, 133. Cf.
also vipacita¤¤u, neyya, pada-parama.
See The Requisites of Enlightenment, by Ledi Sayadaw
(Wheel 171/174) p. 1ff.
ujukatà: (kàya-, citta-): ‘uprightness’ (of mental factors
and of consciousness), is associated with all pure consciousness.
Cf. Tab. II.
unconditioned, the: asankhata (q.v.). –
Contemplation of the u. (= animitta); s. vipassanà.
unconscious beings: asa¤¤à-satta (q.v.).
– 340 –
understanding: s. diññhi, ¤àõa, pa¤¤à, pari¤¤à. –
Right u., s. magga (1). Sacca (IV. I).
unit: s. kalàpa, råpa-kalàpa.
unprepared, unprompted: s. asankhàrika-citta.
unshakable deliverance: s. ceto-vimutti.
unshakable one, the: akuppa-dhamma (q.v.).
unthinkable things, the 4: acinteyya (q.v.).
unwholesome, karmically: akusala (q.v.).
upacàra: ‘moment of access’; s. javana.
upacàra-samàdhi: ‘neighbourhood or accessconcentration’,
is the degree of concentration just
before entering any of the absorptions, or jhànas. It still
belongs to the sensuous sphere (kàmàvacara;
s. avacara).
upacaya, råpassa: ‘growth of corporeality’;
s. khandha I; App.
upacchedaka-kamma: ‘destructive karma’; s. karma.
upàdàna: ‘clinging’, according to Vis.M. XVII, is an
intensified degree of craving (taõhà, q.v.). The 4 kinds
of clinging are: sensuous clinging (kàmupàdàna),
clinging to views (diññhupàdàna), clinging to mere rules
and ritual (sãlabbatupàdàna), clinging to the personality-
belief (atta-vàdupàdàna).
(1) “What now is the sensuous clinging? Whatever
with regard to sensuous objects there exists of sensuous
– 341 –
lust, sensuous desire, sensuous attachment, sensuous
passion, sensuous deludedness, sensuous fetters: this is
called sensuous clinging.
(2) “What is the clinging to views? ‘Alms and
offerings are useless; there is no fruit and result for
good and bad deeds: all such view and wrong
conceptions are called the clinging to views.
(3) “What is the clinging to mere rules and ritual?
The holding firmly to the view that through mere rules
and ritual one may reach purification: this is called the
clinging to mere rules and ritual.
(4) “What is the clinging to the personality-belief?
The 20 kinds of ego-views with regard to the groups of
existence (s. sakkàya-diññhi): these are called the
clinging to the personality-belief” (Dhs. 1214-17).
This traditional fourfold division of clinging is not
quite satisfactory. Besides kamupàdàna we should expect
either råpupàdàna and aråpupàdàna, or simply
bhavupàdàna. Though the Anàgàmã is entirely free from
the traditional 4 kinds of upàdàna, he is not freed from
rebirth, as he still possesses bhavupàdàna. The Com. to
Vis.M. XVII, in trying to get out of this dilemma, explains
kàmupàdàna as including here all the remaining
kinds of clinging.
‘Clinging’ is the common rendering for u., though
‘grasping’ would come closer to the literal meaning of
it, which is ‘uptake’; s. Three Cardinal Discourses
(Wheel 17), p.19.
– 342 –
upàdàna-kkhandha: the 5 ‘groups of clinging’, or
more clearly stated in accordance with Vis.M., ‘the
5 groups of existence which form the objects of
clinging’. Cf. M. 44, and see khandha.
upàdà-råpa: ‘derived corporeality’, signifies the
24 secondary corporeal phenomena dependent on the
4 primary physical elements, i.e. the sense-organs and
sense-objects, etc. See khandha I; App.
upadhi: ‘substratum of existence’. In the Com. there
are enumerated 4 kinds: the 5 groups (khandha, q.v.),
sensuous desire (kàma), mental defilements
(kilesa, q.v.), karma (q.v.). In the suttas it occurs
frequently in Sn. (vv. 33, 364, 546, 728), and, with
reference to Nibbàna, in the phrase “the abandoning of
all substrata” (sabbåpadhi-pañinissagga; D. 14). See
viveka (3).
upàdi: lit. ‘something which one grasps, to which one
clings, i.e. the 5 groups of existence (khandha, q.v.). In
the suttas, the word is mostly used in such expressions
as “One of the 2 fruits may be expected: either perfect
wisdom or, if the groups are still remaining (sati upàdisese,
‘if there is a remainder of groups), Anàgàmãship”
(D. 22). Further (A. IV. 118): “Here the Perfect One
has passed into the Nibbàna-element in which no more
groups are remaining (anupàdi-sesa).” Cf. nibbàna.
upàdiõõa-råpa: ‘karmically acquired corporeality’, or
‘matter clung-to (by karma)’, is identical with karmaproduced
corporeality (kammaja-råpa; s. samuññhàna).
In Vis.M. XIV it is said: “That corporeality which, later
on, we shall refer to as ‘karma-produced’ (kammaja), is,
– 343 –
for its being dependent on previous (pre-natal) karma,
called ‘karmically acquired’.” The term (upàdinna)
occurs so in the suttas, e.g. M. 28 (Wheel 101),
62, 140. See Dhs. §990; Khandha Vibh.
upaghàtaka-kamma: ‘destructive karma’; s. karma.
upahacca-parinibbàyã: ‘one who reaches Nibbàna
within the first half of life’, is one of the 5 kinds of
Anàgàmã (q.v.).
upakkilesa: ‘impurities’, corruptions, imperfections
(a frequent rendering by ‘defilements’ is better reserved
for kilesa, q.v.).
A list of 16 moral ‘impurities of the mind’ (cittassa
upakkilesa) is mentioned and explained in M. 7 & 8
(Wheel. 61/62): 1. covetousness and unrighteous
greed (abhijjhà-visamalobha), 2. ill will (vyàpàda),
3. anger (kodha), 4. hostility (upanàha), 5. denigration
(makkha), 6. domineering (palàsa), 7. envy (issà),
8. stinginess (macchariya), 9. hypocrisy (màyà),
10. fraud (sàtheyya), 11. obstinacy (thambha),
12. presumption (sàrambha), 13. conceit (màna),
14. arrogance (atimàna), 15. vanity (mada),
16. negligence (pamàda).
There are 3 groups of upakkilesa pertaining to
meditation:
(a) 9 mental imperfections occurring in ‘one
devoted to higher mental training’ (adhicitta); 3 coarse
ones – evil conduct in deeds, words and thoughts;
3 medium – thoughts of sensual desire, ill will and
– 344 –
cruelty; 3 subtle – thoughts about one’s relatives, one’s
country and one’s reputation (A. III, 100).
(b) 18 imperfections in the practice of mindfulness
of breathing (ànàpàna-sati, q.v.), mentioned in Pts.M.,
ânàpàna-kathà (tr. in Mindfulness of Breathing, by
¥àõamoli Thera (p. 60; BPS).
(c) 10 ‘imperfections of insight’ (-meditation,
vipassanåpakkilesa); s. visuddhi V.
upanissaya-paccaya: ‘decisive support’ or ‘inducement’,
is one of the 24 conditions (paccaya, q.v.).
upapajja-vedanãya-kamma: ‘karma ripening in the
next birth’; s. karma.
upapatti-bhava: ‘rebirth-process’; s. bhava.
upapãlaka-kamma: ‘suppressive kamma’; s. karma.
upàsaka: lit. ‘sitting close by’, i.e. a ‘lay adherent’, is
any lay follower who is filled with faith and has taken
refuge in the Buddha, his doctrine and his community
of noble disciples (A. VIII, 25). His virtue is regarded as
pure if he observes the 5 Precepts (pa¤ca-sãla;
s. sikkhàpada). He should avoid the following wrong
ways of livelihood: trading in arms, in living beings,
meat, alcohol and poison (A. V, 177). See also
A. VIII, 75.
upasamànussati: ‘recollection of the peace of
Nibbàna’, is the last of the 10 recollections
(anussati, q.v.). “Whatsoever, O monks, there are of
things, as highest of them is considered detachment
– 345 –
(viràga), i.e. the crushing of conceit, the stilling of
thirst, the uprooting of clinging, the breaking through
the round of rebirths, cessation of craving, detachment,
extinction, Nibbàna” (A. IV, 34).
upàsikà: ‘female adherent’; s. upàsaka.
upatthambhaka-kamma: ‘supportive karma’;
s. karma.
upavicàra: s. manopavicàra.
upekkhà: ‘equanimity’, also called tatramajjhattatà
(q.v.), is an ethical quality belonging to the
sankhàra-group (s. khandha) and should therefore not
be confounded with indifferent feeling (adukkha-masukhà
vedanà) which sometimes also is called upekkhà
(s. vedanà).
upekkhà is one of the 4 sublime abodes (brahmavihàra,
q.v.), and of the factors of enlightenment
(bojjhanga, q.v.). See Vis.M. IV, 156ff.
upekkhà-¤àõa = sankhàrupekkhà-¤àõa (q.v.).
upekkhà-sambojjhanga: ‘equanimity as factor of
enlightenment’; s. bojjhanga.
upekkhà-sukha: ‘equanimous happiness,’ is the feeling
of happiness accompanied by a high degree of equanimity
(upekkhà) as, e.g. in the 3rd absorption
(jhàna q.v.).
upekkhà-vedanà: s. vedanà.
upekkhindriya: the ‘faculty of indifference’, is one of
the 5 elements of feeling (M. 115) and therefore not to
– 346 –
be confounded with the ethical quality ‘equanimity’,
also called upekkhà (q.v.).
upekkhopavicàra: ‘indulging in indifference’;
s. manopavicàra.
uposatha: lit. ‘fasting’, i.e. ‘fasting day’, is the full-moon
day, the new-moon day, and the two days of the first
and last moon-quarters. On full-moon and new-moon
days, the Disciplinary Code, the Pàtimokkha, is read
before the assembled community of monks (bhikkhu),
while on the mentioned 4 moon-days many of the faithful
lay devotees go to visit the monasteries, and there
take upon themselves the observance of the 8 rules
(aññha-sãla; sikkhàpada). See A. VIII, 41ff.
uprightness: ujukatà q.v.
upstream to the highest gods, passing: s. anàgàmã.
usages, the 4 noble: ariya-vamsa (q.v.).
utu: temperature, heat, is identical with the heatelement
(tejodhàtu, q.v.).
utu-samuññhàna (= utuja)-råpa: ‘corporeality
produced by temperature’; s. samuññhàna.
– 347 –
V
vàcà: ‘speech’. On right sp., s. magga (3), sacca (IV.3). –
Low talk, s. tiracchàna-kathà.
vacã-kamma: ‘verbal action’; s. karma, kamma-patha.
vacã-sankhàra: ‘verbal karma-formation’, or ‘verbal
function’.
(1) For verbal karma-formation, s. sankhàra (I. 1).
(2) For verbal function (of mind), i.e. thoughtconception
and discursive thinking, s. sankhàra (I. 2).
vacã-vi¤¤atti: s. vi¤¤atti.
vanishing, Contemplation of: vayànupassanà, is one of
the 18 chief kinds of insight (vipassàna, q.v.).
vanishing and reappearing: knowledge of the
v. and r. of beings according to karma, is identical with
the divine eye (s. abhi¤¤à 5).
vàritta-sãla: ‘morality consisting in avoiding’ (evil
things), as distinguished from ‘morality consisting in
performing’ (good things). See càritta-vàritta.
vasã: ‘mastery’. Vis.M. IV speaks of 5 kinds of m., which
anyone who wishes to develop the absorptions
(jhàna, q.v.) should acquire first of all, with regard to
the 1st absorption, namely: mastery in adverting to it
(àvajjana-vasã), in entering it (samàpajjana-vasã), in
determining it (adhitthàna-vasã), in rising therefrom
– 348 –
(vutthàna-vasã), in retrospection (paccavekkhana-vasã).
– (App.).
“If wherever, whenever, and for whatever duration
desired, one enters the 1st absorption, and at one’s
entering it, no slowness is experienced, this is called
mastery in entering the absorption, etc. In an analogous
way, the 4 remaining kinds are to be explained”
(Vis.M. IV, 131f; XXIII, 27ff.).
vañña: 1. ‘round’, 2. ‘round of rebirths’.
(1) With reference to the dependent origination
(pañiccasamuppàda, q.v.), Vis.M. XVII speaks of
3 rounds: the karma round (kamma-vañña) comprising
the karma-formations and the karma-process (2nd and
10th links); the round of defilements (kilesa-vañña)
comprising ignorance, craving and clinging (1st, 8th
and 9th links); the round of results (vipàka-vañña)
comprising consciousness, mind and corporeality,
6 bases, impression, feeling (3rd-7th links).
Cf. pañiccasamuppàda (diagram).
(2) round of rebirth = saüsàra (q.v.).
vatthu: ‘physical base’, i.e. the 6 physical organs on
which the mental process is based, are the 5 physical
sense-organs and, according to the Com., the heart
(hadaya-vatthu, q.v.) as the 6th. This 6th vatthu must
not be confounded with the 6th àyatana, which is a
collective name for all consciousness whatever. –
(App.).
vatthu-kàma: ‘objective sensuality’, the 5 senseobjects;
s. kàma.
– 349 –
vavatthàna: ‘determining’, defining. In its application
to insight meditation, this term occurred first in
Pts.M. (I, p. 53); but in a verbal form, as a past
participle, already in M. 111: tyassa dhammà anupadavavatthità
honti, “these things (the mental factors) were
determined by him (i.e. Sàriputta) successively”
(s. Abh. St., p. 54). In Vis.M. XX, 130, it is said: ‘The
determining of the truth of suffering is effected with the
determining of mind-and-body in the purification of
view (s. visuddhi III). The determining of the truth of
origination is effected with the discerning of conditions
in the purification by transcending doubt
(s. visuddhi IV). The determining of the truth of the
path is effected by emphasis on the right path in the
purification by knowledge and vision of what is path
and not-path (s. visuddhi V). Thus the determining of
the 3 truths (suffering, origin, path) has been first
effected by means of mundane (lokiya, q.v.) knowledge
only.” – See sammasana, visuddhi.
For the determining of the 4 physical elements,
s. dhàtuvavatthàna.
vayànupassanà: ‘contemplation of vanishing’, is one of
the 18 chief kinds of insight (vipassanà, q.v.).
vàyo-dhàtu: ‘wind-element’; s. dhàtu.
vàyo-kasiõa ‘wind-kasina’, is one of the kasina
exercises (kasiõa, q.v.).
vedanà: ‘feeling’, sensation, is the 2nd of the 5 groups
of existence (s. khandha II). According to its nature, it
may be divided into 5 classes: (1) bodily agreeable
feeling (kàyikà sukhà-vedanà = sukha); (2) bodily
– 350 –
disagreeable feeling (kàyikà dukkhà-vedanà = dukkhà);
(3) mentally agreeable feeling (cetasikà sukhà-vedanà
= somanassa); (4) mentally disagreeable feeling
(cetasikà dukkhà-vedanà = domanassa); (5) indifferent
or neutral (adukkha-m-asukhà vedanà = upekkhà, q.v.).
With regard to the 6 senses, one distinguishes
6 kinds of feeling: feeling associated with seeing,
hearing, smelling, tasting, bodily impression and mental
impression. The textual wording of it is ‘feeling arisen
through visual contact’ (cakkhu-samphassajà vedanà;
S. XXII, 55; D. 22), etc.
Feeling is one of the 7 mental factors inseparably
associated with all consciousness whatever, s. nàma.
In the formula of the dependent origination
(pañiccasamuppàda, q.v.), feeling is the condition for the
arising of craving (taõhà). The above-mentioned
5 kinds of feeling are enumerated amongst the
22 faculties (indriya, q.v.). – See M. 59; Contemplation
of Feeling (Vedanà Saüyutta), by Nyanaponika Thera
(Wheel 303/304).
vedanànupassanà: ‘contemplation of feeling’, is one
of the 4 foundations of mindfulness (satipaññhàna q.v.).
vehapphala is the name of a class of heavenly beings
in the fine-material world; s. deva.
verbal action: vacã-kamma; s. karma.
verbal functions of mind: vacã-sankhàra; s. sankhàra.
vesàrajja: ‘self-confidence’ of a Buddha is fourfold. He
is confident: 1. to have attained to a perfect Enlighten-
351 –
ment of which it cannot be said that it omits anything
essential to it; 2. to have destroyed all cankers (àsava),
leaving none that can be said to be undestroyed by
him; 3. that what were declared by him as obstacles to
liberation are undeniably such; 4. that his teaching
fulfils its purpose of actually leading to final liberation
from suffering. See A. IV, 8; VII, 58; M. 12.
vibhajja-vàda: ‘analytical or discriminating doctrine’ is
an early name for the original Buddha doctrine, called
Theravàda. – The term vibhajja-vàdã occurs in M. 99
and A. X, 94, though not in the sense of a separate
school, but as a characteristic of the Buddha himself:
“Now, by blaming what is blamable and praising what
is praiseworthy, the Blessed One is a ‘discriminating
teacher’ (vibhajja-vadã) and is not one-sided in his
teaching” (A. X, 94).
Buddhaghosa, in the introduction to his Com. on
the Kathàvatthu, says that in Asoka’s time, when the
Sangha prospered, many heretics took ordination as
Buddhist monks but continued to spread their wrong
doctrines. For purifying the Sangha, Asoka, together
with the venerable Moggaliputtatissa, summoned
assembly of the bhikkhus. When each of the assembled
was individually questioned by the king about what the
Buddha taught, those who said that he was an eternalist
(sassata-vadã), etc. were expelled. The genuine
bhikkhus replied that the Buddha was a vibhajja-vadã,
an ‘analyst’ or ‘discriminating teacher’; and when, on
the king’s question, Moggaliputtatissa confirmed that
this was the correct view, those monks were admitted to
the Uposatha (q.v.) assembly of the Sangha, and from
their midst the participants of the 3rd Council at Pàtali-
352 –
putta were selected. – See Mahàvamsa, tr. by Wilh.
Geiger, Ch. V, v. 268f.
vibhava diññhi = uccheda-diññhi; s. diññhi.
vibhava-taõhà: ‘craving for non-existence’, or for selfannihilation;
s. taõhà.
vicàra: ‘discursive thinking’; s. vitakka-vicàra.
vicikicchà: ‘sceptical doubt’, is one of the 5 mental
hindrances (nãvaraõa, q.v.) and one of the 3 fetters
(saüyojana, q.v.), which disappear for ever at Streamentry,
the first stage of holiness (s. ariya-puggala). As a
fetter, it refers to sceptical doubt about the Master (the
Buddha), the Teaching, the Sangha, and the training;
about things past and future, and conditionality
(Dhs. 1004; cf. A. X, 71). It also applies to uncertainty
whether things are wholesome or not, to be practised
or not, of high or low value, etc. According to
Vis.M. XIV, 177, vicikicchà is the lack of desire to think
(things out i.e. to come to a conclusion; vigata-cikicchà,
desiderative to √ cit, to think); it has the nature of
wavering, and its manifestation is indecision and a
divided attitude; its proximate cause is unwise attention
to matters of doubt. It is associated with one of the
2 classes of unwholesome consciousness rooted in
delusion (Tab. I, No. 32). – See also kankhà.
view, right: sammà-diññhi; s. diññhi, magga 1, sacca IV, 1.
– For wrong view, s. diññhi.
vigata-paccaya: ‘disappearance’, is one of the
24 conditions (paccaya, q.v.).
– 353 –
vihàra: ‘abode’ There are 3 abodes: the heavenly
abode (dibba-vihàra), the divine abode (brahmavihàra,
q.v.), the noble abode (ariya-vihàra). See
A. III, 63; D. 33.
vijjà: ‘(higher) knowledge’, gnosis. For the 3-fold k.,
s. abhi¤¤à and te-vijjà. Cf. foll.
vijjà-caraõa: ‘knowledge and conduct’. This expression
occurs in those passages in the suttas where the
qualities of a Buddha are described, namely: “Truly, the
Blessed One is holy, is fully enlightened, perfect in
knowledge and conduct…”. According to Vis.M. VII, 1
and D. 3, knowledge (vijjà) refers here either to the
3-fold knowledge (s. te-vijjà), or to the 8 kinds of
knowledge, namely: the 6 higher spiritual powers
(abhi¤¤à, q.v.), insight (vipassanà, q.v.), and magical
power (iddhi, q.v.); whilst conduct (caraõa) refers to
15 things: moral restraint, watching over the sensedoors,
moderation in eating, wakefulness, faith, moral
shame, moral dread, great learning, energy, mindfulness,
wisdom and the 4 absorptions.
vikkhambhana-pahàna: ‘overcoming by repression’
(or ‘suspension’), is one of the 5 kinds of overcoming
(pahàna, q.v.).
vikubbanà-iddhi: the ‘power of transformation’, is one
of the magical faculties (iddhi, q.v.).
vimaüsà: ‘investigation, inquiry, pondering’, is one of
the 4 roads to power (iddhi-pàda, q.v.) and one of the
4 factors of predominance (s. paccaya, 3).
vimokkha: ‘liberation’ (deliverance). I. the 3; II. the 8.
– 354 –
I. The 3 liberations are: 1. the conditionless
(or signless) liberation (animitta-v.), 2. the desireless
liberation (apanihita-v.), 3. the emptiness (or void)
liberation (su¤¤atà-v.). They are also called ‘the triple
gateway to liberation’ (vimokkha-mukha; Vis.M. XXI,
66ff), as they are three different approaches to the
paths of holiness. – See visuddhi VI, 8. Cf. Vis XXI, 6ff,
121ff; Pts.M. II. Vimokkha-Kathà.
1. “Whosoever being filled with determination
(adhimokkha, q.v.), considers all formations as impermanent
(anicca), such a one attains the conditionless
liberation. 2. Whosoever being filled with tranquillity,
considers all formations as painful (dukkha), such a
one attains the desireless liberation. 3. Whosoever
being filled with wisdom, considers all formations as
without a self (anattà), such a one attains the emptiness
liberation” (Vis.M. XXI, 70 = Pts.M. II, p. 58).
(1) & (2) are mentioned and explained in M. 43,
under the name of deliverances of mind (ceto-vimutti, q.v.). –
(2) and (3) appear in Dhs. (344ff, 353ff) in the section
on supermundane consciousness (see Atthasàlini Tr.,
p. 299ff).
II. The 8 liberations (attha vimokkha) occur
frequently in the texts (A. VIII, 66; D. 16, etc.) and are
described as follows:
“There are 8 liberations, O monks. Which are
these?
(1) “Whilst remaining in the fine-material sphere
(råpã), one perceives corporeal forms: this is the first
liberation.
– 355 –
(2) “Not perceiving corporeal forms on one’s own
person, one perceives corporeal forms externally: this
is the 2nd liberation.
(3) “By thinking of the beautiful, one is filled with
confidence: this is the 3rd liberation.
(4) “Through the total overcoming of the corporeality-
perceptions, the vanishing of the reflex-perceptions,
and the non-attention to the multiformity-perceptions,
with the idea ‘Unbounded is space’, one reaches
the sphere of unbounded space (àkàsàna¤càyatana)
and abides therein: this is the 4th liberation.
(5) “Through the total overcoming of the sphere of
unbounded space, and with the idea ‘Unbounded is
consciousness’, one reaches the sphere of unbounded
consciousness (vi¤¤àõa¤càyatana) and abides therein:
this is the 5th liberation.
(6) “Through the total overcoming of the sphere of
unbounded consciousness, and with the idea ‘Nothing is
there’, one reaches the sphere of nothingness
(àki¤ea¤¤àyatana) and abides therein: this is the 6th
liberation.
(7) “Through the total overcoming of the sphere of
nothingness, one reaches the sphere of neitherperception-
nor-non-perception (n’eva-sa¤¤ànàsa¤¤
àyatana) and abides therein: this is the 7th
liberation.
(8) “Through the total overcoming of the sphere of
neither-perception-nor-non-perception, one reaches
the extinction of perception and feeling (s. nirodhasamàpatti):
this is the 8th liberation.
These, O monks, are the 8 kinds of liberation.”
– 356 –
For (1-3), s. abhibhàyatana; for (4-7), s. jhàna;
for (8), s. nirodha-samàpatti.
By (3) is meant the attainment of the fine-material
absorptions (jhàna, q.v.) by means of concentrating the
mind on perfectly pure and bright colours as objects of
the kasina (q.v.). According to Pts.M. this mental state is
produced also by concentrating the mind on the
4 sublime states, i.e. all-embracing kindness,
compassion, sympathetic joy and equanimity, in
consequence of which all beings appear perfectly pure
and glorified, and thus the mind turns to the beautiful.
See Pts.M. II, Vimokkha-kathà; Atthasàlini Tr.,
p. 255; App.
vimutti: ‘deliverance’, is of 2 kinds: deliverance of
mind (ceto-vimutti, q.v.) and deliverance through
wisdom (pa¤¤à-vimutti, q.v.).
‘Deliverance of mind’, in the highest sense, is that
kind of concentration (samàdhi) which is bound up
with the path of Arahatship (arahatta-magga);
‘deliverance through wisdom’ is the knowledge (¤àõa)
bound up with the fruition of Arahatship (arahattaphala).
Cf. A. V, 142.
There are also 5 kinds of deliverance, identical with
the 5 kinds of overcoming (pahàna, q.v.).
vinipàta: ‘world of suffering’, is another name for the
4 woeful courses (duggati; s. gati) of existence, and for
the 4 lower worlds (apàya, q.v.).
The Stream-Winner (sotàpanna, q.v.) is no longer
subject to rebirth in them (avinipàta-dhamma).
– 357 –
vi¤¤àõa: ‘consciousness’, is one of the 5 groups of
existence (aggregates; khandha, q.v.); one of the
4 nutriments (àhàra, q.v.); the 3rd link of the dependent
origination (pañiccasamuppàda, q.v.); the 5th in the
sixfold division of elements (dhàtu, q.v.).
Viewed as one of the 5 groups (khandha), it is
inseparably linked with the 3 other mental groups
(feeling, perception and formations) and furnishes the
bare cognition of the object, while the other
3 contribute more specific functions. Its ethical and
karmic character, and its greater or lesser degree of
intensity and clarity, are chiefly determined by the
mental formations associated with it.
Just like the other groups of existence, consciousness
is a flux (vi¤¤àõa-sotà, ‘stream of c.’) and does not
constitute an abiding mind-substance; nor is it a
transmigrating entity or soul. The 3 characteristics
(s. ti-lakkhaõa), impermanence, suffering and no-self,
are frequently applied to it in the texts (e.g., in the
Anattalakkhana Sutta, S.XXII, 59). The Buddha often
stressed that “apart from conditions, there is no arising
of consciousness’ (M. 38); and all these statements
about its nature hold good for the entire range of
consciousness, be it “past, future or presently arisen,
gross or subtle, in oneself or external, inferior or lofty,
far or near” (S. XXII, 59).
According to the 6 senses it divides into 6 kinds,
viz. eye- (or visual) consciousness (cakkhu-v.), etc.
About the dependent arising of these 6 kinds of consciousness,
Vis.M. XV, 39 says: ‘Conditioned through the
eye, the visible object, light and attention, eye-consciousness
arises. Conditioned through the ear, the
– 358 –
audible object, the ear-passage and attention, earconsciousness
arises. Conditioned, through the nose,
the olfactive object, air and attention, nose-consciousness
arises. Conditioned through the tongue, the
gustative object, humidity and attention, tongueconsciousness
arises. Conditioned through the body,
bodily impression, the earth-element and attention,
body-consciousness arises. Conditioned through the
subconscious mind (bhavanga-mano), the mind-object
and attention, mind-consciousness arises.”
The Abhidhamma literature distinguishes 89 classes
of consciousness, being either karmically wholesome,
unwholesome or neutral, and belonging either to the
sense-sphere, the fine-material or the immaterial
sphere, or to supermundane consciousness. See Table I.
vi¤¤àõa-kicca: ‘functions of consciousness’, as exercised
within a process of consciousness or cognitive
series (cittavãthi). In the Abhidhamma Com. and
Vis.M. XIV the following functions are mentioned:
rebirth (pañisandhi), subconsciousness (bhavanga),
advertence (àvajjana), seeing, hearing, smelling, tasting,
body-consciousness; receiving (sampañicchana),
investigating (santãraõa), determining (votthapana),
impulsion (javana), registering (tadàrammaõa), dying
(cuti).
A single unit of sense-perception (e.g. visual
consciousness), being conditioned through a senseorgan
and its corresponding object, forms in reality an
extremely complex process, in which all the single
phases of consciousness follow one upon another in
– 359 –
rapid succession, while performing their respective
functions, e.g.:
“As soon as a visible object has entered the range of
vision, it acts on the sensitive eye-organ (cakkhupasàda),
and conditioned thereby an excitation of the
subconscious stream (bhavanga-sota) takes place.
“As soon, however, as subconsciousness is broken
off, the functional mind-element (s. Tab. I, 70), grasping
the object and breaking through the subconscious
stream, performs the function of ‘adverting’ the mind
towards the object (àvajjana).
“Immediately thereupon there arises at the eyedoor,
and based on the sensitive eye-organ, the eyeconsciousness,
while performing the function of ‘seeing’
(dassana)….
Immediately thereafter there arises the mindelement
(Tab. I, 39, 55) performing the function of
‘receiving’ (sampañicchana) the object of that
consciousness….
‘‘Immediately thereafter there arises… the mindconsciousness-
element (Tab. I, 40, 41, 56), while
‘investigating’ (santiraõa) the object received by the
mind-element.…
“Immediately thereafter there arises the functional,
rootless mind-consciousness-element (Tab. I, 71),
accompanied by indifference, while performing the
function of ‘determining’ (votthapana) the object….
“Now, if the object is large, then immediately
afterwards there flash forth 6 or 7 ‘impulsive moments’
(javana-citta), constituted by one of the 8 wholesome,
– 360 –
or 12 unwholesome, or 9 functional classes of
consciousness (Tab. I, 1-8; 22-23; 72-80).
‘‘Now, if at the end of the impulsive moments, the
object at the five-sense doors is very large, and at the
mind-door clear, then there arises, once or twice, one
of the 8 root-accompanied, karma-resultant classes of
consciousness (Tab. I, 42-49) of the sense-sphere, or
one of the 3 rootless karma-resultant mind-consciousness-
elements (Tab. I, 40, 41, 56)…. Because this
consciousness after the vanishing of the impulsive
moments, possesses the faculty continuing with the
object of the subconsciousness, taking the object of the
subconsciousness as its own object, therefore it is called
‘registering’ (tadàrarmmaõa, lit. ‘that object’, or ‘having
that as object’)” (Vis.M. XIV, 115ff).
If, however, the sense-object is weak, then it
reaches merely the stage of ‘impulsion’ (javana), or of
‘determining’ (votthapana); if very weak, only an
excitation of the subconsciousness takes place.
The process of the inner or mind-consciousness,
i.e. without participation of the 5 physical senses, is as
follows: in the case that the mind-object entering the
mind-door is distinct, then it passes through the stages
of ‘advertence at the mind-door’ (manodvàràvajjana),
the ‘impulsive stage’ and the ‘registering stage’, before
finally sinking into the subconscious stream. – (App.:
citta-vãthi).
Literature: Aids to the Abhidhamma Philosophy, by
Dr. C. B. Dharmasena (with colour chart of the Cognitive
Series; Wheel 63/64). – The Psychology and Philosophy of
Buddhism, by Dr. W. F. Javasuriya (Buddhist Missionary
Socy., Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia).
– 361 –
vi¤¤àõa¤càyatana: ‘sphere of boundless
consciousness’, is a name for the 2nd meditative
absorption in the immaterial sphere (s. jhàna, 6).
vi¤¤àõa-ññhiti: ‘abodes or supports of consciousness’.
The texts describe 7 such abodes (e.g. A. VII, 41):
(1) “There are beings who are different in body
and different in perception, such as men, some
heavenly beings, and some beings living in states of
suffering (s. apàya). This is the 1st abode of
consciousness.
(2) “There are beings who are different in body but
equal in perception, such as the first-born gods of the
Brahma-world (s. deva II). This is the 2nd abode of
consciousness.
(3) “There are beings who are equal in body but
different in perception, such as the Radiant Gods
(àbhassara-deva). This is the 3rd abode of
consciousness.
(4) “There are beings who are equal in body and
equal in perception, such as the All-illuminating Gods
(subhakiõha-deva). This is the 4th abode of
consciousness.
(5) “There are beings… reborn in the sphere of
boundless space. This is the 5th abode of
consciousness.
(6) “There are beings… reborn in the sphere of
boundless consciousness. This is the 6th abode of
consciousness.
(7) There are beings… reborn in the sphere of
nothingness. This is the 7th abode of consciousness”
– 362 –
About the 3 last-named spheres, s. jhàna (5-7).
Cf. sattàvàsa.
In D. 33 there are mentioned 4 vi¤¤àõa-ññhiti,
apparently in the sense of ‘bases’ of consciousness,
namely: corporeality, feeling, perception, mental
formations, which in S. XXII, 53 are further explained.
vi¤¤atti: (lit. ‘making known’) ‘intimation’, is an
Abhidhamma term for bodily expression (kàyavi¤¤
atti) and verbal expression (vacã-vi¤¤atti), both
belonging to the corporeality-group. They are produced
by the co-nascent volition, and are therefore, as
such, purely physical and not to be confounded with
karma (q.v.), which as such is something mental.
Cf. Kath. 80, 100, 101, 103, 194 (s. Guide V). – (App.).
“One speaks of ‘bodily expression’, because it
makes known an intention by means of bodily movement,
and can itself be understood by the bodily movement
which is said to be corporeal.
“ ‘Verbal expression’ is so called because it makes
known an intention by means of a speech-produced
noise” (Vis.M. XIV).
vipacita¤¤u (or vipa¤cita¤¤u): ‘one who realizes the
truth after explanation.’ Thus is called one who realizes
the truth only after detailed explanation of that which
already had been said to him in a concise form.
Cf. ugghañita¤¤u.
vipàka: ‘karma-result’, is any karmically (morally)
neutral mental phenomenon (e.g. bodily agreeable or
painful feeling, sense-consciousness, etc.), which is the
– 363 –
result of wholesome or unwholesome volitional action
(karma, q.v.) through body, speech or mind, done
either in this or some previous life. Totally wrong is the
belief that, according to Buddhism, everything is the
result of previous action. Never, for example, is any
karmically wholesome or unwholesome volitional
action the result of former action, being in reality itself
karma. On this subject s. titthàyatana, karma, Tab. I;
Fund II. Cf. A. III, 101; Kath. 162 (Guide, p. 80).
Karma-produced (kammaja or kamma-samuññhàna)
corporeal things are never called kamma-vipàka, as this
term may be applied only to mental phenomena.
vipàka-paccaya: ‘karma-result condition’ is one of the
24 conditions (paccaya, q.v.).
vipallàsa: ‘perversions’ or ‘distortions’. – ‘‘There are
4 perversions which may be either of perception
(sa¤¤à-vipallàsa), of consciousness (citta v.) or of views
(diññhi-v.). And which are these four? To regard what is
impermanent (anicca) as permanent; what is painful
(dukkha) as pleasant (or happiness-yielding); what is
without a self (anattà) as a self; what is impure (ugly:
asubha) as pure or beautiful’’ (A. IV, 49). – See Manual
of Insight, by Ledi Sayadaw (Wheel 31/32), p.5.
“Of the perversions, the following are eliminated
by the 1st path-knowledge (sotàpatti): the perversions
of perception, consciousness and views, that the impermanent
is permanent and what is not a self is a self;
further, the perversion of views that the painful is
pleasant, and the impure is pure. By the 3rd pathknowledge
(anàgàmità) are eliminated: the perversions
of perception and consciousness that the impure is
– 364 –
pure. By the 4th path-knowledge (arahatta) are
eliminated the perversions of perception and consciousness
that the painful is pleasant” (Vis.M. XXII, 68).
vipariõàmànupassanà: ‘contemplation of change’ (of
all things), is one of the 18 chief kinds of insight
(vipassanà, q.v.).
vipassanà: ‘insight’, is the intuitive light flashing forth
and exposing the truth of the impermanency, the
suffering and the impersonal and unsubstantial nature
of all corporeal and mental phenomena of existence. It
is insight-wisdom (vipassanà-pa¤¤à) that is the decisive
liberating factor in Buddhism, though it has to be
developed along with the 2 other trainings in morality
and concentration. The culmination of insight practice
(s. visuddhi VI) leads directly to the stages of holiness
(s. visuddhi VII).
Insight is not the result of a mere intellectual
understanding, but is won through direct meditative
observation of one’s own bodily and mental processes.
In the commentaries and the Vis.M., the sequence in
developing insight-meditation is given as follows:
1. discernment of the corporeal (råpa), 2. of the mental
(nàma), 3. contemplation of both (nàmaråpa; i.e. of
their pairwise occurrence in actual events, and their
interdependence), 4. both viewed as conditioned
(application of the dependent origination,
pañiccasamuppàda), 5. application of the
3 characteristics (impermanency, etc.) to mind-andbody-
cum-conditions.
The stages of gradually growing insight are
described in the 9insight- knowledges (vipassanà–
365 –
¤àõa), constituting the 6th stage of purification:
beginning with the ‘knowledge of rise and fall’ and
ending with the ‘adaptation to Truth’. For details, see
visuddhi VI and Vis.M. XXI.
Eighteen chief kinds of insight-knowledge (or principal
insights, mahà-vipassanà) are listed and described
in Vis.M. XXII, 113:(1) contemplation of impermanence
(aniccànupassanà), (2) of suffering
(dukkhànupassanà), (3) of no self (anattànupassanà),
(4) of aversion (nibbidànupassanà). (5) of detachment
(viràgànupassanà), (6) of extinction (nirodhànupassanà),
(7) of abandoning (pañinissaggànupassanà), (8) of waning
(khayànupassanà), (9) of vanishing (vayànupassanà),
(10) of change (vipariõàmànupassanà), (11) of the
unconditioned (or signless, animittànupassanà), (12) of
desirelessness (apaõihitànupassanà), (13) of emptiness
(su¤¤atàupassanà), (14) insight into phenomena which
is higher wisdom (adhipa¤¤à-dhamma-vipassanà),
(15) knowledge and vision according to reality (yathàbhåta-¤
àõadassana), (16) contemplation of misery (or
danger, àdãnavànupassanà), (17) reflecting contemplation
(pañisankhànupassanà), (18) contemplation of turning away
(vivaññanànupassanà).
Through these 18, the adverse ideas and views are
overcome, for which reason this way of overcoming is
called ‘overcoming by the opposite’ (tadanga-pahàna,
overcoming this factor by that). Thus (1) dispels the
idea of permanence. (2) the idea of happiness, (3) the
idea of self, (4) lust, (5) greed, (6) origination,
(7) grasping, (8) the idea of compactness, (9) karmaaccumulation,
(10) the idea of lastingness, (11) the
– 366 –
conditions, (12) delight, (13) adherence, (14) grasping
and adherence to the idea of substance,
(15) attachment and adherence, (17) thoughtlessness,
(18) dispels entanglement and clinging.
Insight may be either mundane (lokiya, q.v.) or
supermundane (lokuttara, q.v.). Supermundane insight
is of 3 kinds: (1) joined with one of the 4 supermundane
paths, (2) joined with one of the fruitions of these
paths, (3) regarding the extinction, or rather
suspension, of consciousness (s. nirodha-samàpatti).
See samatha-vipassanà, visuddhi, III-VII.
Literature: Manual of Insight, by Ledi Sayadaw
(Wheel 31/32). Practical Insight Meditation, Progress of
Insight, both by Mahàsi Sayadaw (BPS). The Experience of
Insight, by Joseph Goldstein (BPS).
vipassanà-yànika = sukkha-vipassaka (q.v.).
vipassanåpakkilesa: ‘imperfections of insight’;
s. visuddhi.
vipatti: ‘aberration’ or ‘deviation’, may be: deviation
from morality (sãla-vipatti), or deviation from understanding
(diññhivipatti).
“To deviate in deeds, or in words, or in both deeds
and words: this is called deviation from morality.
“ ‘Alms and offerings are useless, there is no fruit
and result of good and bad actions, there are no such
things as this and the next life’…. Such wrong views are
called deviation from understanding.” (Pug. 67, 68)
vippayutta-paccaya: ‘dissociation’, is one of the
24 conditions (paccaya, q.v.).
– 367 –
viràga: ‘fading away’, detachment; absence of lust,
dispassionateness. Appears frequently together with
nirodha, ‘cessation’ (1) as a name for Nibbàna, (2) in
the contemplations (a) forming the 4th tetrad in the
exercises in mindfulness of breathing
(s. ànàpànasati 14), (b) of the 18 principal insights
(No. 5); s. vipassanà.
According to Com., it may mean (1) the momentary
destruction of phenomena, or (2) the ultimate ‘fading
away’, i.e. Nibbàna. In the aforementioned two
contemplations, it means the understanding of both,
and the path attained by such understanding.
viràgànupassanà: s. prec.
virati: the 3 ‘abstentions’ or abstinences, are: abstention
from wrong speech, wrong (bodily) action and
wrong livelihood; corresponding to right speech, action
and livelihood of the 8-fold Path (s. magga, 3-5). By
abstention is not simply meant the non-occurrence of
the evil things in question, but the deliberate abstaining
therefrom, whenever occasion arises. They belong to
the ‘secondary’ (not constant) mental concomitants
obtaining in lofty consciousness (s. Tab. II). Cf. sãla.
virility: s. bhàva.
viriya: ‘energy’, lit. ‘virility’, ‘manliness’ or ‘heroism’
(from vãra, man, hero; Lat. vir; cf. virtus), is one of the
5 spiritual faculties and powers (s. bala), one of the
7 factors of enlightenment (s. bojjhanga) and identical
with right effort of the 8-fold Path (s. magga). For
further explanations, s. padhàna.
– 368 –
viriya-sambojjhanga: ‘energy as factor of enlightenment’,
is one of the 7 factors of enlightenment
(bojjhanga, q.v.).
virtue: s. sãla.
visesa-bhàgiya-sãla: (-samàdhi, –pa¤¤à): morality
(concentration, wisdom) connected with progress’. For
details, s. hànabhàgiya-sãla.
visible object: s. àyatana.
visuddhi: ‘purification’, purity. The ‘7 stages of
purification’ (satta-visuddhi) form the substructure of
Upatissa’s Vimutti-Magga (The Path To Freedom),
preserved only in Chinese, as well as of Buddhaghosa’s
monumental work, Visuddhi-Magga (The Path of
Purification), based on the former work.
The only place in the Canon where these 7 kinds of
purification are mentioned is M. 24, “The Simile of the
Stage-coach” (s. ‘Path’, §64), wherein their purpose and
goal are illustrated. There it is said that the real and
ultimate goal does not consist in purification of morality,
or of mind, or of view, etc., but in total deliverance
and extinction. Now, just as one mounts the first coach
and travels to the second coach, then mounts the
second coach and travels with it to the third coach, etc.,
in exactly the same way the goal of (I) the purification
of morality (sãla-visuddhi) is (II) the purification of
mind (citta-visuddhi); its goal: (III) the purification of
view (diññhi-visuddhi); its goal: (IV) the purification by
overcoming doubt (kankhàvitaraõa-visuddhi); its goal:
(V) the purification by knowledge and vision of what is
path and not-path (maggàmagga-¤àõadassana–
369 –
visuddhi); its goal: (VI) the purification by knowledge
and vision of the path-progress (pañipadà-¤àõadassanavisuddhi);
its goal: (VII) the purification of knowledge
and vision (¤àõadassana-visuddhi); but the goal of this
purification is deliverance freed from all clinging.
(I) “Purification of morality (sãla-visuddhi) consists
of the 4-fold purity of morality (catu-pàrisuddhi-sãla),
namely: restraint with regard to the Disciplinary Code
(pàtimokkhasaüvara-sãla), sense-restraint
(indriysaüvara-sãla), purity of livelihood
(àjãvapàrisuddhi-sãla), morality with regard to the
4 requisites (paccaya-sannissita-sãla)” (Vis.M. XVIII). On
these 4 terms, s. sãla. – In the case of a layman, it entails
the observance of whatever moral rules (5 or more) he
has taken upon himself.
(II) “Purification of mind (citta-visuddhi) is a name
for the 8 attainments (= absorptions: jhàna, q.v.), as
well as for neighbourhood-concentration (upacàrasamàdhi;
s. samàdhi).” (ib.).
(III) “By purification of view (diññhi-visuddhi) is
meant the understanding, according to reality, of mind
and corporeality (nàmaråpa, q.v.)… which is founded
on undeludedness (wisdom) as base, and which in
manifold ways determines mind and corporeality after
overcoming all belief in a personality (attà: self, ego.).”
(ib.).
(IV) “By purification by overcoming doubt
(kankhà-vitaraõa-visuddhi) is meant the understanding
which, by grasping the conditions of this mind and
corporeality, has escaped from all doubt with regard to
the 3 times (past, present, future).” (ib. XIX)
– 370 –
(V) “By purification by knowledge and vision of
what is path and not-path (maggàmagga-¤àõadassanavisuddhi)
is meant that understanding which knows the
right path from the wrong path: ‘This is the right path,
that the wrong path.’ “ (ib. XX)
In order to attain this 5th stage of purification, one
at first should develop methodical insight (nayavipassanà),
i.e. through contemplation of the 5 groups
of existence (khandha, q.v.). For whosoever does not
yet possess a perfectly developed insight, to him such
phenomena as effulgence of light, etc. (see below),
arising during insight, may become impediments in the
3 kinds of full understanding here considered
(s. pari¤¤à).
‘As soon as the manifold ways and characteristics of
the 4 Truths (sacca) and the dependent origination
(pañiccasamuppàda) have become clear to the meditating
disciple, he says to himself: Thus do these things
never before arisen arise, and having arisen they disappear
again. Thus do the formations of existence ever
and again arise as something quite new. But not only
are they something new, they are moreover also of
limited duration, like a dew-drop at sunrise, like a
bubble, like a line drawn with a stick in the water, like a
mustard seed placed on the point of an arrow, or like a
flash of lightning. Also as something unsubstantial and
empty do they appear, as jugglery, as a mirage….
Merely something subject to vanishing arises, and
having arisen disappears again.’ ”
During such insight practice, however, may arise
the 10 imperfections (or defilements) of insight
– 371 –
(vipassanåpakkilesa): effulgence of light (obhàsa),
knowledge (¤àõa), rapture (pãti), tranquillity
(passaddhi), happiness (sukha), determination
(adhimokkha), energy (paggaha), awareness
(upaññhàna), delight (nikanti). – See Vis.M. XX, 105f.
(App.).
Excepting the last one, ‘delight’, they are not
imperfections or defilements in themselves, but may
become a basis for them through the arising of pride or
delight or by a wrong conclusion that one of the holy
paths has been attained. He, however, who is watchful
and experienced in insight practice, will know that
these states of mind do not indicate attainment of the
true path, but are only symptoms or concomitants of
insight meditation.
“Thus far the meditating disciple has determined
3 of the truths, namely while determining the corporeal
and mental phenomena he has, through purification of
view (diññhi-visuddhi), determined the ‘truth of
suffering’. While grasping the conditions he has,
through purification by overcoming doubt (kankhàvitaraõa-
visuddhi), determined the ‘truth of the origin
of suffering’. While determining the right path, he has,
through purification by knowledge and vision of what is
path and not-path (maggàmagga¤àõadassanavisuddhi),
determined the ‘truth of the path’ (leading to
the extinction of suffering).”
(VI) Purification by knowledge and vision of the
path-progress (pañipadà-¤àõadassana-visuddhi) is the
insight perfected in 8 kinds of knowledge, together with
the 9th knowledge, the ‘knowledge adapting itself to
truth’.
– 372 –
By the 8 kinds of knowledge are here meant the
following, which are freed from defilements, follow the
right process, and are considered as insight, namely:
1. knowledge consisting in contemplation of rise
and fall (udayabbayànupassanà-¤àõa),
2. in contemplation of dissolution (bhangànupassanà-¤àõa),
3. in awareness of terror (or the fearful)
(bhayatåpaññhànà-¤àõa),
4. in contemplation of misery (àdãnavànupassanà-
¤àõa),
5. in contemplation of aversion (nibbidànupassanà-
¤àõa),
6. in the desire for deliverance (muccitu-kamyatà-
¤àõa),
7. in reflecting contemplation (pañisankhànupassanà-¤àõa),
8. in equanimity regarding all formations of exist
ence (sankhàrupekkhà-¤àõa) – which is
followed by
9. in adaptation to truth (saccànulomika-¤àõa).
(1) consists in the meditative observation of the
3 characteristics of existence (impermanence, suffering,
no self) in one’s own bodily and mental processes. As
long as the mind is still disturbed by the 10 imperfections
(s. V), the 3 characteristics will not become fully
clear in their true nature. Only when the mind is free
from these imperfections can the characteristics be
observed clearly.
(2) When through such repeated practice, knowledge
and mindfulness have grown keen and the bodily
and mental formations become apparent quickly, at
– 373 –
that stage the phase of dissolution of these formations
will become prominent.
“Consciousness with (e.g.) materiality as its object
arises and dissolves. Having reflected on that object, he
contemplates the dissolution of (reflecting) consciousness.”
(Pts.M. I, 57, quoted in Vis.M. XXI, 11).
The 8 blessings of this knowledge are: abandoning
the belief in eternal existence (bhava-diññhi), giving up
attachment to life, constant right application (of mind
to meditative endeavour), a purified livelihood, overcoming
of anxiety, absence of fear, acquisition of forbearance
and gentleness, conquest of discontent and
sensual delight (Vis.M. XXI, 28).
(3) Knowledge consisting in awareness of terror
(or fearfulness) is the seeing of terror in the conditions
as well as the continuity of existence. For whoso considers
the formations as impermanent, to him the conditions
of existence (i.e. the karma-formations producing
ever new existence) appear as terror, as driving
towards death. Whoso considers the formations as
misery, to him the continuity of existence appears as
terror, as something oppressive. Whoso considers the
formations as impersonal, to him the karma-formations,
as well as the continuity of existence, appear as terror,
as an empty village, as a mirage, etc.
(4) Contemplation of misery (or danger) is another
aspect of the awareness of terror: “The origin (of existence)
is terror… continuance of existence is terror…
arising is suffering’, such understanding in the awareness
of terror is the knowledge of misery. ‘Non-arising is
bliss’, this is knowledge of the peaceful state (Pts.M. I, 59);
– 374 –
that is, the no-more-arising is safety, is happiness, is
Nibbàna.
(5) Contemplation of aversion means: aversion for
all formations as terror, therefore its name ‘awareness
of terror’ has come into use. Because it has made
known the misery of all these formations, therefore it
has received the name of ‘contemplation of misery’
(àdãnavànupassanà). Because it has arisen through
aversion for those formations, therefore it is known as
‘contemplation of aversion’ (nibbidànupassanà).
(6) Knowledge consisting in the desire for deliverance
means: the desire for freedom and escape from all
formations of existence. For feeling aversion for all
formations, becoming weary of them, finding no more
delight in them, the mind does not cling to a single one
of all these formations.
(7) Reflecting contemplation is the repeated
meditative discernment of the formations of existence,
attributing to them the 3 characteristics of existence,
with the desire to find deliverance from all forms of
existence.
(8) Equanimity regarding all formations: “When
the meditator (through reflecting contemplation) has
discerned the formations by applying the 3 characteristics
to them and sees them as void, he abandons both
terror and delight, and becomes indifferent and equanimous
with regard to all formations; he neither takes
them as I nor as ‘mine’; he is like a man who has divorced
his wife” (Vis.M. XXI, 61).
Now, while continuing to contemplate the 3 characteristics
of existence and perceiving the tranquil lot of
– 375 –
Nibbàna as the peace, this equanimity-knowledge
becomes the triple gateway to liberation. As it is said
(Pts.M. II, p. 48):
“Three gateways to liberation (vimokkha-mukha;
s. vimokkha I) lead to escape from the world, namely:
that the mind is contemplating all formations as limited,
and is rushing forward to the conditionless element
(animitta-dhàtu); that the mind is stirred with regard to
all formations of existence, and is rushing forward to
the desireless element (appaõihita-dhàtu); that the
mind sees all things as something foreign, and is rushing
forward to the void element (su¤¤atà-dhàtu).”
At this stage, and through the triple gateway, the
diversification of path attainment takes place, according
to the 7 kinds of noble persons (ariya-puggala, q.v.); on
this see Vis.M. XXI, 74ff.
The 6th, 7th and 8th knowledges, according to
Vis.M. XXI, form really only one single knowledge in its
first, middle and final stages of development. This
knowledge is also known as the ‘insight leading to path
ascent’ (vuññhàna-gàminã-vipassanà, q.v.).
(9) Adaptation to truth (or conformity with truth)
is called that knowledge which, while contemplating
impermanency, etc. adapts itself to the preceding
8 kinds of insight-knowledge, as well as to the immediately
following supermundane path and to the
37 elements pertaining to enlightenment
(bodhipakkhiya-dhamma, q.v.). It is identical with
adaptation-knowledge (anuloma¤àõa).
“Whosoever has cultivated, developed, and
frequently practised ‘equanimity regarding all
formations’ in him arises very strong faith known as
– 376 –
determination (adhimokkha-saddhà) and his energy is
better exerted, his mindfulness better established, his
mind better concentrated, and a still stronger ‘equanimity
regarding the formations’ arises. ‘Now the path will
reveal itself’, thus thinking, the meditator contemplates
with his equanimity-knowledge all formations as impermanent,
etc., and thereafter that knowledge sinks into
the subconscious stream of existence (s. bhavangasotà).
Immediately afterwards there arises advertence
at the mind-door (s. vi¤¤àõa-kicca). And just like
equanimity-knowledge, the adaptation-knowledge, too,
takes as its object the formations, regarding them as
something impermanent, miserable and impersonal.
Thereupon, while continuing the uninterrupted
continuity of consciousness (citta-santati), there arises
the 1st impulsive moment (javana, q.v.), called
‘preparation’ (parikamma), taking the same formations
as object. Immediately thereafter, with the same
formations as object, there arises the 2nd impulsive
moment, known as ‘access’ (upacàra). And again
immediately after that, there arises the impulsive
moment called ‘adaptation’ (anuloma).”
(VII) Purification of knowledge and vision
(¤àõadassana-visuddhi) is the knowledge associated
with any of the 4 kinds of supermundane pathconsciousness
(s. ariyapuggala).
“Immediately upon this adaptation-knowledge
there arises the ‘maturity-knowledge’ (gotrabhå-¤àõa;
s. gotrabhå) taking as object the Unconditioned, the
standstill of existence, the absence of becoming,
cessation, Nibbàna, while at the same time transcending
the rank (gotta = gotra: lineage), designation and
– 377 –
plane of the worldling (puthujjana, q.v.), and entering
the rank, designation and plane of the Noble Ones
(ariya), being the first turning towards Nibbàna as
object, the first thinking of it, the first concentration on
it, and the condition for the path… forming the culmination
of insight, and never as such coming back again.
‘‘As the immediate continuation following upon
that maturity knowledge (gotrabhå-¤àõa), there arises
the first path-consciousness (Stream-entrance) forever
destroying the first 3 of the 10 fetters of existence
(saüyojana, q.v.), and closing the entrance to the lower
worlds. Immediately after this path-knowledge, there
arise, as its result, 2 or 3 path-produced states of consciousness,
the fruitional consciousness (phala-citta).
Immediately after the sinking of this consciousness into
the subconscious stream of existence, the retrospective
knowledge (paccavekkhana-¤àõa, q.v.) arises, having
the path-consciousness as its object” (Vis.M. XXI). For
the 3 higher paths, s. ariya-puggala.
Each of the 4 kinds of path-consciousness performs
at the one and the same time 4 functions, namely: the
function of full understanding (pari¤¤à, q.v.) of suffering,
the function of overcoming (pahàna, q.v.) the origin
of suffering, the function of realizing (sacchikiriyà)
the extinction of suffering, the function of developing
(bhàvanà, q.v.) the supermundane Noble Eightfold
Path (magga, q.v.).
See Path of Purification, by Buddhaghosa, tr. by
¥yanamoli (BPS); Path of Freedom, by Upatissa (BPS).
vitakka: ‘thought’, ‘thought-conception’, is one of the
‘secondary’ (not constant) mental concomitants
– 378 –
(s. Tab. II), and may be either karmically wholesome,
unwholesome or neutral. – “There are 3 karmically
unwholesome (akusala) thoughts: sensuous thought
(kàma-vitakka), hating thought (byàpàda-v.), and cruel
thought (vihiüsa-v.). There are 3 karmically wholesome
(kusala) thoughts: thought of renunciation
(nekkhamma-v.), of hatelessness (avyàpàda-v.), of not
harming (avihimsà-v.).” The latter three constitute
‘right thought’, the 2nd link of the 8-fold Path
(s. magga 2).
On the ‘Removal of Distracting Thoughts’ (vitakkasaõñhàna),
s. M. 20 (tr. in Wheel 21).
vitakka-vicàra: ‘thought-conception and discursive
thinking’, (or ‘applied and sustained thought’) are
verbal functions (vacã-sankhàra: s. sankhàra) of the
mind, the so-called ‘inner speech (‘parole interieure’).
They are constituents of the 1st absorption (s. jhàna),
but absent in the higher absorptions.
(1) “Thought-conception (vitakka) is the laying
hold of a thought, giving it attention. Its characteristic
consists in fixing the consciousness to the object.
(2) “Discursive thinking (vicàra) is the roaming
about and moving to and fro of the mind…. It manifests
itself as continued activity of mind” (Vis.M. IV).
(1) is compared with the striking against a bell,
(2) with its resounding; (1) with the seizing of a pot,
(2) with wiping it. (Cf. Vis. IV.).
vitality: jãvitindriya; s. indriya, khandha (corporeality,
mental formations), Tab. II.
– 379 –
vãthi = citta-vãthi: ‘process of consciousness’;
s. vi¤¤àõakicca.
vivañña: ‘absence of the cycle of existence’ (vañña, q.v.),
standstill of existence, is a name for Nibbàna
(s. nibbàna). – (App.).
vivañña-kappa: s. kappa.
vivaññanànupassanà: ‘contemplation of the turning
away’, is one of the 18 chief kinds of insight
(vipassanà, q.v.). – (App.).
viveka: ‘detachment’, seclusion, is according to
Niddesa, of 3 kinds: (1) bodily detachment (kàyaviveka),
i.e. abiding in solitude free from alluring
sensuous objects; (2) mental detachment (citta-viveka),
i.e. the inner detachment from sensuous things;
(3) detachment from the substrata of existence
(upadhi-viveka).
In the description of the 1st absorption, the words
“detached from sensuous things” (vivicc’ eva kàmehi)
refer, according to Vis.M. IV, to ‘bodily detachment’; the
words “detached from karmically unwholesome things”
(vivicca akusalehi dhammehi) refer to ‘mental detachment’;
the words “born of detachment” (vivekaja), to
the absence of the 5 hindrances.
viveka-sukha: ‘happiness of detachment’, or aloofness
(s. prec). “Whoso is addicted to society and worldly
bustle, he will not partake of the happiness of renunciation,
detachment, peace and enlightenment”
(A. VII, 86).
– 380 –
vodàna: ‘cleansing’, may refer either to (1) morality
(sãla), or (2) concentration (samàdhi), or (3) wisdom
(pa¤¤à).
(1) “Cleansing of morality takes place in 2 ways: by
understanding the misery of moral deviation (sãlavipatti;
s. vipatti) and by understanding the blessing of
moral perfection (sãla-sampatti)” (s. Vis.M. I).
(2) Cleansing of concentration is concentration
connected with progress (visesa-bhàgiya-samàdhi;
s. hàna-bhàgiya). If, for example, one has entered the
1st absorption, and sensuous perceptions and reflections
arise, in that case there is concentration connected
with decline…. If, however, perceptions and reflections
free from thought-conception and discursive thinking
(2nd jhàna; q.v.) arise, in that case there is concentration
connected with progress.
(3) Cleansing, with reference to wisdom, is identical
with the ‘insight leading to the (path) ascent’
(vuññhàna-gàminã-vipassanà, q.v.), which arises at the
stage of ‘purification by knowledge and vision of the
path-progress’ (s. visuddhi VI), and is followed immediately
by the maturity moment and the entrance into the
supermundane paths.
vohàra-desanà: ‘conventional exposition’, as distinguished
from an explanation true in the highest sense
(paramattha-desanà, q.v.). It is also called sammutisacca
(in Sanskrit saüvrti). (App.).
void-deliverance; s. ceto-vimutti.
vokàra: s. pa¤ca-vokàra-bhava.
– 381 –
volition: cetanà (q.v.).
votthapana-citta: ‘determining consciousness’, is that
mind-element (functioning independently of karma;
s. Tab. I, 70). which in the process of sense-perception
performs the function of determining the sense-object.
It is one of the 14 functions of consciousness (vi¤¤àõakicca,
q.v.).
vuññhàna-gàminã-vipassanà: ‘insight leading to (path)
ascent’. It is also called ‘cleansing’ (vodàna, q.v.), and
according to Pts.M. II, 64, it is a name for 3 kinds of
insight-knowledge, namely: knowledge consisting in
the desire for deliverance (muccitu-kamyatà-¤àõa;
s. visuddhi VI, 6); reflecting-contemplation-knowledge
(pañisankhànupassanà-¤àõa; ib. VI, 7); and knowledge
consisting in equanimity regarding all formations
(sankhàrupekkhà-¤àõa; s. visuddhi VI, 8).
It arises at the stage of ‘purification by knowledge
and vision of the path-progress’ (s. visuddhi VI), and is
followed immediately by the maturity moment and the
entrance into the supermundane paths.
“ ‘Ascent’ (vuññhàna) is the supermundane path
(s. ariya-puggala) since it rises above the object forming
the external foundation (of insight; i.e. the external
5 groups of existence), in which object one’s mind was
absorbed, and also rises above one’s own continuity
(one’s own 5 groups of existence, or khandha, q.v.)
together with its defilements. By reason of its leading
upwards to the supermundane path, this insight is
called ‘ascending insight’. That it passes on to the path:
that is the meaning implied” (Vis.M. XXI, 83f.). (App.).
– 382 –
vyàpàda: ‘ill-will’, is a synonym of dosa (s. måla); it is
one of the 5 hindrances (nãvaraõa, q.v.) and one of the
10 fetters (saüyojana, q.v.).
– 383 –
W
water-element: àpo-dhàtu (s. dhàtu).
water-kasina, white-k., wind-k.: s. kasiõa.
weighty karma: garuka-kamma (s. karma).
wheel of existence: s. saüsàra, vañña.
wheel of the law: dhamma-cakka (q.v.).
will: cetanà (q.v.).
wind-element: vàyo-dhàtu (s. dhàtu).
wisdom: pa¤¤à (q.v.).
woeful courses (of existence): duggati (s. gati).
world, the 3-fold: loka (q.v.).
worldling: puthujjana (q.v.).
worldly: lokiya (q.v.).
worldly conditions, the 8: loka-dhamma (q.v.).
world-period, formation, dissolution: s. kappa.
wrongnesses, the 10: micchatta (q.v.).
wrong path: micchà-magga (q.v.).
wrong understanding (or view), w. thought,
w. speech; etc: s. micchà-magga.
– 384 –
Y
yakkha: in popular belief, a kind of ghost, goblin, or
ogre.
yàma-deva: are a kind of heavenly beings of the
sensuous world; s. deva.
yamaka-pàñihàriya: ‘twin miracle’. “There the Perfect
One performed the twin miracle unattainable to any
disciple: from the upper part of his body a flame sprang
forth, and from the lower part a stream of water. etc.’’
(Pts.M. I, 125 f.); App.
yathà-bhåta-¤àõa-dassana: ‘the knowledge and
vision according to reality’, is one of the 18 chief kinds
of insight (vipassanà, q.v.).
yathàkammåpaga-¤àõa: ‘knowledge of rebirth
according to one’s actions’; s. abhi¤¤à (4).
yathàsanthatik’anga: ‘the practice of being satisfied
with whatever dwelling’, is one of the ascetical means
of purification; s. dhutanga (12).
yoga: ‘yokes, bonds’, is another name for the 4 cankers
(àsava, q.v.).
yogàvacara = yogi: ‘one devoted to mental training,’
is in Vis.M. the usual name for the disciple cultivating
mental concentration (App.).
yokes: yoga, q.v.
– 385 –
yoni: ‘modes of generation.’ There are 4 generation
from the egg, from the mother’s womb, from moisture,
and spontaneous rebirth (opapàtika, q.v.) in heaven,
hell, etc. Explained in M. 12.
yoniso manasikàra: ‘thorough attention’ or wise
consideration’: s. manasikàra.
youth-infatuation: s. mada.
yuganaddha: s. samatha-vipassanà, last paragraph.
– 386 –
Appendix
Attempt at a chronological fixing of terms not found, or
not found in this form or meaning, in the oldest parts of
the Sutta Piñaka.
akusala-sàdhàraõa-cetasika: This term is probably
used for the first time in Abh. S., though already in
Vis.M. XIV the 4 cetasika in question are mentioned
amongst the mental factors associated with each of the
12 akusala-cittas (Tab. I, 22-33), while in the Abhidhamma
Piñaka (Dhs. §§ 365-429) uddhacca is found
only in the last of the 12 cittas, missing in all the
remaining 11 cittas.
ànantarika-kamma: This term seems to be used for
the first time in Kath. (190) of the Abh. Canon; the
5 crimes mentioned, however, are already enumerated
and explained in the old Sutta texts (e.g. A.V, 129), as
is to be seen from the main part of this work.
àrammaõa: s. paccaya, 2.
avacara: kàmàvacara is already met with in the oldest
sutta texts (e.g. D. 1). Råpàvacara and aråpàvacara,
however, occur probably for the first time in
Pts.M. (I. 83ff.), while in the Abhidhamma Canon and
the Com. all the 3 terms are frequently mentioned and
explained.
àvajjana: s. citta-vãthi.
– 387 –
avyàkata: This term in the sense of ‘amoral’ or ‘karmically
neutral’, does not occur in the old sutta texts, while
it is found in Pts.M. (e.g. I, 79ff). It plays an important
role in the Abh. Canon (e.g. Dhs.) and the philosophical
commentaries.
àyåhana: probably met with for the first time in
Pts.M. (I. 10f.).
bhava: The 2-fold division, kamma and upapatti, is
probably found for the first time in Vibh. of the
Abh. Canon, but it expresses throughout the genuine
teaching of the suttas.
bhàva: as an isolated word, signifying the physical
nature or faculties of sex, probably occurs only in the
Com. The expression itthibhàva and purisabhàva, with
the meaning of ‘being a man’, or ‘being a woman’, or
after ¤atvà, etc., as for instance tassà itthibhàvaü ¤atvà:
‘knowing her to be a woman’: such expressions are
often found in the oldest sutta texts.
bhavanga-sotà, -citta: These 2 compound terms
belong exclusively to the exegetical literature, while
the term bhavanga is several times, briefly and
unexplained, mentioned in the Paññh. of the
Abh. Canon, as though already known at that time.
carita: ràga-c., dosa-c., buddhi-c., etc., are only to be
met with in the Com. and Vis.M.
càritta- and vàritta-sila: are only found in the Com., as
Vis.M. 1, etc., but the teaching indicated by it is frequently
mentioned in the old sutta texts as karaõãya
and akaraõãya (e.g. A. II, 16).
– 388 –
cetasika: This term occurs often in the old sutta texts,
but only as adj. (e.g. cetasikaü sukhaü, etc.) or, at
times, used as a sing. neut. noun (e.g. D. 1;
p. 213, PTS). As a designation for mental factors, or
concomitants of consciousness (citta-sampayuttà
dhammà), it is frequently met with in
Dhs. (§ 1189, 1512) as cetasika-dhamma, while in
Vis.M., Abh. S., etc., cetasika is used also as a neuter
noun, in the sense of mental phenomenon.
citta-lahutà, –mudåta, –kamma¤¤atà, –pàgu¤¤atà,
–ujukatà: s. lahutà.
citta-vãthi, as well as all terms for the various functions
within the processes of consciousness, such as àvajjanacitta,
sampañicchana, santãraõa, votthapana, javana,
tadàrammaõa, bhavanga, cuti: none of these terms is
found in the Sutta Canon. except javana, in Pts.M. Even
in the Abh. Canon (e.g. Paññh.) only javana and
bhavanga are twice or thrice briefly mentioned. The
stages, however, must have been more or less known.
Cf. e.g. Paññh.: ‘‘Cakkhu-vi¤¤àõaü taü sampayuttakà ca
dhammà (= cetasikà) mano-dhàtuyà (performing the
sampañicchana-function), taü sampayuttakàna¤ ca
dhammànaü (cetasikànaü) anantara-paccayena
paccayo. Mano-dhàtu… manovi¤¤àõa-dhàtuya
(performing the santãraõa and votthapana function)….
Purimà purimà kusalà dhammà (javanà) pacchimànaü
pacchimànaü kusalànaü dhammànaü
(javanacittànaü) anantara-paccayena paccayo…
avyàkatànaü dhammànaü (tadàrammaõa- and
bhavanga-cittànaü….).”
– 389 –
cuti-citta: s. citta-vãthi.
dhàtu-vavatthàna: This term is first used in Pts.M.
while the subject in question is often treated in the old
sutta texts (e.g. M. 28, 62, 140, etc.). Cf. sammasana.
dhutanga: This compound term is used only in the
Com. The only place in the suttas where the first part,
dhuta, is used in the above sense, is found in S. XIV.
The names of the performers of these 13 ascetical
exercises, however, are all mentioned in the suttas, but
scattered here and there, for instance: paüsukålika,
àra¤¤ika, piõóapàtika, ekàsanika, tecãvarika,
sapàdànacàrã, sosànika, abhhokàsika, nesajjika,
yathàsanthatika, in M. 5, 113; A. V, 181-190, etc.;
rukkhamålika, khalupacchàbhattika and pattapiõóika in
A. V, 189 f. etc.
gotrabhå: s. javana.
hasituppàda-citta: This term is used in Abh. S. for the
citta, Tab. I, 72. This type of consciousness (the
Buddha’s smile) is often implied in the suttas.
iddhi: Most, or perhaps all, of the 10 terms listed at
Vis.M. XII, as adhiññhàna, etc., are absent in the older
sutta texts. In Pts.M. (II, 205-214), however, they are
enumerated in due order and minutely explained. The
magical powers indicated by these terms are, nevertheless,
for the most part explicitly described already in
the oldest sutta texts. Cf. D. 34; M. 3; A. III, 99, etc.
indriya-samatta: This term is probably found for the
first time in the Com., esp. Vis.M. IV. The rudiments of
– 390 –
this doctrine, however, are already found in the old
sutta texts, e.g. A. III, 100.
javana: The only reference in the Sutta Piñaka is
Pts.M. II, 73: kusalakammassa javana-khaõe, “in the
impulsion-moment of a wholesome karma.” In the
Abhidhamma Piñaka it is briefly mentioned in the
Paññhàna, but without explanation, as if already known.
The teaching of the flashing forth of 4 javana
immediately before entering the jhàna or lokuttaramagga,
i.e. parikamma, upacàra, anuloma, gotrabhå is,
as such, without doubt a later development in the
commentarial literature.
kalàpa: This doctrinal term, as well as the doctrine of
the different corporeal units or groups, such as the
suddhaññhaka-k., jãvitanavaka-k., cakkhudasaka-k., etc.
(s. Vis.M. XVIII), belong only to the later developments
of exegetical literature, as Vis.M. etc.
kàma: Vatthu-k. and kilesa-k. are probably found for
the first time in M.Nid. 1. They correspond to the pa¤ca
kàmaguõà (cakkhu-vi¤¤eyyà råpà, etc.) and kàma-ràga
in the older sutta texts (e.g. A. VI, 68).
kamma: ahosi-, janaka-, garuka-, bahula-,
upatthambhaka-, upaghàtaka-, upapãëaka-,
maraõàsanna-, upacchedaka-k. None of these terms is
found in the Sutta or Abh. Canon. They have been
introduced by the commentators (e.g. in Abh. S. and
Vis.M.) for the purpose of a systematical grouping of
the various aspects and functions of karma. The term
kañattà, however, occurs repeatedly in the Abh. Canon
in such expressions as: ‘Yasmiü samaye… kusalassa
– 391 –
kammassa kañattà… cakkhuvi¤¤àõaü hoti….’
(Dhs. § 431); or: ‘Yaü atthi råpaü kammassa
kañattà….’ (Dhs. § 653); or ‘katattà ca råpànaü’
(Paññh.), etc.
kamma¤¤atà: s. lahutà.
kammaññhànà: This term, as a designation for the
meditation exercises (bhàvanà), is found only in the
Com. In the suttas the word is only used in a concrete
sense for ‘field of activity or occupation’, as agriculture,
trade, etc.
kañattà-kamma: s. kamma.
kàya-lahutà: –mudutà, –kamma¤¤atà, –pàgu¤¤atà,
–ujukatà, s. lahutà.
khaõa: The 3 phases in a moment of consciousness,
i.e. uppàda, ñhiti, bhanga, are probably mentioned for
the first time in the commentaries; but there is a close
parallel in two sutta texts which may have been the
source for that teaching of a three-phased moment of
consciousness:
“There are 3 characteristics of what is conditioned
(sankhatassa lakkhaõà): an arising (uppàdo) is
apparent, a passing away (vayo) is apparent, a change
in the existing (ñhitassa a¤¤athattaü: Com. = ageing) is
apparent” (A. III, 47). The same 3 phases are
mentioned in S. XXII, 37, where they are applied to
each of the 5 khandha.
kilesa: the 10 kilesa are probably for the first time
enumerated and explained in Dhs. (§§ 1229-1239).
There they are, however, called kilesa-vatthu, which
– 392 –
name (dasa kilesa-vatthu) is already mentioned in
Pts. I, 130, though there they are neither enumerated
nor explained.
kiriya: (kiriyà, kriyà) citta is a term first used in the
Abh. Canon (e.g. Dhs. §§ 566-582). It has an important
place in post-canonical Abh. literature, e.g. Vis.M. XIV.
lahutà, mudutà, kamma¤¤atà: as råpassa-, kàya-, or
citta-, are for the first time found in the Abh. Canon,
esp. Dhs. All, however, perhaps with the sole exception
of pagu¤¤atà, are implied in the Sutta Canon, e.g. ‘citte
mudu-bhåte kammanãye’ (M. 4); ‘lahu-sa¤¤a¤ ca kàye
okkamitvà’ (S. LI. 22); ‘cittaü ujukaü akaüsu’ (S. I. 26;
PTS). Kàya-passaddhi and citta-passaddhi, however, are
well known in the old sutta texts in this connection.
manodvàràvajjana: s. citta-vãthi.
mudutà: s. lahutà.
¤àõa: Of the 9 kinds of insight-knowledge constituting
the pañipadà-¤àõadassana-visuddhi (s. Vis.M. XXI), the
following 6 are, as such, enumerated and explained for
the first time in Pts.M., namely: udayabbayànupassanà-
¤àõa (I. 54-57), bhangànupassanà-¤àõa, (ib. 57f.),
bhayatupaññhàna-¤àõa (ib. 59f), muccitukamyatà-¤àõa,
pañisankà-¤àõa, sankhàrupekkhà-¤àõa (ib. 60-65). The
terms udayabbaya and bhanga, in connection with the
5 groups of existence, however, are often met with in
the old sutta texts. Of the remaining 3 kinds of
knowledge, àdãnavànupassanà, nibbidànupassanà and
anuloma¤àõa, the first 2 occur often in the old sutta
texts, while anuloma-¤àõa, though only briefly
– 393 –
mentioned in the Abh. Canon (Paññh.), plays a
prominent part in the exegetical literature.
natthi-paccaya: s. paccaya.
n’eva-sekha-n’àsekha: While the terms sekha and
asekha occur frequently in the old sutta texts
(e.g. A. II, 4: ‘sekho ca asekho ca imasmiü loke…
àhuneyyà’ etc.), the term n’eva-sekha-n’àsekha is
perhaps mentioned for the first time in Pug. of the
Abh. Canon.
nibbàna: The 2 terms kilesa- and khandha–parinibbàna
(or nibbàna) are found only in the Com.; their
corresponding 2 aspects sa-upàdisesa and anupàdisesanibbàna,
however, are mentioned and explained in
It. 44 of the Sutta Canon.
nimitta: As signifying the mental reflex-image
occurring in meditation, this term, singly or in
compounds (parikkamma-, uggaha-, pañibhàga-n.), is
found only in the Com., Vis.M., etc. The same holds
good for kamma-nimitta, gati-nimitta.
nissaraõa-pahàna: s. pahàna.
nissaya, nissita: These two terms, in combination with
taõhà and diññhi, belong probably, as such, to the
commentarial literature, e.g. Vis.M. I.
niyàma: The compound words utu-, bãja-, kamma-,
citta-, and dhamma-niyàma, probably occur for the first
time in the Com. Niyàmatà, however, occurs often in
the old sutta texts, e.g. ‘thità va sà dhàtu
dhammaññhitatà dhammaniyàmata…’ (A. III. 134. etc.)
– 394 –
niyata-micchàdiññhi: is apparently mentioned for the
first time in Dhs. (e.g. § 1028) of the Abh. As a name for
the 10th and last of the akusala-kammapathas, it plays a
prominent role in the Com.
paccaya: This term occurs often in the old sutta texts in
such expressions as: ‘ko hetu, ko paccayo’, ‘yaü yad eva
paccayaü pañicca uppajjati vi¤¤àõaü’, etc., or as
abl. adverb in ‘avijjàpaccayà sankhàrà’. All the
24 paccaya are for the first time enumerated, explained
and applied to the phenomena of existence in the Abh.
Canon (Paññh.). Of these 24 paccaya, 5 are already
mentioned in Pts.M. (II, 49-54, 59f., 72-77), namely,
sahajàta-, a¤¤ama¤¤a-, nissaya-, sampayutta-,
vippayutta-paccaya.
1. Hetu is already used in the sutta texts as ‘condition’
in a general and indefinite way, as a synonym of
paccaya. In the sense of kusala and akusala roots (måla;
s. M. 9), however, it is only found in the Abh. Canon
and Com.
2. ârammaõa has in the ‘sutta texts only the
meaning of ‘foundation’, or ‘basis’, or ‘dependent on’,
e.g. M. 21: ‘tadàrammaõa¤ca sabbalokaü
mettàsahagatena cetasà pharitvà….’ or D.33; S.XXII.53:
‘vi¤¤àõaü… råpàrammaõaü… vedanàram-maõaü….’
As term for the 6 objects, råpàrammaõa,
saddàrammaõa, etc., it is first used in the Abh. Canon,
though the teaching of dependency of the 6 kinds of
vi¤¤àõa on the 6 sense-objects is an integral part of the
suttas. Cf. e.g. M.38: ‘cakkhu¤ca pañicca råpe ca uppajjati
vi¤¤àõaü sota¤ca pañicca sadde ca…’ etc.
– 395 –
3. Adhipati, as a philosophical term, occurs for the
first time in the Abh. Canon (esp. Paññh.). The
4 adhipati are in the suttas called iddhipàda
(e.g. S. LI. 11). In the old sutta texts, 3 adhipateyya are
however mentioned: atta-, loka-, dhamma- (A. III, 38).
4. & 5. Anantara- and samanantara-paccaya occur,
as paccaya, for the first time in the Abh. Canon
(esp. Paññh.). In a veiled form, however, we find the
first term in the old sutta texts (e.g. Ratana Sutta in
Khp. And Sn.): ‘samàdhim ànantarika¤¤amàhu’: the
concentration (associated with the arahatta-magga),
which is called the ‘immediate’ condition (for arahattaphala).
6. & 7. Sahajàta and a¤¤ama¤¤a-paccaya. Though
these terms, as such, are not found in the older sutta
texts, still the teaching of the conascent and mutual
conditionedness of the 4 mental groups (vedanà, sa¤¤à,
sankhàra, vi¤¤àõa) is taught in the old texts,
e.g. M. 28, 43; S. XXII, etc.
8. Nissaya-paccaya is mentioned in Pts; s. first
paragraph of this article, above.
9. Upanissaya-paccaya. Though this name is not
found in the suttas, the teaching expressed thereby is,
however, frequently met with there, sometimes even in
the form of upanisà (apparently a contraction of
upanissaya), e.g. S. XII, 23: ‘Yam pi’ssa taü bhikkhave
khayasmiü khaye ¤àõaü, taü sa-upanisaü vadàmi, no
anupanisaü’. The terms pakati-, àrammaõa- and
anantara-upanissaya are later developments of the
Abh. Com.
– 396 –
All the remaining terms are met with only in the
Abh. literature though the substance is, perhaps in all
cases, already dealt with in the old sutta texts.
pàdaka-jjhàna: This term is not found in the Sutta
Canon, nor apparently in the Abh. Canon, but very
often used in the exegetical literature. The idea, however,
expressed thereby, is implied in many places of
the old sutta texts, e.g., A. IX, 36, where it is shown how
the jhànas, one after the other, may serve as basis, or
foundation (as mental object), for vipassanà. In many
of the old sutta texts it is also shown how the 4th jhàna
forms the foundation for the attainment of the 5 higher
spiritual powers (abhi¤¤à).
pàgu¤¤atà: s. lahutà.
pahàna: The 5 terms, as vikkhambhana, etc., are, as
such, not found in the old sutta texts, but they are
enumerated and explained already in Pts.M. (II. 179f.).
palibodha: This 10-fold group is perhaps for the first
time mentioned in Khp. Com. and explained in
Vis.M. III.
pa¤ca-dvàràvajjana: s. àvajjana.
paramattha s. vohàra-desanà.
pàramã, pàramità: Only the Com. deals with this
subject, apart from the 3 apocryphal works, Buddhavaüsa
and Cariyapiñaka, and the Jàtaka.
paricchinnàkàsa: This term is used in the Com. for the
term àkàsa-kasiõa used in the older sutta texts.
– 397 –
pari¤¤à: ¤àta-, tãraõa-, pahàna–p., belong to the
exegetical literature, but they are already implied in
Pts.M. I. 87: ‘Abhi¤¤à-pa¤¤à ¤àtatthe ¤àõam, pari¤¤àpa¤¤
à tãraõatthe ¤àõam, pahàna-pa¤¤à pariccàgatthe
¤àõam… ye ye dhammà abhi¤¤àtà honti, te te dhammà
¤àta honti… tãrità… pahãnà.’
pariyatti, pañipatti, pañivedha: The first of these
3 fundamental terms, especially in this 3-fold grouping,
belongs to the commentarial literature, though the idea
expressed thereby is often found in the suttas in such
expressions as: ‘dhammaü pariyàpuõàti suttaü geyyaü
veyyàkaraõaü….’ The 2 other terms are found
separately in the suttas.
pañipannaka: occurs in Pug. 17.
pañipatti: s. pariyatti.
pañisandhi: is chiefly a commentarial term; but it
occurs several times in one of the later books of the
Sutta Piñaka, the Pañisambhidà Magga (Pts.M. I, 11f, 52,
59f.; II, 72f.). The usual sutta term for ‘rebirth’ is
punabbhava.
pañisandhika: ahetu-, dvihetu-, and tihetu-p.: are
purely commentarial terms. For pañisandhi-citta, s. cittavãthi.
pañivedha: s. pariyatti.
pattidàna: This term is found only in the Com., but the
belief expressed by it is several times mentioned in the
older sutta texts. Cf. the main part of this work.
– 398 –
råpa: the terms nipphanna-råpa and råpa-råpa are
used only in the Com., although sappañigha and pasàda
are already found in the Abh. Canon (e.g. Dhs. §§ 585,
597f.), while upàdiõõa occurs repeatedly in the old
sutta texts, e.g. M. 28, apparently with the meaning
given in the main part of this work. Cf. further upàdàråpa.
samàdhi: parikamma-, upacàra-, and appanà-s.: are
found only in the Com.
sama-sãsã: This term seems to be met with for the first
time in Pug. 19, while the person indicated is described
in A., as is to be seen in the main part of this work.
samatha-yànika: s. sukkha-vipassaka.
sammasana: This term, as noun, occurs probably for
the first time in Pts.M. I. 53, although as a verb it is
found already in the old texts. The same holds good
with its synonym vavatthàna.
sammuti: s. sacca.
sampañicchana-citta: s. citta-vãthi.
samuññhàna: kamma- (= kamma-ja), utu-, àhàra-s.:
these terms are found only in the Com. Cittasamuññhàna-
råpa, however, occurs already in
Dhs. (§ 586) of the Abh. Canon; and is indicated very
often in Paññh., e.g. ‘taü (cittaü) samuññhànàna¤ ca
råpànaü’. The teaching of the origin of matter is, of
course, already implied in the old sutta texts.
– 399 –
santàna, santati: The terms citta-, råpa-, khandha-,
bhavanga-s.:, etc., are found, here and there, in the
Abh. Canon (e.g. Dhs. § 634, Kath. 110; s. Guide V),
but they are often met with in the Abh. Com. In the
Sutta (Therag. 716) is found sankhàrasantati.
santãraõa-citta: s. citta-vãthi.
sãla: paccayasannissita-, paccàvekkhaõa-sãla:, etc., are
terms used in the Com. for the proper contemplation
(pañisankhà yoniso) of the 4 requisites of a monk, often
dealt with in the old texts (e.g. M. 2). Also the 3 other
pàrisuddhi-sãla, as pàtimokkhasaüvara-, indriya-, and
àjãvapàrisuddhi-sãla, though under these names perhaps
only known in the Com., are fully dealt with in the old
texts, e.g. M.53, D.2, M.2, etc. The terms paõõatti- and
pa¤¤atti-sãla are used only in the Com.
sukkha-vipassaka = suddha-vipassanà-yànika: these
terms are used only in the Com., as also their counterpart
samathayànika.
tadàrammaõa-citta: s. citta-vãthi.
tathatà: This term, with the meaning in question,
occurs perhaps only once in the Canon, namely in
Kath. (s. Guide 83). Whether it is found also somewhere
in the Com., I am unable to say.
tatramajjhattatà: occurs probably for the first time in
the Abh. Canon (e.g. Paññh.; cf. Guide 110).
theravàda: This term was already used by the Buddha
himself in speaking of the doctrine of âlàra-Kàlàma
– 400 –
(s. M. 26). As a name for the Buddha’s doctrine it
belongs to the commentarial literature.
ujukatà: s. lahutà.
upacaya: is an Abh. term but already alluded to in the
old sutta texts, e.g. M. 149: ‘àyatiü pa¤cåpàdànakkhandhà
upacayaü gacchanti’, or in D.2: ‘Ayaü kàyo…
odana-kummàs’ upacayo’.
upàdà-råpa: is, as such, an Abh. term, but it is used
with the same meaning in the sutta texts, e.g. in M. 9:
‘catunna¤ ca mahàbhåtànaü upàdàya råpaü’. Upàdà is
an abbreviation of upàdàya (gerund).
vàritta-sãla: s. càritta.
vasã: The 5 kinds of vasã are probably found first in the
Vis.M.
vatthu: as a general term for the 5 sense-organs
(cakkhu-vatthu, etc) is frequent in the Com., and often
used together with àrammaõa (object). This usage,
however, is already indicated in the Abh. Canon:
‘Cakkhum p’etaü… vatthum p’etaü’ (Dhs. § 597; Vibh.,
p.71, PTS): ‘cakkhuvi¤¤àõassa vatthu’ (Dhs. §§ 679ff.).
vimokkha: The 3, i.e. su¤¤atà-, animitta-, appaõihita-:
are for the first time described and enumerated in
Pts.M. II, 351. As su¤¤atàsamàdhi, etc., however, they
are already given at D. 33.
vi¤¤atti: kàya- and vacã-v., seem to occur for the first
time in Dhs. (§§ 665,718) of the Abh. Canon.
– 401 –
vipassanà: is frequently found in the older sutta texts
(e.g. A. II, 32; S. XLV, 159), also together with samatha.
The 9 and 18 insight-knowledges (vipassanà-¤àõa and
mahà-vipassanà), however, occur in the Sutta Piñaka
only in the Pts.M., ¥ànakathà, where they are enumerated
and explained, though without any group name
being attached to them.
vipassanåpakkilesa: The group of 10 is mentioned for
the first time in Pts.M. II, 102, and it is said that the
mind may become defiled thereby (kilissati), but the
above term is not used for the 10. This is probably
done for the first time in Vis.M. XX.
vivañña: as a name for Nibbàna, seems to be found only
in the Com.
vivaññanànupassanà: is already mentioned in Pts.M.,
together with the remaining 17 kinds of vipassanà.
In the old texts it is not found.
vohàra-sacca: etc. The terms paramattha-, vohàra-,
sammuti-: etc., belong as such to the commentarial
literature, but their significance is clearly shown in the
old sutta texts, e.g. D. 9: ‘loka-sàma¤¤à, loka-vohàra’;
further(D. 33): ‘sammuti-¤àõa’, etc.
vokàra: pa¤ca-, catu-, and eka-v. (bhava), occur as
technical terms only in the Abh. (Vibh., Yam., Paññh.)
and Com., e.g. Vis.M., but their substance is an integral
part of the suttas.
votthapana-citta: s. citta-vãthi.
– 402 –
vuññhàna-gàminã-vipassanà: is probably implied in
Pts.M. I, 60, under the name of vuññhàna-vivaññane
¤àõa.
yamaka-pàñihàriya: is perhaps for the first time mentioned
and described in Pts.M., as seen in the main part
of this work.
yogàvacara, yogi: These 2 terms belong to the commentarial
literature, but the first term appears also
in Mil.
V enerable N yanatiloka